VOORSANQER COLLECTION OF THE SEMITIC LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA GIFT OF REV. JACOB VOORSANGER, D.D. 1906 v m i "No better books, introductory to Hebrew, exist." Prof, T. K. CHEYNE, Oxford University. HEBREW AND SEMITIC TEXT-BOOKS, Ey W. R. HARPER, Ph.D., Professor of Semitic Languages in Tale College; Principal of Schools of the American Institute of Hebrew. ELEMENTS OF HEBREW. Net $2.00. INTRODUCTORY HEBREW METHOD AND MANUAL. Net $2.00. ELEMENTS OF HEBREW SYNTAX. Net $2.00. HEBREW VOCABULARIES. Net $1.00. INTRODUCTORY NSW TESTAMENT GREEK METHOD. BY HARPER AND WEIDNER. Net $2.50. INTRODUCTORY AND WILLIAM R. HARPER, PH. D. PROFESSOR OF SEMITIC LANGUAGES IN YALE UNIVERSITY; PRINCIPAL OF THE SCHOOLS OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF HEBREW TENTH K M T I O X . NEW YORK CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS 1893. COPYRIGHT 1886 BY THE AMERICAN PUBLICATION SOCIETY OF HEBREW CHICAGO TO THOSE WHO MAY DESIRE TO LEARN OR TO TEACH HEBREW BY AN INDUCTIVE METHOD THIS VOLUME IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED 421887 I* 13 INTRODUCTORY METHOD. PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. The student of a language must acquire three things: (1) a working vocabulary of the language, (2) a knowledge of the gram- matical principles of the language, (3) an ability to use this vocab- ulary and to apply these principles, so as to gain the best results, whether for a literary or an exegetical purpose. While all agree as to the end desired, the method of attaining this end is a question in dispute. According to one view, the student is first to learn the principles as they are laid down in the grammars, and then apply them to selected words, or short senten- ces. And after a short preliminary training of this sort, he is plunged headlong into a text without notes of any kind, and expected to make progress, and to enjoy the study. His vocabu- lary is to be learned by looking up the words in the Lexicon, until they become familiar. Different phases of this method are in use among teachers of Hebrew; but all follow practically the same order, (1) study of grammar, (2) application of grammar. It is the purpose of this volume to furnish a text-book, which shall assist in acquiring the Hebrew language by a different meth- od. The method employed may be called an inductive one. The order of work which it advocates is, first, to gain an accurate and thorough knowledge of some of the " facts " of the language ; sec- ondly, to learn from these facts the principles which they illustrate, and by which they are regulated ; thirdly, to apply these principles in the further progress of the work. A few words of explanation are needed at this point : (1) The method is an inductive, not the inductive method ; and while, upon the whole, it is rigidly employed throughout the course, a slight departure is made at times, in order to make more complete the treatment of a subject, for some detail of which an example has not occurred. (2) The term " facts," as used, includes data from whatever source gathered ; not merely the grammatical forms found in the 8 PREFACE. passages studied, but also the paradigms which contain these and other forms systematically arranged. (3) It is not to be supposed that a long time must elapse before the beginner is ready to take hold of principles. On the contrary, he is taught important principles, and that, too, inductively, dur- ing the first hour's work. The three processes are all the while going on together. He is increasing the store of " facts " at his command, and, at the same time, learning from the facts thus acquired new principles, and applying these principles to the new forms continually coming to his notice. Great care must be exer- cised, however, that the correct order be followed. Let him at- tempt to learn no principle of which he has not had several illus- trations. Let him be required to apply no principle the application of which he has not already learned from familiar cases. (4) The memorizing of the "facts" of a language, before a knowledge of the principles has been acquired is, indeed, a piece of drudgery; yet not so great as is the memorizing of grammar without a knowledge of the "facts." Nor will it long remain drudgery ; for very soon, the student will begin to see analogies, to compare this word with that, and, in short, to make his own grammar. From this time, there will be developed such an inter- est in the work, that all thought of drudgery will pass away. The question is frequently asked, How is the first lesson given ? A brief statement must suffice : The. first word of Genesis I. 1 is written on the beard, and the English equivalent of each consonant and vowel-sound indicated to the student. The word, as a whole, is then pronounced, and its meaning given. The student is called upon to pronounce it, and to give its meaning. The second word is taken up and treated in the same manner. Then the two words are pronounced together, and their meaning given. After this, each remaining word is considered ; and with each new word a review of all the preceding words is made. "When he has learned thus to pronounce the entire verse, and to give a Hebrew word when its English equivalent is named, the student is shown the " Notes " on pages 13, 14 of the " METHOD," where, for his private study, he will find, for sub- stance, the aid already given orally. His attention is also directed to the "Observations," with most of which he has been made familiar by the previous work. He is now informed that at the following recitation he will be expected (1) to pronounce the PREFACE. 9 verse without hesitation from the pointed Hebrew (Manual, p. 7) ; (2) to pronounce it, and write it on the board, from the English translation (Manual, p. 18); (3) to pronounce it, and write it on the board from the unpointed text (Manual, p. 29) ; (4) to write the transliteration of it, as given in the " Notes " or in the Manual, p. 39. The absolute mastery of the verse is, therefore, the first thing. There will remain to be taken up, (1) the "Notes," for all of which the student is held responsible; (2) the "Obser- vations," which he is expected to recall, at the suggestion of the word on which the observation is based ; (3) the " Word-Lesson," which, at first, includes few words not contained in the verse or verses of the Lesson, and which is to be learned in such a manner that when the English word is pronounced, the Hebrew equiv- alent will be given; (4) the "Exercises," which are to be written on paper beforehand, copied on the board in the class-room, criticised by instructor and class, and corrected by each student on his paper. The "Topics for Study" are intended to furnish a resume of the more important points touched upon in the Lesson. By their use, a rapid and helpful review of the hour's work is accom- plished. In subsequent " Lessons," a " Grammar-Lesson " is assigned. In every case, however, the instructor should read and explain each reference to the class before asking them to prepare it. The " Lessons " cover chapters I- VIII. of Genesis, and include a formal study of almost every important portion of the grammar, except the Accents, the Euphony of Vowels, the Euphony of Con- sonants, the Verb with Suffixes, the Irregular Nouns, and the Inflection of Feminine Nouns, to all of which, however, numer- ous allusions and references are made in the "Notes." All the help possible is given the student in the first fifteen "Lessons." But from this point he is led gradually to rely more and more upon himself. The " Lessons " will be found to contain more, perhaps, than some classes can prepare for a single recita- tion, although this will depend largely upon the character of the class and the number of recitations during a week. It was deemed best, however, to make them thus, since it is an easy matter for the instructor to indicate that a certain portion of the exercises may be omitted. The author himself will feel inclined to require everything in the " Lessons." 10 PREFACE. Special attention is invited to the "Review-Lessons," in the study of each of which two or more recitations may profitably be spent. The " METHOD " is understood to include also the " MANUAL," although the latter, for a sufficient reason, is paged separately, and given a title-page and preface of its own. For the material contained in these Lessons, and for its arrangement, the author is indebted to no one. The book, as it now appears, presents the results of five years' experience, during which it has been his privilege to teach not less than five hundred men their first lesson in Hebrew. Many valuable hints have been received from Mr. Frederic J. Gurney, by whom great assistance has been received in the work of the Correspondence School of Hebrew. He has also kindly helped in the preparation of manuscript for the printer, and in revising the proof-sheets. For similar service the author is in- debted to Mr. C. E. Crandall, and to Kev. John W. Payne. To the latter credit is also due for his painstaking care in the typograph- ical work of the book. With a faith in the Inductive Method, which grows stronger every year, and with the hope that the time may soon come when many others shall have an equally strong faith in it, the author commits the "METHOD" to its friends. W. E. H. MORGAN PARK, September 1, 1885. NOTE TO FOURTH EDITION. Several corrections have been made, but no changes of any consequence. The author cannot but feel gratified that the "METHOD" has so well stood the practical test of the class- room. For suggestions and criticisms, to be used in the prepa- ration of future editions, he will be under obligations. NEW HAVEN, CONN., July 1st, 1887. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Page Lesson I Genesis I. 1 13- 15 Lesson II Genesis I. 2a 10- 19 Lesson III Genesis I. 2b, 3 19- 22 Lesson IV Genesis I. 4 22-25 Lesson V. ..' Genesis I. 5... 26- 29 Lesson VI Genesis I. 6 29- 32 Lesson VII Genesis I. 7, 8 32-35 Lesson VIII Genesis I. 9,10 35- 39 Lesson IX Genesis I. 11-13 39-42 Lesson X Genesis I. 14, 15 43- 45 Lesson XI Genesis I. 16-19 46- 49 Lesson XII Genesis I. 20,21 49- 53 Lesson XIII Genesis I. 22-25 53-57 Lesson XIV Genesis I. 26-28 57- 61 Lesson XV Genesis I. 29-31 61- 64 Lesson XVI Review 64-67 Lesson XVII Genesis II. 1-3 67- 71 Lesson XVIII Genesis II. 4-6 71- 75 Lesson XIX Genesis IT. 7-9 76- 79 Lesson XX Genesis II. 10-14 80- 84 Lesson XXI Genesis II. 15-18 84- 88 Lesson XXII Genesis II. 19-21 88-92 Lesson XXIII Genesis II. 22,23 92- 95 Lesson XXIV Genesis II. 24, 25 96-99 Lesson XXV Review 99-102 Lesson XXVI Genesis III. 1-3 102-105 Lesson XXVII Genesis III. 4-6 106-109 Lesson XXVIII Genesis III. 7-10 110-113 Lesson XXIX Genesis III. 11-14 113-117 Lesson XXX Genesis III. 15-17.... 117-121 Lesson XXXI . . ... Genesis III. 18-21 ... .... 121-124 12 TABLE OF CONTENTS. Lesson XXXII Genesis III. 23-24 124-127 Lesson XXXIII Genesis IV. 1-4 128-130 Lesson XXXIV Genesis IV. 5-8 130-132 Lesson XXXV Genesis IV. 9-12 132-134 Lesson XXXVI Genesis IV. 13-17 134-137 Lesson XXXVII Genesis IV. 18-22 137-139 Lesson XXXVIII Genesis IV. 23-26 140-142 Lesson XXXIX Review 142-144 Lesson XL Genesis V. 1-16 144-147 Lesson XLI Genesis.V. 17-^32 147-150 Lesson XLII Genesis VI. 1-8 150-153 Lesson XLIII Genesis VI. 9-15... 153-155 Lesson XLIV Genesis VI. 16-22 155-158 Lesson XLV Genesis VII. 1-8 158-160 Lesson XLVI Genesis VII. 9-16 160-162 Lesson XLVII Genesis VII. 17-24 162-164 Lesson XL VIII Genesis VIII. 1-7 165-167 Lesson XLIX ..Genesis VIII. 8-14 167,168 Lesson L. . . . ... Genesis VIII. 15-22. . . 169, 170 LESSON I.-GENESIS I.I. 1 [To the student: Let it be understood from the outset that nothing: short of complete mastery, and that, of everything in the Lesson, will accomplish the end in view. Not a needless word or statement has been inserted. Let it be a matter of principle to do just what is assigned, no more, no less.] 7. NOTES. 1. J"Vt^JO3 b e re'-sith (two syllables) In-beginning: a. Six letters: ^J (b); *") (r); fr$, called 'aleph, 2 not pronounced, but represented by ' ; $ (s,= sA); * (y), here silent after ; j") (th, as in thin}. b. Three vowel-sounds: ( e ] under 5, pron. like e in below, see 5. 6. a; 3 (e), like ey in they; * . (i), like i in machine. 2. fcO^} ba-ra' (two syllables) (he) created: a. Three letters. 2 (b); *1 (r); K (') called 'aleph, 2 see above. b. Two VOID el- sounds: Both ~ (a), like a in father. 3. D7T^-' e 16-him (two syllables) God (literally Gods}: a. Five letters. # ('); ^ (1); Jl (h); > (y), silent after ; D (m). b. Three vowel-sounds: ( e ), like e in met, quickly uttered, 3 5. 6. c ; (6), like o in note; * (i), see 1. &. 4 c. The accent^, with , marks this word as the middle of the verse. 4. n^ 'eth not translated, but represented in translation by )(. 5. Q'Ot^n has-sa-ma-yim (four syllables) the-heavens : a. Five letters: ft (h); JJf (s, = sA), but $ (with a dot in its bosom) is s doubled; (m) (written so at beginning or in middle of a word); * (y), not silent as before but like y in year; Q (m), written so at end of a word, 3. 2. b. Four vowel-sounds: (a), like a in hat, $ 5. 1; , see 2. 6; (a); (i) ; like i in pin, % 5. 2. 1 The text of Gen. 1 :1 will be found on page 7 of the " Hebrew Manual," 2d ed.; the transliteration, on page 39; the translation, on page 18. 2 This word is pronounced as if spelled Ah-lef , the ah having the sound of a in father. s References preceded by are to the " Elements of Hebrew," 6th ed. 4 References without are to preceding Notes in these Lessons. 14 LESSON 1. c. The sign ~r under j is used arbitrarily in these Lessons to indi- cate the syllable which is to receive the accent when, as in this word, it is the penult. 6. fiN 1 ) w*'eth (one syllable) and-)(, see 4.: a. Three letters: *) (w), like w in water; X ('); f\ (th). b. Two vowel-sounds: ( e ), see 1. b; ~ (e), see 1. b. 7 J THNJl ha-'a-reg (three syllables) tJie-earth: a. Four letters:^ (h); N('); *1 (r); f (), like ts in gets, I 2. 7. b. Three vowel-sounds: (a); ~r (a); ~ (e), like e in met. c. The accent , under fr$, marks this word as the end of the verse; the * is equivalent to a period. 2. OBSERVATIONS. 1. The letters in this verse are : (1) tf, (2) 3, (3) fi, (4) \ (5) , (6) *?, (7) 0, (8) D, (9) j>, (10) "), (ID B>, (12) ^', (13) n- 2. The vowel-sounds :(!), (2) , (3) =-, (4) T, (5) -^-, (6) T-, (7) L_, (8) 7=-, (9) - 3. To be carefully distinguished in pronunciation are : (D -T ( e \ ( e ), (e), - (e) ; (2) ^ (a), (a); (3) TT (1), V (i). 4. Jltove the line, a dot is 6 (as in note}] below the line, it is i 5. The Hebrew is written from right to left. [(as in pin). 6. The plural ending of masc. nouns is D* (im), as in D^H/N (lit., Gods); cf. the English cherub-im, and seraph-tin. 7. j"lK ('eth), not translatable, is a sign placed before the object of a verb, when that object is both direct and definite. 8. The preposition in (5) and the conjunction and (*)) are never written separately, being always prefixed to the following word. 9. When it is desired to pronounce a letter twice in succession, the letter is written but once, and a dot inserted (see \J] in its bosom. 10. The letter of the Definite Article (the] is ,1 (K). 11. Most words are accented on the ultima; those which are accented on the penult, have, in this book, the sign . 12. Every syllable begins with a consonant. LESSON 1. 15 3. WORD-LESSON. God (5) 3 t (9) ^Wfr he-ruled (2) *\ft8 l he-said (6) tf^ 1 he-created (10) fWfrO beginning - T TT (3) THKn the-earth (7),*!,-^ ^e (11) &*& heavens (4) fig )( (8) ] and (12) ^^ he-kept 4. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) And-leginnmg; (2) heavens; (3) He-created }( the-earth and-}( the-heavens; (4) 6W (Hebrew order: kept God] )( the-heavens; (5) 6roc? (is) 2 in-heavcn(s] ; (6) GW rwZec? (Hebrew order : ruled God}; (7) In-beginning God said; (8) TYie (^-beginning; (9) #Ae (H)-^^; (10) And-the-earth. 2. To be translated into English : (D &QW pxn n o^n 1 ?^; o) DW? D^rl^ ^troj T (4) (5) onf^n ^DK." 3. To be written in English letters : (1) *)>, (2) ")K, (3) , (4) , (5) , (6) D?'rr, (7) N"3, (8) 4. To be written in Hebrew letters : (1) la, (2) la, (3) hil, (4) be, (5) ra, (6) yim, (7) im, (8) 1-, (9) l e , (10) le. 5. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) The sounds represented by the letter e as variously printed. (2) The plural ending ; the preposition in; the conjunction and. (3) The sign j"lK 5 the method employed to indicate the doubling of a letter. (4) The article ; the usual place of the accent ; the difference be- tween and . 1 A verb in the past tense 3d person singular masculine. 2 Parentheses ( ) enclose words which are not to be rendered into Hebrew. 16 LESSON 2. LESSON II.-GENESIS I. 2a. 7. NOTES. 8. riKHl w e ha-'a-re and-the-earth: see 7, preceding Lesson. ) v JT T : 9. nrVH ha-y e tha (two syllables) (she) was: T : IT a. 1st syllable, j"f (ha), ends in a vowel-sound, \ 26. 1. b. 2d syllable, j"TJV (y'tha); the final J"f is silent, as always at the end of a word ; the ~T is a vowel-sound, but not a vowel, and goes with what follows. c. The sign ~ with T" indicates a secondary accent, 18. 10. inn tho-hu (two syllables) (^-desolation : a. 1st syl., jl (th), (6, not 6), ends in a vowel-sound, 26. 1. 6. 2d syl., n (h), } (u), like oo in tool, ends in a vowel-sound, I 26. 1. 11. ^PQI wa-bho-hu (three syllables) and-(&}-waste : J T a. ^} is not b Q), but bh, pronounced like v in vote. b. Each syllable ends in a vowel-sound (a, o, u), \ 26. 1. 12. Tl&y'ni w e ho-sekh (two syllables) and-darkness: a. Vw);h J (h),aharshA-sound,g2.3 ;tr'(s,-sA); ta ](kh),likeA:m6oo7^ b. T" ( e ) ; the -^ over t^ serves also for the vowel o ; (e). c. w e ho, ending in a vowel-sound, is an open syllable ; sekh, ending in a consonant, is a closed syllable, 3 26. 1, 2. d. The ~r in 71 must be written, but has no sound. 13. 0$ -l ?J 'al+P e ne (two syllables) upon+faces-of : a. y 0,'not pronounced, called 'a-ym, I 2. 2 ; *?(!); ) (p) ; ^ (n). b. The * after (e) is silent, as was that after (i), see 1. b. c. The sign " is the Hebrew hyphen, represented by +. d. These two words, upon and/ces-o/, are pronounced as if one. 14. DlnrV th e hom (one syllable) abyss: A - a. A syllable beginning with two consonants, but between them is the short e-sound described in \ 5. 6. a. b. The syllable ends in a consonant, it is closed, $ 26. 2. c. As * is silent after or , so *) is silent under (6). d. , see 3. c, preceding Lesson. LESSON 2. 17 2. LETTERS AND VOWELS PROMISCUOUSLY ARRANGED. I n 3 rr _L_ n 1 D 3 ~7T~ T >_. 3 3 N * > y n r ID T "77T -_ w n 3 T 1 ^ Q D n ?l T Suggestion. Study this table until every sign has been mastered. It contains sixteen out of the twenty-two letters, and eleven out of the fifteen vowel-signs in Hebrew. 3. OBSERVATIONS. 13. New letters: (1) 3, (2) ft, (3) *|, (4) y, (5) Q (6) J. 14. New vowels : (1)1, (2) >^_, (3) 1 ; but _ and 1 (e and 6) are pronounced just like ~ and -^ (e and o), the former having what is termed a fuller writing. 15. , called S'wa, is a vowel-soimeZ, but is only a 7i7/-vowel. 16. While the conjunction and (*)) is usually written with S e wa (thus : *)), it is once written in this lesson t (wa). T 17. Syllables ending in a vowel-sound are called open ; ending in a consonant, they are called closed. 18. Observe the difference between ^ (b) and 3 (bh) ; (1 (h) and H (h) ; K (') and #(');! (w) and 1 (u). 19. Observe that * is silent after or ; *), under or with a dot in it (1) ; Jl, at the end of a word. 20. The Hebrew verbal inflection distinguishes gender. 21. While most Hebrew words are accented on the ultima, see Obs. 11,/cmr words in this Lesson, out of seven, have the accent on the penult, as shown by the position of the sign . 22. The Hebrew says : faces-of abyss, not faces of-abyss; that is, the^rs^ of two words in the genitive relation suffers change, not, as in Latin or Greek, the second. 18 LESSON 2. 4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. Learn in the "Elements of Hebrew" the following sections : 1. 2 2. 13, 6, 8, The pronunciation of K, ,1, #, H, B>, V 2. ? 3. 1, Order of writing ; extended letters. 3. 9. 1, and I 5. 6. a, S e wa, its representation and pronunciation.' 4. I 26. 1, 2, Open and Closed Syllables. 5. ? 49. 1, The ordinary writing of the conjunction and 0). 5. WORD-LESSON. (13) IftD wowte (16) n^'n darkness (19) D'JS /ces J ! V -I T (14) rrn Ae-w?s (17) 7j; upon, (20) inn desolation (15) nrrn Ae-wo us) ^5 /aces-o/ (2i) Dinn % T : |T Note. The word for ivaste, when it stands by itself, is 1|"Q (bo- j hu), not ^{13 (bho-hu) ; so we say inn (to-hu) desolation, not lrij"l (tho-hu), and DlH^ not DlH^. ^. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) In-beginning was (f.) *Ae- earth; (2) Darkness was upon-\-the-earth; (3) Desolation (IJiH, not mn) w;cts ( m -) upon-^-faces-of tJie-heavens ; (4) Faces; (5) Faces-of abyss; (6) 6W rw?ec? iV(= ovQr}-dar7tness; (7) God-of (*n^K) ^~ heavens; (8) (roc? tuas in-beginning; (9) He-created }( the-earth and- }( the-heavens; (10) The-earth was (f.). 2. To be translated into English : -^jri p^n ^-*?j? rrn rj^n CD rrr? Tj^'nj Vj^'ng p k xn nn^n (2) 3. To be written in English letters: (1) D^3, (2) rrll, (3) (4) nn^rr, (5) DVW, (6) o^rrp, (7) ^rin, (8) inn, LESSON 3. 19 4. To be written in Hebrew letters: (1) ha, (2) hu, (3) ha, (4) ho, (5) hi, (6) ho, (7) ha, (8) mm, (9) with under it and Daghes-forte in the following consonant; cf. D*0tf'fl (5), I 45. 1. d. The accent indicates the end of the verse ; J always follows this accent. 20 LESSON 3. 18. ^pN'V-way-yo'-mer (three syllables) and-(he}-said, II 26. 1, 2, 3; 13. l": a. The root of this form is ")N ('a-mar) he-said, 55. 1, 2. Z>. The prefixed * indicates the future, ^DK* = he-will-say. c. The conjunction (}) connects this sentence with the preceding, and also makes the future (he-will-say} = a past (and-he-said). This seeming anomaly will be explained later; it is sufficient here to learn that 1K = he-said; ""Ifttf* = he-will-say: ^ft^l - T J V J - = and-he-said. 19. "'ft* y'hiH shall-be (or Ze#-6e), 10. 1; 26. 1; 17. 1 : a. The first * indicates the future as in "IJJK'. [ 27. 1. 6. The T" being only a Aa?/-vowel, this word has but one syllable, c. The root of this form is H*Jl he-was; cf. H/TH (9) she-was. 20. niX-'or-Z^, 5. 5; T 26. 2: a. ft has no sound, but is represented by ' , 2. 1. 6. *), with a point over it, unites with the point, as in Dln/l (14). 21. "'iTl wa-y'hH and-( there )-was, I 17. 1: a. The conjunction here, as in "IQK^I (18)? n t merely connects, but converts the future (sAaZZ &e) into a past 1). The conjunction in *")?^5 was ^ u ^ forte having been rejected. c. The sign (7) with =* indicates a secondary accent, cf . 9. c, 18. 1. P. WORDS ARRANGED PROMISCUOUSLY FOR EXAMINATION. 1 nrvn nn Dimi nn own i Examine, pronounce aloud, translate, and master these words. LESSON 3. 21 3. OBSERVATIONS. 23. The sign of the feminine gender is the letter j"). 24. ) =p, but = pA (=/); 3 = 6, but 3 = Ih (= v). 25. A syllable closing with Daghes-forte is called sharpened. All sharpened syllables are, of course, dosed syllables. 26. The prefix * marks the future (3 masc. sing.). 27. *) connects, but -1, a stronger form, connects and converts. 28. Koots have three letters (see *")QN he said-, JO13 he created). - T TT all other letters are prefixes or suffixes. 29. The gutturals K, j"f, fT, J7, *1, causing many seeming irregu- larities in the forms of words, deserve special attention. [vowel. 30. Daghes-forte 1 is in every case immediately preceded by a 31. The vowel of open syllables is long, of closed, short ; of accented syllables it may be either long or short. 32. The letter of the article is j"f ; its vowel is regularly ; it usually ha ^ f . 2 in the first letter of the word to which it is pre- fixed,' 'But note ?"T, i n riXH- ' I. T ) V-IT T 4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. Learn in the "Elements of Hebrew" the following sections: 1. Under I 4. 1, The gutturals tf, ft, (1, #, and *), cf. Obs. 29. 2. \ 13. 1, Daghes-forte, cf. Obs. 30. 3. 28. 1,2, Quantity of vowels in syllables, cf. Obs. 31. 4. 47. 1, The writing of the preposition 3 (*) 5. WORD-LESSON. (22) "V|K light (25) ")*O and-he-said (28) D$ll1P brooding (23) >>N ma?i (26) \*in aic?-(there)-wa* (29) j-|K~1 Ac-saw? (24) D*0 waters (27) >JT ?e^-(there)-Z>e (30) fin spirit 1 The a in this word is pronounced as a in father; the e like ey in tTiej/. The main accent is on the syllable ghes. 2 D. f . = Daghes-forte. 22 LESSON 4. Notes. (1) ^11^ means light or light-of; (^K, man or man-of; ptW or spirit-of; (2) The word for waters is D*' but at ^ e of the verse, where the voice rests upon the word, it is written 6. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) Darkness (was) 1 upon-\- the-waters, and-upon-\-(ihe)-faces-ofthe-earth; (2) In-beginning (the) spirit-of God (was) brooding upon-}-the-waters; (3) God saw )( the- hcavens, and-}( the-waters; (4) (The)-man-of God, (ihe)-light-ofthe- heavens; (5) And-he-said, he-said, he-will-say; he-was, she-was, let- (there)-6e, and-( there )-was; (6) he-saw, he-created, he-was. 2. To be translated into English : (1) D^SH ; (2) TiN3 ; (3) ; (4) fc^Nn ; (5) D^^n ; (6) B*tf) ; "(7) rnT| ; (8)D!p ; ; do) niNn ; (ID liNnv 3. To be written in English letters :-(!) nN*j, (2) N, (3) ^H^, (4) Dtp, (5) n&, (6) nn 1 ), (7) ni^, (8) nt3- 4. To be written in Hebrew letters : (1) sith, (2) ru, (3) ne, (4) yim, (5> 'II, (6) m'ra, (7) m e ra, (8) sal, (9) mar, (10) ham. 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Prep. 3. (2) Gutturals. (3) Quantity of vowels in syllables. (4) Daghes-forte. (5) Sign of the feminine. (6) Sign of the participle. (7) Writing of the article. (8) Sign of the future. (9) Root. (10) 1 and *). (11) Sharpened syllable. LESSON IV.-GENESIS I. 4. 7. NOTES. 22. fcO^ way-yar' (two syllables) and-(he)-saw, cf. 18. c, 21. a : a. The conjunction X forming, with *, a sharpened syllable, 1 26. 3. 1. The letter indicates the future, fcp = he-will-see, cf. 18. b. i Words in parentheses are not to be rendered in Hebrew. LESSON 4. 23 c. S'wa under 1 silent, 11.; J< here without force, 3 43. 1. R. 1. 23. litfrrDN 'eth+ha-'6r (three syllables) }(+the-light: a. In v. 1 JlX is an accented closed syl.; here -im-accented, because joined by Maqqeph to following word, I 17. 1; hence (e) be- comes (e), 36. 1. a. b. Article here is fl, as in T^lfcSnj but cf . -ft in D*D^JT D*Jp?"T c. 1st syl., unaccented closed ; 2d, unac. open ; 3d, accented closed, \ 28. 1, 2. d. The o is 6, not 6, same sound, but different value, I 7. 4. 24. 3iD"'D ki-ftobh (two syllables) that+good : a. Three consonants : 3 (k), cf. 3 (kh) ; ft (t), ef. f| ; 3 (bh). Z>. Two unchangeable vowels : >_ (i), 1 (6), 30. 7. Notes 1, 2. c. On the use of letters to indicate vowel-sounds, 6. 2, 3. 25. J ?^3*V~*way-yitbll-del and-(he}-caused-to-divide, I 28. 1, 2 : a. 1 (d) a new letter ; without the dot (1), it is dh ( th in the). b. 1st and 2d syl's unaccented closed (short vowel); 3d, accented closed (long vowel). c. S'wa under ^} is silent, and is called a syllable-divider, $ 11. 1* 26. P3~ ben between, & 3. 2 ; 5. 3 ; 6. 3; 12. 1: a. The letter n at the end of a word is written ?, not j, Z>. Both e (* ) and e ( ) are pronounced as ey in they. c. The vowel here is unchangeable (e), not changeable (e). d. There is a dot in ^, as there was in ^} of rVZ^N")3 27. P?1 u-bhen and-between, \l 12. 1; 49. 2: (t. Before the labial ^}, the word for and is written }, b. Note that between is ten, but and-between is u-bheu. 28. T]^nn-ha-ho-sekh the-darkness; (cf. 12. a, 6, c) : a. The article in this case is fl ; not fT, nor j"f, &. Three syllables, first and second ending in a vowel, third, in a consonant. c. Note that H appears to be an unaccented open syllable with a short vowel. 24 LESSON 4. 2. THE OCCURRENCE OF ASPIRATES IN GENESIS I. 14. irirn in 3 (6, not 6A) follows nothing ; Jl UA) follows i. 3 (6, not l)Ji) follows j"| of the preceding word. J"| U/i, not t) follows the vowel-sound e. r\ (ih) not t) follows the vowel-sound . j"l (th) follows a of preceding word ; ^ (bh) follows a. Q (p] follows the consonant *?. J"l (^A) follows the vowel-sound e of preceding word. 3 (ph (=/) n otp) follows e ; H .(^) follows e. 3 (A;, not M) follows "\ ; D (^) follows 6. 3 (6A) follows a ; *1 (c?, not dh) follows the consonant ^J. ^ (i) follows the preceding consonant Q. ^ (6A (= v)) follows the vowel-sound *] ; T[ (M) fol. e. 5. OBSERVATIONS. 33. Six letters, called aspirates, have two sounds : ^ 6, ^ 6A, (= v] \ & g, J 0ft; "TO ^; 3 *, D ^; 3 p, 5 A- n , n ^- 34. Their original sound was the hard one, Z>, g, d, k, p, t; it was indicated by a point called Daghes-lene. 35. These letters receive this point whenever they do not imme- diately follow a vowel-sound, i. e., a vowel or vocal S e wa. 36. This lesson has two new letters : tO (t), pronounced like Jl; and 1 (d). 4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. Learn in the " Elements of Hebrew," the following sections : 1. 12. 1, and Note, Aspirates and Daghes-lene. 2. 17. 1, 2, Maqqeph ; long vowel shortened. 3. 3 45. 1, The usual form of the Article. 4. Under 4. 1, The labials : D, 1, 0, fl. This letter is introduced here, in order to complete the list. LESSON 4. 25 5. WORD-LESSON. (31) f3 &eft0eew (34) frO^ and-7ie-saw (37) (32) i\and (35) >3 to (38) (33) \y\ and-he-caused- (36) 31D good (39) " : " to-dividc Note. The root of ID'l is "D diwefe; the root of fcTM is see / D&y = either name, or name-of. 6. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) J-wcZ-saw? 6r0cZ )( the-heav- ens and-}( the-carth and-}( the-waters; (2) The-light the-good (= the good light); (3) Good light (in Heb., /{^7^ good] was upon the-carth; (4) In-beginning (was) darkness; God created light; and-he-caused- to-divide between light and-between darkness; (5) God gave )(-H/ie- light; (6) He-gave the-light the-good (= the good light); (7) Name, the-name, (the) name-of God; (8) Between the-heavens and-between the-carth; (9) He-took (a) #00cZ ?iam^ (Heb. order, ?iawze good). 2. To be translated into English: (1) JltSn "llNJl; (2) Dg'H ; (4) D1DH D^rtrt; (5) 3. To be written in English letters: (1) Up 5 ?, (2) Dg% (3) (4) ai^rr, (5) Dfi?3, (6) ^rn (7) p?, (8) jov 4. To be written in Hebrew letters : (1) ben, (2) del, (3) ben, (4) del, (5) tobh, (6) ho, (7) thohu, (8) 'or, (9) bohu, (10) bhen, (11) dhel, (12) khi. 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY, (1) Three ways of writing and. (2) Three ways of writing the. (3) Maqqeph. (4) Gutturals. (5) Labials. (6) Daghes-lene. (7) Aspirates. (8) Sign of feminine, of participle. (9) Open, closed, and sharpened syllables. (10) Difference between o and 6, e and e. (11) -1, (12) Plural ending. 26 LESSON 5. LESSON V.-GENES1S I. 5. 7. NOTES. 29. JOP'V- way-yiq-ra' And-(he}-callcd, I 26. 1, 2, 3: T|: a. On O, see 18. c; on * see 18. I] way, a sharpened syl. b. p (q), a new consonant pronounced like 3 (k), not qu; % 2. 4. c. The T~ under p is silent, a syllable-divider, $ 11. 1. d. N^p! lie-will-call; tf*1p lie-called, cf. N"O lie-created. 30. TIN 5 ? Izfa-to-the-light, 28. 1, 2 : a. *? the preposition to, with , the vowel of article, 47. 4. fc. 1 is 6, not o ; it is from a+w, TJN = ^IJSt, 30. 7. c. .Lz0/rf = 7)K ; the-light = TJNil ; to-tlie-liglit = (not *nlN^5 1*1 f the article being dropped out, 45. R 3. T 31. D'V yom day; 6 (= a+tc), not o; for DV 30. 7; the combination of a-\-w always gives 6. 32. H^n'T] w e la-ho-sekh and-to-tlie-darlcness : a. Four words : (1) 1 and, (2) ^ to, (3) Jl ^e, (4) Tj^'fl darkness. b. |1 of article elided and its vowel (a) given to *?, 45. R. 3. c. First sj 7 !. (w'la) is unaccented open, but with a short vowel, con- trary to 3 28. 1. The fact is D. f. is understood in f"f, which, be- ing a guttural, cannot receive it, 14. 3. N. 1. 33. tTjp qa-ra' lie-called, I 55. 1. 2 : a. This is the simple stem or root of the verb. b. fa as always at the end of a word, is quiescent, 3 43. 1, a. c. This word would regularly be accented on the ultima. It is {Op here because of the ace. syl. ^ immediately following. 34. rh^-^-T^ night, 24. 2, and N. 1 : a. H is n t a cons., but used merely to represent the prcc. , $ 6. 1. b. * audits S e wa belong to the second syl.; the T~ is initial, I 10. 1. c. Both T'S are fo?ie-long (a), not naturally long (a). 35. D'l^^'TV~wa-y c hi+'e-rebh and-(i\\Qve}-was-\r evening : a. The first syl. (wa) is unac. and ends with a vowel, but it is not a long vowel ; hence it is not an open, but a half-open syl.; there LESSON 5. 27 should be a D. f. in \ but it has been lost, 26. 4 and N.; i 28. 4; b. The vertical line with -=- is called Methegh ; it is a secondary accent written upon the second syl. before the principal accent, I 18. 1. c. The under y is tone-long e, 1 not short e, 3 31. 2. b. d. The unaccented closed syl. rebh has a short vowel. 36. "irp"*i*TV- wa-y e hi+bho-qer and-(there}-was+morning: a. On the half -open syl. and on Methegh see 35. a, b. b. On the connective Maqqeph represented by +, \ 17. 1. c. The is o (tone-long), not 6 (naturally long), 31. 4. b. 37. 1HN 'e-hadh one: I o. The is tone-long e, (cf . 35. c), not short e, ? 33. 6. b. The *J is c?/i, like tli in /ie, not tZ, which would be 1. 2. TABLE OF WORDS CONTAINING LONG VOWELS. 1. Words with tone-long a : tf"O, ff?'^ N^P' Nip*, etc. T T 2. Words with tone-long e : HK, 3. "Words with naturally long e : 4. Words with tone-long o : IP -I 5. Words with naturally long 6 : "fitf, ^VtD, D'V- 6. Words with tone-long e : ^^ ('e-rebh), IH^ ('e-hadh). R. The o of Ip^^l and of D^rl^K is o, not o, although not written V 3. OBSERVATIONS. 37. Tone-long vowels are vowels which are long because of their proximity to the tone ; i. e., being original^ short, they have be- come long through the influence of the accent. i This vowel is a difficult one to understand; keep this instance in mind; a fuller explanation will be given later. It is pronounced like e, in men, i. e., a trifle longer than e in met, 28 LESSON 5. 38. Naturally long vowels are vowels which are long, generally, because of the contraction of two distinct elements, e. g., a-\-w or a-{-u 6, a-\~i or a-f- y = e. 39. Tone-long vowels are, generally, indicated only by the vowel- sign. 40. Naturally long vowels are generally, but not always, indi- cated by a vowel-sign and also by a vowel-letter, e. g., o is , but 6 is "j ; e is ~, but e is * . 41. Tone-long vowels, if the tone changes, are liable to change ; but naturally long vowels are unchangeable. 42. The tone-long e, which always comes from a, is especially worthy of note. 4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. I 8, The names of the vowels. 2. W 45. R 3; 47. 4, The article after a preposition. 3. 55. 1, 2, The root of a verb. 4. 58. 1, 2. a and N. 1, The simple verb-stem ; its name. 5. 3 30. (opening words), also 1 The naturally long vowels, (1) their Notes 1 and 2 under $ 30. j- origin, (2) their writing, (3) their 7, J character. 1 The tone-long vowels, (1) their ori- 6. 9, 31. (opening words), also \ gin, (2) their number, (3) their writ- Note 1 under 4, I ,.*,,. , J ing, (4) their character. 5. WORD-LESSON. (40) in$ one (43) frOp^ and-he-caUed (46) 1^ evening (41) *\ri3 morning (44) 3^> he-sat, dwelt (47) ^p voice (42) tiVday (45) rf?^ night (48) JOp lie-called Note. The word for night is n^^, but in the middle of the verse it is written and pronounced LESSON 6. 29 6. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) To-(fhe}-beginnmg-of the- day God called morning ; to-(ihe)-beginning-of tlie-night God called evening; (2) In-day one God created )( the-light; (3) God created )( the-light and-hc-called to-the-light day; (4) The good day (Heb., tJie- day the-good}', (5) (The)-name-o/ the-light (is) day, and-(i\^Q)-namc- of the-darkncss (is) night; (6) Heavens, the-heavens, to-the-heavens, in-the-heavens ; (7) Earth, the-earth, in-the-earth, to-the-earth, and-to- the-earth; (8) (The)-voice-of God; (9) Day and-night; (10) ^Ae- rSj in-the-waters. 2. To be translated into English : (1) ^pj; (2) 1^; (3) ; (4) p3; (5) D0^7; (6) DT^; (7) TIN 1 ?); (8) DVil p5 ji ; (9) D?pi^'3 bnfTj? n^. 3. To be written in English letters : (1) Vlp, (2) 2g?>, (3) Q'V, (4) -rn^, (5) ^j;, (6) ^x, (7) pg, (8) ^np. 4. To be written in Hebrew letters: (1) lam, (2) lam, (3) lem, (4) 16m, (5) lorn, (6) lem, (7) lem, (8) yiq, (9) ben, (10) rebh, (11) y e la. 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Root. (2) Simple verb-stem. (3) Names of vowel-signs. (4) Article after a preposition. (5) Naturally long vowels. (6) Tone- long vowels. (7) The vowel e. (8) Gutturals and labials. (9) Daghes- lene. (10) Half-open syllable. LESSON VL-GENESIS I. 6. 7. NOTES. 38. "IPNjI way-yo'-mer and-(\ie}-said (see N. 18) : . Syllables : (1) sharpened, (2) open, (3) closed. I. Vowels : (1) Pathah, (2) Holem, (3) S'ghol. c. fr$, though a letter, has here no consonantal force ; hence it has no S'wa under it ; it is quiescent, 11. 2. R. 39. D'rftK "16-him God (see N. 3) : 30 LESSON 6. a. Only two syllables : (1) open, (2) closed. 6. Vowels: (1) Holem, (2) Hireq; Hateph-S'ghol (^\ though a vowel-sound, is only a half-vowel. c. While ~r is simple S'wa, ~^r is a compound S'wa, 9. 1, 2. d. A word has only as many syllables as it has/w/Z vowels, 27. 1. 40. i^p^ ra-qi(a)' expanse; cf. FTH spm'tf (15) : a. Syl's : (1) open, (2) closed ; vowels : (1) Qame, (2) Hireq. 6. The under y is not treated as a vowel; it is called Pathah- furtive, because in pronunciation it steals in before its conso- nant, cf . fT|1 ru(a)h, not ru-ha. Though pronounced, it is mere- ly a transition-sound, inserted for euphony, $$ 27. 1; 42. 2. d. 41. "HlrO b'thokh in-midst-ofj H 12. 1; 11. 2. a: a. % has Daghes-lene, but j"l has none. b. The only full vowel is *j (= 6), which is unchangeable. c. This word means in-midst-of, not in-midst. 42. D^n ham-ma-yim the-waters, U 13. 1; 26. 3; 45. 1 : ' AT ~ a. The in last syl. (unac. closed) must be i, not i, $ 28. 2. Z>. Here (1) indicates that the second syl. is accented, and also (2) marks the end of the clause, 24. 2. 43. 'IT") wi-hi and-let-(ihere}-1)e : a. Let-(t\iere}-le *H* ; and = } ; but W] becomes ^X since (1) when two S"was stand together at the beginning of a word, ~ is inserted ; and (2) (i) under *| fol. by (iy) = i, 2 49. N. 1; cf. the very different *i*T1 = awc?-(there)-was (21). 6. On the insertion of ~ see $ 37. 1. 44. ^"15? mabh-dil (&)-causing-to-divide, or dividing : a, A participle (shown by ) from same root as '^'l^l ^^^ > 1. Vowels : (1) Pathah, (2) Hireq ; but is a syllable-divider. c. ^} (preceded by ) without, ^ (preced. by ^) w^VA Daghes-lene. 45. D^D 1 ? D*0 ma-yim la-ma-yim icaters to-waters : a. Vowel under Q in first word, a ; in second, a ; because the second word is the last in the verse, and so the voice rests upon LESSON 6. 31 it and lengthens the vowel. Such a word is said to be in pause, I 38. 2. 1. The prepositions sometimes take a tone-long a, instead of , when they are directly before the accented syllable, $ 47. 5. c. D*U? === to-waters; not to-the-waters, which would be D*3 7 ; IT T _ ^ |T - the stroke over Q marks the absence of Daghes-forteJ 16. 2. 2. WORDS WITHOUT POINTS OR VOWEL-SIGNS. GEN. /. 16. n a rum ma DV, vr i pa inn any ^y NT aita 5. OBSERVATIONS. 43. This verse has tiuenty-two syllables, 1 of which twelve are closed, ten open ; of the closed, two are sharpened. 44. This verse has twenty-six vowel-sounds : twenty-two full vowels, three S"was(two simple, one compound), one Pathah-/wrft'e. 45. This verse has forty-four letters, of which nine are silent ; of these nine, seven are \ one 1 and one frt 46. This verse has two silent S e was syllable-dividers. 47. The accent -7^- ('Athnah) is written only in the middle of a verse. 48. The accent (Silluq) is written only at the end of a verse. 4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. 6. 1, 2, 3, and Notes 14, The Vowel-letters. 2. ? 14. 3, and Notes 1, 2, Omission of D. f. from gutturals. 3. 9. 1, 2, Simple and Compound S'wa. 4. 1 11. 1, 2. a, and Remark, The Syllable-divider. i Let the student count the syllables and thus verify this statement. 32 LESSON 7. 5. WORD-LESSON. (49) ^H^D dividing (50) D? waters 0. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) Between the-watcrs and- between the-waters; (2) Between the-waters to-the-waters; (3) Between waters to-waters; (4) TFafcrs, waters (in pause), to-the-waters (in pause), to-waters (in pause) ; (5) .Le-(there)-&e, ac7-?e^-(there)-^e, a?iJ-(there)-w/a,s7 (6) Expanse and-spirit; (7) Expanse, the-expanse, to-the-expanse. 2. To be translated into English: (1) Dl*3 TIN; (2) ; (3) TINT? niD; (4) xn -^ om (5) 3. To be written in English letters: (1) Tj^'H, (2) T)], (3) (4) rln?, (5) ^30, (6) 4. To be written in Hebrew letters: (1) 'al, (2) ma-yim, (3) wi-hi, (4) dal, (5) del, (6) del, (7) hadh, (8) dil. 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (I) Vowel-sounds rep. by *. (2) Vowel-sounds rep. by V (3) D. f. rejected from gutturals. (4) D. f. implied. (5) Compound S"wa. (6) Syllable-divider. (7) Simple verb-stem. (8) Gutturals and labials. (9) Daghes-lene. (10) Half -open and sharpened syllables. (12) Natur- ally long and tone-long vowels. (13) Maqqeph. (14) Quantity of vowels in syllables. LESSON VII.-GENESIS I. 7,8. 7. NOTES. 46. fc^i^V-way-ya-'as and-(he}-made : a. \tf (s) is to be distinguished from $ (s), \ 2. 6. 6. The O is the same as in ^Dtfl (^ Nip 4 '! (21), frOI (22). " -i ~ T I : * ~ ; c. The root is Ht^J^ he-made; the future is nb^J^i of which a shortened form is used with *| . LESSON 7. 33 47. j^pin~ha-ra-qi(a)' the-expanse : a. The ~ is'pathah-furtive, cf. HII (ru(a)h); see 40. 6. i. The article is .fl, hence the-expanse should be J^pin 5 but ^ rejects D. f., and the prec. (short) -=- now standing in an open syllable becomes (long) , U !* 3; 3G. 2. I; 28. 1. c. The secondary accent is written on the second syllable before the tone, 18. 1. d. The accent -^- above p and y marks the end of a section ; it is used only when the verse has three sections, $ 24. 3. 48. 1^ ' a ser (one syllable) which, ^ 9. 2 ; 27. 1: a. The is the compound S'waof the A-class (cf. , of the l-class): it is pronounced like a in hat, but much more hurriedly. It is only a 7ta7/-vowel, and does not form a syllable. b. The Relative pron. does not vary for gender or number, 53. 1. 49. nnpp-mit-ta-hath- from-under (for fiflfi |D), *8. 1: a. The final letter (n) of fp is assimilated, 89. 1. I. A letter thus assimilated is represented by D. f., 39. N. c. The point in f] is D. f., because it follows a vowel, I 13. 1. d. In this case the point is also Daghes-lene, since the sound doubled is t, not th, I 13. 2. N. 1. 50. ^p^-la-ra-qKa)'-^-^^^^^^, 45. R 3 : y\!T\ expanse; J^p^rT the-expanse; J^pl 5 ? to-the-expanse ; T. I * T |T "" I * T |T J^pT^ and-to-the- expanse. 5 1 . ^J^O nie-'al from-upon: a. |Q (from] assimilates its final consonant, see 49. a; but &. y refuses D. f ., and ~ is heightened to ", I 48. 2. 52. f5~^1*\~~ w ^~y e h^~kh^ n and-(\i}-was-\-so: a. with is Methegh, second syl. before tone, 18. 1. b. with -r- is Silluq, marking end of verse, 24. 1. N. 53. D'EtP sa-ma-yim heavens, cf. D^t^' of v. 1: AT T j- T a. There is -T under , instead of , because in pause, I 38. 2 j the 'Athnah ( ) is, next to Silluq (), the strongest accent. 34 LESSON 7. 54. ^V? Se-ni second: TT tone-long, c, not e. 2. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. rrrKS) 1 niN7(5) jo w 7iK(3) (6) rj^'rf?(5) nnnp (7) DID (4) (8) IWrfttS) 'TtfDCn D1M5) 5. OBSERVATIONS. 49. Pathah-/writ-e, a mere transition-sound, does not form a syl. 50. The j"[ of the article is elided after the preposition ^ (also ^J). 51. The prep, from is mm, but the n is often assimilated and represented by D. f.; if the following letter refuses D. f., the i is heightened to e. 52. The naturally long 6, generally *j in Hebrew, does not change. 53. Where averse has two sections, the end of \\\Q first is marked by T; the end of the second by . If the verse has three sections, the end of the third is marked by S'gholta (-^-). In the use of the accents, we commence at the end of the verse, not at the beginning. 4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. $ 45. 2, 3, The article before strong and weak gutt'ls. 2. 122. 1, 2. c, 3 5, Affixes for gender and number. 3. I 123. (opening), 1,2, The absolute and construct states. 4. 3 24. 1 3, The three most important accents. 5. WORD-LESSON. (52) ntr'K who, which (55) fDso (58) ffrtp' he-sent -.--. I - T (53) '&%*} and-hc-made (56) fp/rom (59) ^ second (54) D' sea (57) fttyy he-made (60) i These numerals refer to the verse containing the word cited. LESSON 8. 35 6. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) In-the-waters which God made; (2) God (is) in-the-heavcns and-upon the-earth; (3) The-waters (are) in-the-sea; (4) The-earth (is) beneath (in Heb., from-under to) the-sea; (5) (A) second day ;* (6) Tlie-day the-second^ (=the second day); (7) God sent }( the light and-}( the-darkness ; (8) From-\-the- heavens to-the-earth; (9) Between the-sea and-between the-earth; (10) And-(\i)-was-\-so. 2. To be translated into English : (1) pg 1 ? ^D ; (2) J (3) 0*31; (4) o>3 -KJ>>* oiarr; (5) ^nTiXHi ( (7) anrai Sia \w ^rr-^ D^n-nx ri7ti\ (9) ' - - - - 3. To be written in English letters :(l)(l', (2) p, (3) p, (4) D, (5) n^, (6) P3, (7) ^5, (8) ^{Jf, (9) ^Q. 4. To be written in Hebrew letters : (1) ken, (2) ben, (3) 'or, (4) bo-hu, (5) mah, (6) ^^'Oj etc., is the simple active verb-stem, called Qal, 58. N. 1; the stem seen in ^1p* and MfcOn") is the ordinary passive-stem, called Niph'al (cf . %, 61. 1 with 2 75. : R. 2). 6. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) In-the-place which (is) between heaven(s) and-betwcen earth; (2) God will-bc-seen iipon-\- the-earth; (3) The-waters ivill-be-seen in-the-sea; (4) The-earth (f.) LESSON 9. 39 iDill-be-seen beneath (= from-under to] the-Jieavens; (5) The-waters shall-be-coUectcd unto-\-place one; (6) In-ihe-waters and-in-ihe-seas ; (7) The-collection; (8) (The) collection-of the-waters; (9) God created )( tlie-dry (land) and-}( the-seas. 2. To be translated into English : (1) {H^fT^ D'DH YljT i (2) Dlp^l; (3) "fitful; (4) D"?^; (5) DipED 1 !; (6) D1pD1 ; (7) t^xn r?jn;.; (8) own ^7.; (9) *?j?, ^o, ^51- 3. To be corrected :-(!) DIpDH, (2) J^ 1 ), (3) ^tfc (4) Dll^, (5) 'pwt, (6) nnn^, (7) D^^, (8) D^^'.' - -i- -fYr - 4. To be written in English letters : (1) Ty;, (2) p)^, (3) run, (4) nn, (5) oiMi, (6) 7. 7"op/crn_ (52); (6) nnn(35); (7) nb-\T1 (36); (8) 01> (31). 2. NOTES. 65. N^Hll tUdh-se' (she)-shall-cause-to-spring-forth: a. ]1, as in HalOr) (59), she, being the feminine prefix. b. The T under "| is a syllable-divider and silent, 11. 1. c. "1, >', and ^ are the three root-letters ; N>'1, cf. 40 LESSON 9. d. This stem is neither the simple nor the passive verb-stem, but a causative stem. It always has under the preformative, i. e., under the letter which is prefixed to the root to designate person or gender; cf. t ?' T T5! (25), which has under *, and means he-shall cause-to-divide. 66. NH de-se grass, cf. the preceding root tfH (65. c): a. ^ (preceded by p = d; but *"f (preceded by ) = dh. I. This word, like jHJ*, f\^ and others, has e. 67. D^ 'e-sebh herb: ^ = lh = v; & = 5, not s (sh). 68. i^*")?? maz-ri(a)' causing -to-seed, root ^7*")?: a. A new letter f 2;; Pathah-furtive under y. 6. A participle, as shown by ft, cf. ^HJQ (44), ngPHp (16). c. A causative form, as shown by under the preformative. 69. yy ze-ra' seed, from the root y\f : a. This word, like ptf, ^-W, Nt^\ nas e7 I VJV V^IV V JV 70. Yy. *5 tree-of; '13 p e n fruit. 71. H3 n^ 'o-sep p e ri malting fruit: a. The 6, here written over the right arm of jjf (s), is naturally long. 6. The H , like that in HN^ri is e, not e. c. The point in Q is D. f., because preceded by a full vowel (e); it therefore joins the two words together, 3 15. 3. d. TVffy accented on penult because closely followed by a mono- syllable, \ 21. 1. 6. riiyy is a participle (although without fo) from TMy he-made. 72. I^P 5 ? l e mi-no to-ldnd-his : a. The prep, 'p, the noun f*p, and the suffix 1 (= Ais). 73. v Q~1 ( inf zar-'o+bho seed-his+m-him : a. y"]f seed, but l^t his-seed, the being silent. 5. *j is a pronominal suffix meaning his or Aim. c. "ft is made up of ^ the prep, in, and 1 the suffix Aim. rf. It is 12 (bho) not 13, because of the prec. vowel-sound 1. LESSON 9. 41 ____ in-him; this is the idiom for in which. 74. NyifVl wat-to-ye" and-($h.e}-caused-to- go-forth : a. Waw Conversive O, and the feminine prefix j") (= she). I). The 1 is a contraction of *)_ (ato); hence N^lfl is for N^lfl, which, like Nfc^"iri> ^ as ~ under the pref. and is causative. c. The root is fr$V*> which is for ^^\ he-went-forth. 75. irWD 1 ? l mi-ne-hu to-kind-his: a. An uncontracted form, with same meaning as l^p 1 ?* I. ^H is the ^ u ^ form of suffix meaning his or him; ~ may, for convenience, be called a connecting vowel. 76. W^s'ti-si third: cf . *>2$ second. 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. ^in wh. \ = she and = under ft indie, a causative idea. " indie, a part, and Bunder " " " " i = Jte and Bunder " " n = Ac and 1 (=U) " " D indie, a part, and under " " 4. OBSERVATIONS. 54. There is in Hebrew (1) a simple verb-stem, (2) a passive verb-stem, and also (3) a causative verb-stem. 55. The characteristic of the passive stem is the letter j, or a D. f. in the first radical representing j assimilated. 56. The causative stem may be known by the which always occurs under its preformative (*, jl or ). 57. The name of the simple stem is Qal, of the passive stem, Niph'al, of the causative stem, Hiph'il. 58. The letter * prefixed to verbal forms means 7ic, the letter f] means she, while Q so prefixed indicates a participle. [is *j. 59. The full form of the pron. suf . 3 m. sg. is V"f, the short form 42 LESSON 9. 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. 1 5 The names of the Hebrew letters. 2. $ 13. 2. and N. 1, Daghes-forte in aspirates. 3. I 57. 13, Inflection. & WORD-LESSON. (69) Nt^-J^rass (73) f'JD kind, species (77) (70) y-^seed (74) f # free (78) ^>^' third (71) Ntf> Ae-toenf- (75) Ivy herb (79) NHfi (seeN.65) forth (76) ftfcty mofcmflr (80) K^ln (seeN.73) 7. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) To-the-tree making fruit (there is) seec? according-to-its-Mnd; (2) T he-seed which-{-in-it (= in which) (is) /razY; (3) The-day which-\-in-it (is) Zi'grA*; (4) The-earth shall-cause-to- go-forth )( the-grass and-}( the-seed and-}( the-herb and-}( the-tree; (5) The-day the-third (= the third day) ; (6) 7YT, (3) n$, (4) p^, (5) ^, (6) n^y. 4. To be written in Hebrew letters : (1) ze-ra', (2) de-se', (3) ru(a)h, (4) khen, (5) '6-se, (6) to-e', (7) bho, (8) wa-y e hi. 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) The characteristic of the Niph'al stem. (2) The character- istic of the Hiph'il stem. (3) The origin and character of tone-long and naturally long vowels. (4) The sign of the participle. (5) The 3 sg. masc. pron. suffix. (6) The origin of *) in Nlflr)- (7) The character of in n$y> (8) The D. f. Conjunctive. (9) What in- flection includes. (10) The names of the Hebrew letters. LESSON 10. 43 LESSON X.-GENESIS I. 14, 15. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. (1) TT (19); (2) D?D#n(5); (3)f3(26); (4)D'V(31); ( (34); (G)p-7n_(52). "" 2. NOTES. 77. rV") JO m e '6-r6th luminaries : a. Sing., ^)1JO (like D1pD place) ; but when the plur. ending 6th is added the tone moves one syllable, and the changeable a be- comes TI $ 125. 1. a. 1). Both 6's are naturally long, tho' written defectively, 6. 4. N. 2. c. *Tifr$ = light, but *")1X/tD = luminary; on this use of ), see 63. c. 78. i^p^3 bi-r e qi(a)' in-expanse-of : a. Abs. J^rn (40); const. #W, T becoming , 125. 3. a. 6. Before *\ the prep. ^ takes instead of , I 47. 2. c. The syl. 3 (bi) is not a closed S3 r l.; nor yet an open one, since it has a short vowel. It may be called half -open, \ 20. 4. d. The S'wa under ") is called medial, H 10. 2 ; 2G. 4. N. 79. t ?** ? T3n i ? l e h^bh-dil to-cause-to-divide : a. An infinitive ; the prefix H shows it to be causative (Hiph'il). b. D. 1. in *! because it does not immediately follow a vowel-sound. 80. ^iTl w e ha-yu and-they-sliall-be : T : a. n*n = he-was; nrVH = she-was; VpT = they-were. T T T : IT T 6. But *) connects this with what precedes, and likewise converts the past tense into a future; cf . with this the form of the con- junction (-5) which converted & future into apast. see 18. 8 1 . nhlK 1 ? l e '6-thoth for-signs: a. Sing. Hk or filK ; plur. fih'N, by the addition of 6th, I 122. 3. ?>. Both vowels are naturally long (6), written defectively. 82. Dnj^lp'pl ti-l c m6-' a dhim and-for-seasons: a. The conjunction, before a consonant with S'wa,, is written }. 49. 2. 44 LESSON 10. b. The 1 is 6, not o ; Methegh is written before comp. S'wa, 3 18. 3. c. y, being a guttural, takes a compound S e wa, $ 42. 3. cZ. The noun is in the plur. masc., as shown by im. 83. D^P^I u-l e ya-mim and-for-days: a. Another case of \ instead of }, before a consonant with S'wa, see 82. a. b. This is an irregular plural form from Q*)* day. 84. D'JJt^l w e sa-nim and-years: a. A masc. plur. ending with a noun (H^) which has feminine sg. ending, 1 122. 4. N. 85. rnlXp'p Ii-ni c '6-r6th far-luminaries: a. All that was said in 78. b, c, concerning bi, applies to li. b. Here the first 6 is written yWty, the second defectively, I 6. 4. N. 2. 86. TKfl'p l e ha"-'ir to-cause-to-sliine; cf. *")1K light: a. Another causative infinitive (cf. ^"TDD) 1 w ^^ "^ un( ^ er *! instead of , because it is in an open syllable, 3 28. 1. 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. n? H 4. OBSERVATIONS. 60. There is a large class of nouns nearly all of which have ~ (e) under the first letter and ~ (e) or ~ under the second. These nouns are always accented upon the penult. 61. The fern. plur. ending is 6th, the masc., im. 62. The distinction between initial and medial S e wa is import- ant, see \ 10. 1, 2. 63. And is usually written % but before labials and before con- sonants with S c wa it is written J|. LESSON 10. 45 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. I 47. 1, 2, 4, 5, The Inseparable Prepositions. 2. I 49. 1, 2, The Waw Conjunctive. 3. 3 10. 1, 2, Initial and Medial S'wa. 4. 7. 14, Classification of Vowel-sounds. 6. WORD-LESSON. (81) JTJN *& (83) *T)ND luminary (85) (82) |TV woow (84) -TtfiD season (86) 7. 'EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) The-sign, the-moon, the sun, the-year, the-season; (2) The-sun will-be-seen in-the-heavens; (3) Signs and-luminaries and-seasons and-years; (4) The-sun shall-be in-expanse-of the-heavens; (5) For-seasons and-for-luminaries; (6) To-divide between tlie-day and-betwcen the-night; (7) ^eas and-wa- ters; (8) Days and-seas; (9) The-luminary, the-luminaries. 2. To be translated into English : (1) T^ 1 ? ^D D^X/?n ; (2) ^^n niNa; (3) nrr p3i D?o^n pi ^3!1; : (4) ( ' 3. To be written in English letters : (1 ) |T) (2) 1J71D, (3) ' (4) n\ (5) D> (6) 4 To be written in Hebrew letters : (1) ha-'ir, (2) '6-thoth, (3) yom, (4) ya-mim, (5) bi-r e qi(a)\ 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Change of to . (2) Prepositions 3 and *? with i. (3) "VVaw Conversive with the past tense. (4) Various forms of the verb JTJ1 lie-was. (5) ?| and \ (6) DV and fil- (7) Difference between T| 7n5JT| and ^NJl- (8) Nouns with e. (9) Initial and Medial S e wa. (10) Classification of vowel-sounds according to for- mation, quantity, nature, value. 46 LESSON 11. LESSON XL-GENESIS I. 16-19. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. U)rhKD(77); (2) D'gn (56); (3) DIpD (58); (4) J^Tp (78); (5) TN'rf? (86); (6) ^'fin (28); (7) tfT) (22); (8) *Op1 (29). T : | v -i - : T) : - 2. NOTES. 87. t^i^y way-ya-'as and-(he)-nuide ) see 46 : a. Like *H* a shortened form of the future, root HfeM^- : T ^V 6. Second syllable, being accented open, lias a short vowel. 88. *}$ s e ne two-of; cf. 0) faces-of: a. The construct state of the numeral Q^t^, of which Q* is the dwaZendiDg, ?U22. 5 ; 123.5. b. The word has but one syllable, T~ being only a half -vowel. 89. D^'ljin hag-g e dh6-lim the-great (ones) : a. The article written regularly with and D. f., 2 45. 1. &. An adjective in the plur. (note the ending Q* ) from ^lljl- c. The -^- is 6, though in the plural form written defectively. d. The , under jj in the sing., becomes in the plural T", because it is no longer before the tone-syllable, Q* having been added ; cf. sg. m. ^m but sg. f. rfTlIf pi. m. D^llf pi. f. nftllf in which, by the addition of an affix, the tone is changed. This change of a full vowel to S e wa is called volatilization, 36. 3. b. 90. ^IJin "TINS!! ham-ma-'6r hag-ga-dhol ihe-luminary the- great (one) : a. Both words have a tone-long a, and a naturally long 6, altho' in the adjective the 6 is written defectively. 6. Both words have the article in its usual form. 91. n^t^'pp 1 ? ^ m ^ m ~se-leth -for-dominion-of : a. Two unaccented closed syllables, one accented open. b. *p is the prep.; Q, the formative prefix, cf. 58. b; j"|, the fern, ending ; the root being LESSON 11. 47 92. fbpH haq-qa-ton ike-small; with tone-long o. 93. D^Dl^n hak-ko-kha-bhim ^e-stars : a. The -f under 3 is Methegh, 18. 1; under 3 it is Silluq. 6. Cf . 3D13 star, D^l^ sta, D^lDn *Ae-*tar. 94. |0*1~~ way-yit-ten and-(he}-gave : a. ffl* he-will-give is the Qal Imperfect (future) from Jjl^ he-gave. With Waw Conversive (cf . 18) it has the force of a Perfect (past). b. The D. f. in ft is for the first radical J, which has been assim- ilated ; cf. nrrnp for nrrn jp, see 49, 2 39. i. 95. DDK 'o-tham }(-them: the pronominal suffix Q _ with P^, another form of J"1K and "TllSt, sign of def. obj., 51. 2. 96. ^P 1 ?! w c lim-sol and-to-rule : a. Conjunction *) ; prep. ^ with , \ 47. 2 ; the ~r under Q silent. b. An infinitive from the root '^D, cf. 91 ; tone-long o. 97. n 1 ?^^ D V2 bay-yom u-bhal-la-y e la in-the-day and-in-the- night, T 45. 4. K. 3 ; 47. 4 ; 49. 2. 98. t ?H5n J 71 u-l a habh-dil and-to-cause-to-divide : a. !|, 49! 2";" 1 :;, 2 32. 3. d; ^H^n, see 79. b. The root is ^"Tul (pronounced ba-dhal). 99. n^J r'bhi-'i /owr*A; cf . ^ 5. ftfflMS FO/? SPECIAL STUDY. tlie-luminaries t7ie-great = the great luminaries. the-luminary the-great = the great luminary. the-luminary the-small = the small luminary. 4. OBSERVATIONS. 64. In the words cited above, the noun stands first, the adjective, Kecond. 65. The noun is masculine, 1 the adjective is masculine. i The noun TiXD is masculine, although in the plural it has a feminine form. 48 LESSON 11. 66. When the noun is sing., the adjective is sing.; when the noun is plur., the adjective is plur. 67. The noun has the article, and so has the adjective. 68. The following is, therefore, the rule governing the position and agreement of an attributive adjective : The adjective, when attributive, follows its noun, and agrees with it in gender, number and definiteness. 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. 57. Notes 1, 2, Tenses and Moods. 2. I 58. 1, 2. a, and Notes 1, 4, The Simple Verb-stem, Qal. 3. 14. 13, Omission of Daghes-forte. 4. I 11. 2. a, 6, S"wa under final consonants. 6. WORD-LESSON. (87) 1^ to shine (89) 2313 star (92) *y*y\ fourth (88) *7f]} great (90) rf?&QQ ruling (93) &}$ two (91) 7. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) 77ze 0rea day; (2) / the great day; (3) ^Lwrt 7 in the great day; (4) The great stars; (5) small star; (6) ?Vie ^ooa 7 God; (7) He-gave, he-ruled; (8) GW )( the-luminaries for-(thz}-nding-of the-day and-for-(t*he}-ruling-of the-m'ght; (9) TVie great luminary (is) the-sun; the small luminary,, the-moon; (10) The-sun and+the-moon (are) iw-(the)-expawse-o/ Me- heavens; (11) (rod will-give )( the-day. 2. To be translated into English: (1) ^H TiNErrD^ H^i ; (3) in^n^to^nT^'n m^'rr; (5) ^ ; (6) w'n SiNsn ; (7) ^trn |b^nniNDn ; (8) ; do) LESSON 12. 49 3. To be written in English letters: (1) ff|', (2) 'W\ (3) rt?K>'99, (4) M13 (5) Dritt (6) jrpn?, (7) 1 ?^9 1 7 ) (8) rhXp, (9)01-77. 4. To be written in Hebrew letters : (1) y5m, (2) yom, (3) sekh, (4) lekh, (5) 'att, (6) talt, (7) yest, (8) wa-y'hi, (9) ha-'6r. 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Affixes of the feminine. (2) Affixes of the masculine plural and dual, in absolute and construct. (3) Change of to . (4) The construction of the attributive adjective. (5) Methegh and Silluq. (6) Assimilation of }. (7) The infinitive of the root ^ttf Q. (8) The conjunction *) before a labial. (9) The ordinals meaning second, third, fourth. (10) Tenses and moods in Hebrew. (11) The form of the simple verb-stem (Qal). (12) Omission of Daghes-forte. (13) S e wa under final consonants. LESSON XII.-GENESIS I. 20, 21. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. (1) D'pn (17) ; (2) pgH (7) ; (3) pp) (40) ; (4) D^il (89) ; (5) lt^'8 (48) ; (6) VJjtifr (75) ; (7) jng (22). 2. NOTES. 100. I^P^ yis-r'gu (they) shall-swarm: a. Qal Imperfect (or future 1 ) 3 pers. plur. masc. from t^J^ he- swarmed; T^h^ he-will-swarm; ^1^ they-will-swarm. b. Two S e was first, a syllable-divider and silent, second, a half- vowel and vocal, 11. N. 1, 2. c. The Imperfect tense represents an action as unfinished, incom- plete, whether in past, present or future time. i The terra Imperfect will hereafter be used instead of future, since it more nearly describes the tense in question. 50 LESSON 12. 101. Y*y$~~ se-re swarm, or, collectively, swarms: a. Like D"U? P*!& ^C?'?.' J^lt > these nouns have but one essen- tial vowel, viz., the first, since the second is inserted merely for euphony. They are called SegJiolates. b. The essential vowel in all these cases was originally , which has been heightened under the tone to e, I 106. 1 and N. 2. 102. tf'$3 n e-phes soul-of: Another Segholate, of which the primary form was t^')J 5 cf . the primary form of J^lt, viz., JT"]?, which appears before the suffix in 1^*]f, see 73. 103. f"Pn hay-ya life: Feminine, as shown by j"f . 104. t\\y\ Woph and-fowl : a. The Waw Conjunctive pointed regularly with S e wa. b. A case of naturally long 6 ; the .final form of f] (Pe). 105. f|$W y e '6-pheph (he) shall-fly : a. An Imperfect (or future) from the root tt\y to-fly. b. Unchangeable 6 ; both j's aspirated. 106. N^D^ way-yibh-ra' and-(he)-created : T ; * ~~ a. ^ m \y > he-will-create, but with 5 the force of the tense is changed. b. Compare (1) frO and lOp?1 with (2) jna and N*O'T 107. D^|nn hat-tan-ni-nim the-sea-monsters : a. Points in Jl and Jj are D. f., because preceded by vowels. b. The under 3 is i written defectively, I 6. 3. N. and 4 N. 2. c. (1) Article -fj, (2) noun f^p, (3) plural ending D'_- 108. t^'5^^3 kol+ne-phes every-}- soul-of : a. "^3 is an unaccented closed syllable, for the word before Maq- qeph always loses its accent, % 17. 1, 2. b. An unaccented closed syllable must have a short vowel, $ 28. 2 ; but is a short vowel ? It is. In this word we have for the first time o, or Qame-hatuph, which is represented by the same sign (~) as long a, $ 5. 5. 109. n^lin ha-hay-ya ^-??/e: The article with its D. f. im- plied, \ 45. 2; Methegh, second syllable before tone, 18. 1. LESSON 12. 51 110. nt^P^n ha-ro-me-seth thc-(one)-creeping : a. The article with D. f. rejected and heightened to , 45. 3. 1). A participle (although without Q) fern, (j"|) sg. from \&12T\. c. Observe that the is 6, not 6, although defectively written. 111. ^iVK^ sa-r e u (they) swarmed : a. He-swarmed Y^ttf, they-swarmed ^""^ '; cf. T**"!^ he-will-swarm, !|*Jt5^ they-will-swarm ; and so JO^) he-created, ^IfcO^ they- created; JOp he-called, ^N^p they -called ; |H^ he-gave, they -gave. 1}. Qal Perf. 3 m. pi., as shown by the ending }. 112. Diiyp 1 ? l e mi-ne-hem to-ldnds-their : a. DH is pron. suf . 3 m. pi., as used with plur. nouns, ? 51. 1. b and d. 1). (= e) is a defective writing for * _ , the plur. const, ending. 113. "pD~ ka-naph wing : a. The first is a, because before the tone : the second is a because under the tone, 31. 1. a. (1), c. b. Const, sing, would be Cl^3 ; dual would be - 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. Mijrnp 4. OBSERVATIONS. 69. The Imperfect Qal has as a preformative in the 3d masc. the letter *, written with i. 70. In forming the plural of the Qal perf., the vowel of the sec- ond radical becomes ~r. 71. Upon the addition of ] in the Impf., as well as in the Perf.. the vowel of the second radical becomes T (half-vowel). 52 LESSON 12. 72. The feminine ending Jl is often preceded by an unaccented , inserted for euphony. 73. The article is - ft ; while fT (also J"f) takes the D. f. by impli- cation, *) (also y and tf) entirely rejects it. 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. 50. 1, The regular forms of the Personal Pronoun. 2. 3 50. 2, 3, Pausal forms and Remarks (to be read only}. 3. \ 122. 2. &, The fern, ending j"l attached to a stem by means of. 4. 122. 2. c, The fern, ending fi changed to n_. T 0. WORD-LESSON. (94) n*H fe/e (97) tJ>tf *owZ (100) (95) -*?3 a?Z, every (98) f]^' to-/y (101) (96) F5 wing (99) tl^ fowl (102) p sea-monster 7. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) The-waters swarmed ; (2) The-waters shall-swarm; (3) G^orZ created )( the-earth, and-he-creatcd )( the-heavens; (4) -4c?-saw 6r0<^ )( all-\-wMch he-had-created, and~ (\i}-was-\-good; (5) / (am) God who created )( the-liglit; (6) Thou (art) in-the-heavens and-I (am) upon-\-the-eartli; (7) TTe (are) great; (8) 77*01* (m.) (art) small; (9) 77iow (f .) (art) good; (10) Te (are) (the) light-of the-earth. 2. To be translated into English: (1) tfjftj ^K; (2) ; (3) DW'H D^'T?; (4) 01* ^IN 1 ? ^"IfJ; (5) D (6) VS$rn$ D^H^ N^a; (7)p^mj^; (8) ; (9) b?D3 ^JT on. 3To te written in English Letters: (1) pt>, (2) -*?3, (3) (4) tr'51 (5) i^'oi (6) p^n. 4. To be, written in Hebrew letters : (1) kol, (2) kol+, (3) k'na- pha-yim, (4) 'a-no-khi, (5) 'att, (6) 'at-tem, (7) nah-nu. LESSON 13. 53 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Force of the Imperfect. (2) Segholates. (3) The vowel e*, as derived from ~. (4) The vowel 6. (5) The various ways of writing the article. (6) The plural (masc.) of verbal forms. (7) The dual- ending. (8) The fern, ending j"| (9) The forms of the Personal Pronoun. (10) The simple verb-stem. (11) The Passive. (12) The Causative. LESSON XML-GENESIS I. 22-25. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. (1) D'Oil (42) ; (2) npN*l (18) ; (3) Wf\fl] (74) ; (4) (102, 103);T5) tyjn (46);' (Q)^3 (108). 2. NOTES. i 14. rpin-wa-y'bha-rekh and-(\&}-llessed: a. Root is Tn^j * being sign of Impf., and 1 the conjunction. 1. D. f . of 1 omitted from >, which has only a S e wa, g 14. 2. c. The final 7| has, as always, a S'wa, g 11. 2. a. d. The syllable ^ is 7ia?/-open, not open, 26. 4. e. This stem is not at all like either (1) the simple verb-stem, as seen in KliT, or (2) the passive-stem, as seen in !flp* or (3) the r }' ' f , IT causative-stem, as seen in 7*13*, 7**135 I* is a new stem, viz., the intensive. The form would regularly be tHD** but *1 rejects the D. f., and the preceding = becomes , while, by a change of tone, is shortened to ; cf. HK, but -fttf (23). /. The characteristic of the intensive-stem is Daghes-forte in the second radical, not, as in ^p* (55), in the first. 115. *""iDX7 l'-mor to-say, generally translated saying : a. Inf. const, of 1?^ say is ^0^ 5 cf. ^'q (96) from ^^ b. Before '^, the prep. ^ takes ^ , giving "ift^, 2 47. 3. c. N being weak, and are allowed to contract, and give e. 54 LESSON 13. 116. 113 P c ru be-ye-fruitful : A Qal Imperative plural. 117. 1HH u-r e bhu and-multiply-ye : Qal Imperative plur. with Waw Conjunctive, here } before a consonant with S'wa, 49. 2. 118. ^^Pl-u-mi-p'u and-fill-ye : a. Waw Conjunctive before a labial is written ?|, $ 49. 2. b. S'wa is medial, the syllable p half-open, g 10. 2 ; 26. 4. N. c. Qal Imperative plural of N^Oi 1 indicating the plural. 119. D*P*3 bay-yam-mim in-the-seas : a. Q* sea, D*D* seas, Q*^n the-seas, D*D'^) in-the-seas. b. Cf. Dl> <*ay, D'P> days, D^P^H the-days, D^P^l in-the-days. 120. fliyni w e ha-'6ph and-ihe-fowl, \l 49. 1 ; 45. 3. 121. 2*")* yi-rebh let-(him}-multiply : a. Qal Impf., shortened form, from same root as ^O") (117). Z>. * is the pref. of the Impf.; *") and ^, radicals ; third radical lost. 122. ^pn-h a mi-si-^A, I 9. 2. 123. ^5?ln td-e' Lct-(hcT)-causc-to-go-forth: ' a. 1 (6) is contracted from 1__ ; ^VlJl is like K^lll (65). 6. Hiph'il Impf. 3 fern. sg. from the root tf^> lie-weut-fortli. i 24. H^P 1 ? l e mi-nah to-kind-her: a. <7 ?o ; pp ifc/ftrf, H_ her; cf. ^p 1 ?, 1^0*?. t. The point in J^ is neither D. f. nor D. 1.; it is inserted to show that n h as a consonantal force and is not silent, for j""f at the end of a word is always silent unless it has this point, called Mappiq, 2 16. 1. 125. nDrT5-b e he-ma cattle : a. il, having no Mappiq, is silent ; the noun is fern., 3 122. 2. c. 126. t^P*11 wa-re-mes and-creepcr: a. Waw Conj. before the tone-syl. receives ^r, 2 49. 4; cf. 1(1^*1 (11). ^- t^O*! is a Segholate noun from the same root as ni^*0"l (HO). V J'. - V -IV 127. ri^'lr)^n^ w e ha-y e tho+'e-re9 u/z^-6eas^o/+(th " il*n (absolute) = Z//e or beast; j"Vfl is construct, ^ 123. 2, 4. LESSON 13. 55 ?>. *j is really an old nominative case-ending, now obsolete, 121. 1. a. c- IrVH is for irVTT, but -=- under * has become T and D. f . in * is dropped. 128. fVn hay-yath beast-of: with the same meaning as the preceding archaic form 'jj'Vn i here D. f . remains. 129. nOINn ha-' a dha-ma the-ground : a. The article before a weak guttural has ~, 45. 3. I. The vowel before a compound S e wa always has Methegh, \ 18. 3. c. J$, a guttural, takes compound rather than simple S e wa, $9. 2. d. n, having no Mappiq ( 16. 1), is silent; the word is feminine, 122. 2. c. 8. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. for nDkXj? rrn /or N5fln jrn i:n 4. OBSERVATIONS. 74. Contractions are common ; thus ~ fol. by becomes e ; *) _ (aw) becomes 6 ; j"f_ (a-ha) becomes H (ah). The result is always T -IT T a naturally long vowel. 75. The original fern, ending, including the ending of the noun- stem, was ]")_> which is retained in the construct, but in the abso- lute the j") is lost and the preceding ~ heightened to . 76. There are remnants of ancient case-endings ; the nominative had as its sign , cf. 6 in IjVn. 77. The Imperative has only a second person. 78. Before a tone-syllable Waw Conjunctive and the inseparable prepositions may take a tone-long . 56 LESSON 13. 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. 51. 1. a d, Pronominal Suffixes, separate forms. 2. I 51. 2, Pronominal Suffixes with jltf. 3. I 42. 1 3 l The Peculiarities of Gutturals. 6. WORD-LESSON. (103) Jlp"lX : ground (107) TTfo Jie-was-fruitful (104) rrsro cattu uos) n:n T " : T T (105) T[")5 he-Uessed (109) jpjj'l (106) N^D Ae-///ed 7. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) God created )(-them; (2) He-said to-the-sea-monsters, Fill-ye )(-\-the-seas; (3) The-fowl multi- plied upon+the-earth; (4) The-day the-fifth; (5) (The) beast-of the- earth was upon-\-the-ground; (6) To-kind-his, and-to-kind-her, and- to-kinds-their ; (7) His-day, my-day, her-day; (8) ^oc? mac?e )(+^7te- creeperupon-\-the-ground; (9) The-cattle the-good (f.); (10) The good beast; (11) And-saw God all-\-that hc-had-created, and-(ii}-was-}- good; (12) The-waters (are) in-the-seas and-upon-\-the-earth. 2. To be translated into English: (1) ^)$W ^l^rr 1 ); (2) ; (3) - 3. To be written in English letters : (1) KQ, (2) PO1, (3) ^ (4) nona (5) rwp 1 ?, (6) -iDx 1 ?, (7) Km 4. To be written in Hebrew letters : (1) kol, (2) kol+, (3) ben, (4) ben, (5) ben+, (6) re-mes, (7) ha-y'tho, (8) bay-yain-nnm, (9) ' a ser, (10) rekh, (11) bha-rekh. 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) The Intensive-stem. (2) Omission of D. f. (3) Inf. const. i Learn only the general statement, not the sub-sections marked a, &, c, etc. LESSON 14. 57 of "1DK with prep. *?. (4) Difference between the words for sea, seas and day, days. (5) The ordinals 2d to 5th. (6) Pron. suf. of 3d pers. fern. (7) Nominative case-ending. (8) Mappiq. (9) Relation between the fern, affixes j"f_ and fl_. (10) Pronominal suffixes, separate forms. (11) Pronominal suffixes with Jltf. (12) Peculiar- ities of gutturals. LESSON XIV.-GENESIS I. 26-28. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. (i) t]ijn : (104); (2) nong (125); o) tr^rn U26) ; (4) (106); (5) DHK(95); (6)^*1(114); (7)^(116); (8) (9) wfyiy\ (iis); do) rrn(io3) ; (ID niraHn ( n )- 2. NOTES. 130. nfe^JW na-' a se We-w ill-make, or, let-us-make: a. Of these four letters only /. The syllable 5 is half-open, and the S e wa is medial, 26. 4. N. c The noun is filO 1 ^ the suf. and connecting-vowel being ft . d. The vowel under 3 is according to \ 47. 2. 134. ^TTI w'yir-du and-they-shall-liave-dominion : 58 LESSON 14. a. 1 = and; * indicates Impf. (future); }, plural; radicals, ^ and *]. 1 35. n^l3-bhi-dh' 1 7 "*> as in ^'P*? (^ IJT)! ( 73 )- 6. The accent over Q is disjunctive, cf. T (132. b}. 138. tijy^k'qe-lemin-image-of: a. 3 has I). 1. because of preceding disjunctive accent, \ 12. 3. b. This is the usual form of the noun, but D 1 ?^ (^^- a ) i g the pn- mary form, to which suffixes are attached. Cf. JTlt, but 1 (73); and so pK, but 1^1^, ^, but 1^, ^U'but etc., 125. 4. a,\ 139. ini< '6-tho X-7HWI, | 51. 2. 140. HDp^ 1^? za-khar u-n e qe-bha male and-female: a. *l^t is a noun like D1K 5 with two tone-long vowels which were originally short, 3 107. 1. a. b. Waw Conj., before a consonant with S e wa, is 1, 49. 2. c. The ending ff i g the feminine affix, 3 122. 2. c. 141. Off? la-hem to-them, \l 47. 5; 51. 3. b and N. 142. n&$O?1 w'khi-bh e su-ha and-subdue-ye-her : a. 1 and;^y^ for ^p [cf. JJ^Q (118)] subdue-ye; ft her; the root being t^3. - T &. is usually ii, but here a defective writing for } (u), the sign of the plural ; ii is sounded as u in put, but u as oo in tool. (f 143. 'I'YTl u-r e dhu and-have-ye-dominion : a. On } see ^ 49. 2 ; the accent - over "| is disjunctive. LESSON 14. 59 144. n^3-bi-dh e ghath-m-/^-o/; cf. f\F# (135): a. ^) has D. 1., because of preceding disjunctive accent, 12. 3: 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. tJTH DDK Nfffltt nro '-jv ; ;~; I ~ T _i'*:~; . I " wia nSi UD 1 ?^ on 1 ? 4. OBSERVATIONS. 79. When a disjunctive accent stands between an aspirate and the preceding vowel, the aspirate does not immediately follow the vowel, and hence takes Daghes-lene. 80. Segholates before suffixes take what is called their primary form, i. e., the original form of the noun, which had but one vowel, that vowel standing under the first radical. 81. The suffix meaning him is *j, them QH or Q. 82. The personal pre-fix 1 p. pi. meaning we is the letter ^ ; the pronominal suf-fix our is ^ ; her is ft. 83. The half-open syllable always has a short vowel, and in many cases is followed by a medial S'wa. 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. 52. 1. a, GJ d, and 2, The Demonstrative Pronouns. 2. \ 53. 1. a, 6, The Relative Pronoun. 3. 54. 1, 2. a d, The Interrogative Pronouns. 6. WORD-LESSON. (110) DlNmaw- (113) *Of maZe (116) C^^ image T T T T YJV (111) rUTM (H4) COD he-subdued (117) PPD lie-subdued T T - T T T (112) niOT ; KA*weM (115) fOp} /ema?e (had-domin ion) 60 LESSON 14. 7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. THE ARTICLE. fhe-luminary the-great = the great luminary. On thc-luminary the-small = the small luminary. Principle 1. The adjective, when attributive, follows its noun, and, if the noun is definite, receives the article. DlYl == the-day the-this = this day. )N7 = the-earth thc-this (f.) = this earth. D'OJ*'n = the-heavcns the-these = these heavens. -J- T - Principle 2. The demonstrative pronoun, when attributive, fol- lows its noun, both noun and demonstrative receiving the article. 8. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: 1 (1) The great place; (2) The great heavens; (3) The good seed; (4) The good luminaries; (5) This male and this female; (6) These luminaries which (are) in the heavens; (7) This good place ; 2 (8) These great luminaries; (9) This spirit (f.), (10) Who created man in his image f (11) Who made this light? (12) To whom (arc) these heavens and this earth? (13) What did God create in beginning ? 2. To be translated into English: (1) HNTn rTDl^H; (2) rf?Nn o^'n ; (3) njn DIDH ngn ; (4) 'run DI-TT ; w -no onV D^n^ jn|; (6) ' T rwn ; (8) 1*7 PN - T - : I v -IT T v -: v: 3. To be written in English letters : (1) Ht, (2) DKf, (3) (4) n^'N, (5) *o, (6) no, (7) *or, (8) n^pi. v - : T T T T ) : 4. To be written in Hebrew letters : (1) d e muth, (2) ghath, (3) da-gha, (4) la-hem, (5) '6-tho. i In this and in following exercises, words making- in Hebrew one word will not be joined together by hyphens. zThe^order will be: (1) noun, (2) adjective, (3) demonstrative, the article being written with each word. LESSON 15. 61 9. TOPICS FOR STUDY, (1) Gutturals with compound S'wa. (2) The vowel H (3) The accents , -^, . (4) Half-open syllables. (5) Medial' S'wa. (6) D. 1. after a disjunctive accent. (7) Raphe. (8) Primary form of Segholates. (9) jltf, -fiN, TIN* (10) The vowel . (11) Demon- stratives. (12) Relative. (13) Interrogatives. (14) Rule for attrib- utive adjectives. (15) Rule for attributive demonstrative. LESSON XV.-GENESIS 1.29-31. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. (1) tyy (67); (2) JTtt (69); (3) }%-*$$ (73. e); (4) n?PT (128); 5) rrn P'JM (102, 103); (6) NTI (22); (?) nprrnn (36). 2. NOTES. 145. rU!"! hm-ne behold! an inter jectional adverb. 1 46. *firO na-that-ti I-have-given : a. D. f . in ft is for 1 assimilated, *fli"0 *fOj"0 5 root ?n}. j- T : J- T I - r b. The ending *J-1 = I, being for ^, which is a fragment of cf. ^DN Ae-sa/cZ, ^H^D^ I-said; y-p he-knew, *f\yy I-knew; 'jWft he-ruled, ^^^I-ruled, - T : j- T 147. D? 1 ? la-khem to-you (m.) : a. Prep, has , cf. D^^ (45), QTh (141). 1. D5 is for Qjl of DJlK 2/^> by a euphonic change, the opposite of that in 146. 6, g 51. 1. a. 148. y*^t J7*if zo-re(a)' za-ra' seeding seed: . ""AT ~* a. y*y is the active participle of the Qal stem note the 6. 1. On under y read 42. 2. d. c. tnt is for tnt (69), on account of the accent ( ), 38. 2. A 1 " ~JY 149. n^n^ yih-ye-/ie-(i. e., it)-shall-be : a. Observe the Methegh with and that the S e wa is silent, I 18. 5. 62 LESSON 15. &. Root, nVT; * indicates Impf.; cf. shortened form * ( *1* (19) 150. H'7;)N t ?-l e okli-la-/or-/oo^: a. The ~ under fr$, in an unaccented closed syl., is o, not a. b. The root is plainly ^ON he-ate; ff_ indicates fern. 151. t^?^ ro-mes creeper (literally, creeping): a. Naturally long 6, tone-long e ; Qal act. part., cf. J^*"i? (148). b. This 6 (in Qal act. part.) is seldom written fully, as here. 152. D^^^nN 'eth+kol-J-ye-req )(-\-every+greenness-of | v-r.- T a. On the short vowels and see I 17. 2. b. HT, like V*]X and many others, is an a-class Segholate. | v-r/ I Y-JV 153. fOffy 'a-sa he-made : a. Qal Perf. 3 m. sg., the root-form from which came and ntyy (71). 154. *!KD~ me 'odh exceedingly: an adverb. 155. >t^'n has-sis-si the-sixth. 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. (I/OM) (7wm) 4. OBSERVATIONS. 84. Note, in cases cited above, how ~ and have become T and ~ (o), when, as the word is joined by Maqqeph to the following word, the tone has passed away from them. 85. The conjunction *) is written } before a consonant with S c wa. 86. >fi for O = I; DO for DH = you; 1 for !jH_ = 7am. V V JT 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. i 2. 4, 5, 7, Pronunciation of p, D, V 2. $ 3. 2, 3, Letters with double forms, and with similar forms. LESSON 15. 63 3. 2 4. 2, Weak, Medium and Strong Letters. 4. 2 12. 2, 3, Aspirates with S'wa preceding, with dis- junctive accent preceding. 5. 3 15. 1, 3, Daghes-forte compensative and conjunctive. 6. 16. 1, 2, Mappiq and Raphe. 7. H 26. 3, 4; 28. 3, 4, Sharpened and Half -open syllables. 6. WORD-LESSON. (118) rby&food (m}\r\Vie-gave (122) ^JKO exceedingly (119) fUn fceAoZd (121) pT greenness (123) 7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. THE ARTICLE. = upon-\-faces-of the-waters = upon the f ace[s] of the waters. = spirit-of God = the spirit of God. = to-collection-of the-waters = to the collection of waters. = all+soul(s)-of the life = all the souls of life. = **& the-sea = in the fish of the sea. Principle 3. The article cannot be prefixed to a noun in the construct state ; if the article is needed, it is given to the noun following. Principle 4. If the second of two nouns in the construct rela- tion is definite, because it is a proper noun, or because it has the article, the first noun is also to be regarded as definite. 8. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) I knew tJmt tliou (m.) (art) good ; (2) / gave to the cattle and to the beast(s] of the earth grass and herb(s) for food ; (3) The tree yielded (Heb., made] good fruit ; (4) God gave to the fowl of the heavens the seed of the earth for food ; (5) (There) was fruit in all the earth; (6) All that God made was exceedingly good. 64 LESSON 16. 2. To be translated into English : (1 ) D'H^ Ht ; (2) Frtrrn nfr w'n 01*33 i'(3) 'n DV3 ; (4) JPJTQ frouP3hv! 01*3 ^K^V^O^ 01*3 on nr njsn otn; (6) norn-ri nip n 01*3 T T |T 3. To be written in English letters: (1) ff?3N, (2) pT, (3) JTif, (4) D1, (5) ")pi (6) |3, (7) |>3. 4. To be written in Hebrew letters : (1) hu, (2) khem, (3) ha, (4) h a mi, (5) kha, (6) nu, (7) ze, (8) 'elle. LESSON XVI.-REVIEW. [To the student: This lesson is a review of all that have preceded it. Noth- ing is so necessary, in the acquisition of a language, as constant and thorough review. One should carry forward with him at least nine-tenths of what he has learned. The first chapter of Genesis contains one hundred and two differ- ent words, and about four hundred and fifty different forms. The most com- mon and most important principles of the language have been considered. Many additional principles might have been brought forward in connection with this chapter, but it has been deemed wise to hold them in reserve. It is understood that in no case will the student proceed to take up Lesson XVII., until this Lesson with all which it includes has been learned. Let every word, every verse, every principle be mastered absolutely.] 7. WORD-REVIEW. [In this list of words, the superior figures indicate the verse in which the word, or its derivative, is found. In the case of nouns, the singular absolute is given, in the case of verbs, the root. The student is expected to compare with each word as here given, the various forms of that word which occur in the chapter, e. g,, with TTH, he will compare n/vn she-was, TV let-(iherc)-be, TV1 and-Zet-(thereH>e, TV1 and-(there)-was, VH1 and-ihey-shall-be, rvp" it-shall-be.] I. VERBS. mn 26 niD 9 rrn 2 nm 22 ms 22 , ^'D 18 * The Infinitive form, see 55. 3. LESSON 16. 65 2. NOUNS, PARTICLES, ETC. DID 4 -i- T | " : rtity 14 D^ 5 *"VixD 14 nt^^ 9 T T Y -JY T T T "~ D'JJS 2 D'D 2 D no niT 6 T _!- T : m* 30 N^'i 11 | Y-1Y Y -IV 5 26 -D 1 nijpD 10 *3 4 V 1 DIpD 9 nnn 7 nn 2 ^. VERSE-REVIEW. 1. Pronounce the pointed text of each verse until it can be read aloud rapidly and without hesitation (see Manual, p. 7). 2. Write out on paper the unpointed text, one verse at a time, and then, without the aid of either pointed text or translation, insert the necessary points and vowel-signs. Compare the result with the pointed text, and note the mistakes ; repeat the exercise till each verse can be pointed without mistake (see Manual, p. 29). 3. Write the Hebrew of the chapter, verse by verse, with only the English translation before the eye. Here also correct the result each time by the pointed text (see Manual, p. 18), 4. Write the Hebrew of the chapter, verse by verse, from the transliteration, noting with care, in the case of each word, the exact English equivalent for each sign or character in the Hebrew (p. 39). 66 LESSON 16. 5. GRAMMAR-REVIEW. 1. The alphabet, 2 1. 1-3. 25. Kinds of syllables, 2 26. 1-4. 2. Pron. of X,#, (1, p, 2. 1-4. 26. Syllabication, 27. 1-3. 3. Pron. oftO,t?,, 1,2 2. 5-8. 27. Quantity of vowel in sylla- 4. Extended, final, and similar bles, 2 28. 1-4. letters, 2 3. 1-3. 28. Naturally long vowels, 2 30. 5. Labials and gutturals, 24.1. (opening words) and Notes 1, 6. Weak, medium and strong 2, under 2 30. 7. letters, 2 4. 2. 29. Tone-long vowels, 2 31. (open- 7. Pron. of ~r, 2 5. 6. a. ing words) and Notes 1, 2, un- 8. Vowel-letters, tf, \ \ 2 G. 1, der I 31. 4. 2, 3, and Notes 1-4. 30. Peculiarities of gutturals, 2 42. 9. Classificat'n of vowel-sounds, 1-3. 2 7. 1-4. 31. The article, 2 45. 1, 2, 3, & R. 3. 10. Names of vowels, 2 8. 32. Inseparable prepositions, 2 47. 11. Simple S c wa, 2 0. 1. 1-5. 12. Compound e wa, 2 9. 2. 33. Waw conjunctive, 2 49. 1-4. 13. Initial and med.S'wa, 2 10.1,2. 34. Personal pron., 2 50. 1-3. 14. Syllable-divider, 2 11. 1, 2. a. 35. Pronominal suffixes, 2 51. 1. and R. a-d, 2. 15. Daghes-lene, 2 12. 1, and N. 36. Demonstrative pronoun, 2 52. 16. D. 1. after a S e wa, 2 12. 2. 1. a-d, 2. 17. D. 1. after a disj. ace., 2 12. 3. 37. Relative pronoun, 2 53. 1. a, 6. 18. Daghes-forte, 2 13. 1, 2, and 38. Interrogative pronouns, 2 54. Note 1. 1, 2. a-d. 19. Omission of D.f., 2 14. 1-3. 39. Roots, 2 55. 1, 2. Notes 1, 2. 40. Inflection, 257. 1-3. 20. D. f. compensative and con- 41. Tenses and Moods, 2 57. 3. junctive, 2 15. 1, 3. Notes 1, 2. 21. MappiqandRaph'e7216. 1,2. 42. Simple verb-stem, I 58. 1, 2. 22. Maqqeph, 2 17. 1, 2. a and Notes 1, 4. 23. Methegh, 2 18. 1. 43. Gender of nouns, 2 122. 1, 2. 1. 24. More common accents, 2 24. 44. Number of nouns, 2 122. 3-5. 1-3. 45. States of nouns, 2 123. 1, 2. LESSON 17. 67 4. EXERCISE* To be translated into Hebrew : 1. The name of the light is day, and the name of the darkness is night. 2. Waters, to waters, the waters, to the waters. 3. The earth will be seen beneath the heavens. 4. The day, in which is light. 5. The fruit, in which is seed. 6. The fruit is in the seed, and the seed is in the earth. 7. The sun will be seen in the heavens. 8. To divide between the day and the night. 9. And in the great day. The great stars. 10. The great luminary is the sun ; the small luminary is the moon. 11. The sun and the moon are in the expanse of the heavens. 12. Thou art in the heavens, and I am upon the earth. 13. And God saw all which he had created, and it was good. 14. God created the earth, and he created the heavens. 15. The waters are in the seas and upon the earth. 16. His day, her day, my day. 17. The beast of the earth was upon the ground. 18. This good place. 19. These great luminaries. 20. God gave to the fowl of the heavens the seed of the earth for food. LESSON XVII.-GENESIS II. 1-3. 7. NOTE-REVIEW (1) DWH (5); (2) jngm (8); (3) fifef]; (153); (4) DnK (95); (5) > (24); (6) tt (73); (7) ^ft (48). These sentences are selected from preceding exercises. LESSON 17. 2. NOTES. 156. ft??! and-(t}iey}-were-finished; cf. 1 rjTOJ (114), Vl|^ (55): a. D. f. omitted from *, $ 14. 2 ; } indicates the plural number. b. The , in verbal forms, always marks the passive; under the first radical it indicates the Pii'al (intensive passive) stem, 59. 3. c. Root is n^Dj meaning in Pf el, ./z?m/i, in Pii'al, he-finished. 157. QXiy-^-and-all+host-their; cf. -fig, Q^ (89. rf): a. } ace. to 49. 1; is o, because in a closed syllable which has lost its tone, 36. 1. a. b. fcO /i0s, but QJOy host-their, under *g becoming when it ceases to stand before the tone, 36. 3. b. c. Q( _ ) is the pron. suf. of the 3 masc. plur., 51. 1. d. 153* ^>y\-and-(he)-finished; cf. ft^X tj^V a. Shortened from ffjO'X the Pi'el of H^ (156. c). b. Two D. f.'s omitted: one from * because without a full vowel, one from *7 because final, I 14. 1, 2. 159. U^Dt^n DT^ in-ihe-day the-seventh: a. The accent -^- over *j^5t^n marks the end of a secondary sec- tion. It is called Zaqeph qaton, i. e., little Zaqeph, \ 24. 4. 160. Ifi^p-worMw; cf.ijninWH: a. Abs. sg. n^N^D ; X has lost its consonantal force. b. The T" of *7 (in abs. form) becomes , because the open syllable has become closed, 3 36. 1. b. c. The abs. has H_, but the form with suf. has fi, \ 122. 2. a. 161. rQtP'*V- and-ke-rested; cf. JOD*), ^^ : T) : - T : - a. This is the regular form of the Qal Impf., the in ^*lp^ and J^15^ being due to the presence of the weak letter ft. b. The in this word is o (tone-long), not 6. c. The root is plainly j"OJ^ he-rested, see below, 163. T 162. W*TV\and-he-sanctified; cf. TTD'X - - i Every old word, suggested for comparison with the new word under con- sideration, has at least one important point in common with that new word. LESSON 17. a. D f. omitted from >, as in *fTl, T fe. The root is t^"]p, meaning, as a verbal form, he-was-holy. c. The first radical has , the second radical, D. f.; these indicate a Pi'el form ; read 59. 1.; 68. 2. a. (7. Compare each vowel-sound in fcTlp* and TH^', and note that the )-: | V-IT: latter has instead of -=-, because *] refuses D. f ., and instead of , because the accent is on the penult. e. The root means be-holy; the Pi'el, here intensive or causative, means make-holy, sanctify, \ 59. 2. a. 163. rfttf-fo-rested; cf. &TO, *Op, - T T T T|T a. Qal Perf . 3 masc. sing, of the strong ver 164. r\^y^7to-make, i. e., in-making; cf. a. The prep. ^ with , because of following , ^ 47. 3. ^- nlt^i^ is a Qal Inf. const, of Ht^i^ 5 the H is the fern, ending. c. Further information concerning this form will be given later. 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. iut jnr 4. OBSERVATIONS. 87. Change of a to a, of e to a, of e to e, of o to o, i. e., of a tone- long vowel to its corresponding short, is of frequent occurrence, and is called shortening. 88. Change of a to (~ to ~r), i. e., of a tone-long vowel to a tone-short (S'wa) is of frequent occurrence, and is called volatiliza- tion. 70 LESSON 17. 89. The Qal Impf. has no special characteristic ; unless one of the radicals is a weak letter, it generally has 6 for the vowel of its second radical. 90. The Niph'al has D. f. in and under the first radical, while the other passive stem (Pii'al) has under the first radical and D. f. in the second. 91. The Pi'el has (besides D. f. in the second radical) under the first radical ; the Hiph'il has ~ under the preformative. 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. 58. 1, 2. a, Simple verb-stem, Qal. 2. 63. (& p. 167) Tabular view, Inflection of the Qal Perfect. 3. 63. 1-4, Remarks on inflection. 4. \ 36. 3. a, Volatilization of an ultimate vowel in verbal in- flection. 5. \ 36. 3. N. 2, [This covers volatilization of to in the forms 6. WORD-LESSON. 1. Learn from the Hebrew word-lists under List I., verbs occurring 500 to 5,000 times, those words numbered 1-10. 2. Make a list of the new words in Gen. II. 1-3. 7. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) / said, we sard, she said, thou (f.) didst say, they said, ye (m.) said; (2) She ruled, they ruled, ye (f.) ruled, I ruled, we ruled, thou (m.) ruledst; (3) They gave, we gave, I gave, she gave, thou (m.) gavest, he gave; (4) I knew, she knew, we knew, they knew, thou (m.) didst know. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) The heavens will be fin- ished; (2) The waters will be collected; (3) God will sanctify the seventh day; (4) God rested in the seventh day; (5) He created the heavens and all their host; (6) He made the great luminaries; (7) He LESSON 18. 71 will rest in this day; (8) We rested, she rested, ye (m.) rested, they rested. 3. To be translated into English: (1) ifl >; (3) 4. To be written in English letters: The first three verses of Genesis II., from the pointed text. 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: The first three verses of Genesis II., from the unpointed text. 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Omission of D. f. (2) Characteristics of Pii'al stem. (3) Volatilization of a penultimate vowel, of an ultimate vowel. (4) The Qal Imperfect. (5) The Pi'el Imperfect. (6) Shortening of a tone-long vowel. (7) Difference between the vowels of JlDt^ and X"Q, HD'1 and Tn^V (8) Original form of the simple" verb- T T )-:- | v JT : - stem. (9) Form in use. (10) Its inflection. (11) Forms of the Qal Perf. containing half -vowels. (12) The various personal termina- tions and their origin. LESSON XVIII.-GENESISII.4-6. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. (1) tf (62); (2) nT ( 14 9); (3) ilQ'TX (129); (4) * (13). 2. NOTES. 165. fi?$ these; cf. HJ (m.), JlNf (f.). 166. r\rfy}r\-generations-of; cf. H^KP, a. Plur. fern., never found in sing.; two syllables. &. Absence of D. 1. in "] shows at once that preceding S'wa is vocal, I 12. 2. c. Three aspirates, all aspirated ; both o's are 6, not o. 72 LESSON 18. 167. DJO!J n 3 in-leing-created-their; cf. Y)|3 a. 3 pointed with S e wa ; D_ same as in D&OV (157). 1>. It is *7gp, but rf?fc?p T ; so JOSH, but ON"")};!?!, i. e., the ulti- mate is volatilized when D is added, ? 36. 3. a. c. JO3J"? has D. f. zVi and ~r under the ^rs^ radical, the character- istics of the Niph'al or passive stem, 75. R. 2. and ~,of the word ^1K Lord. It should rather be written JYliTj and pronounced Yah-we. 170. rrtyshrul-of: one syllable, I 27. 1 ; cf. IT)"). 171. n^&il-tlte-field; cf. H^, H W : . a. The accent over H"]^?!, like -^- over ^Jj^'n (159. a), marks a secondary section. It is called R e bhi(a)', ^ 24. 5. &. 172. D*^D te-rem not-yet: an adverb. 173. TOM he ) will-sprout-forih; cf.flb^: a. Qal Impf . 3 m. sg. of P?PV he-sprouted-forth. b. The under Q is pausal for , 38. 2. c. This verb has (in pause ) rather than , as seen in because of the guttural fl, *2. 2. Z>. 174. N^-lS'-Tzof; cf.npNJ, flKf. 175. TpPrT (he) Aad-ccwwerf-^o-rom; cf. ^ a. Here are three radicals, making 1g he-rained. b. The prefix H (originally H) indicates the Hiph'il Perfect, 60. l.o,6; and '? 62. 2. c. Cf. the vowel of the preformative in the forms ^^D*' Nt^'irij ^H^n, ^H?D, #ntD, with that in ^9?n, s 75. : k 6." 176. pK a noun meaning nothing, but always used as a verbal expression, there is not, there was not; hence the phrase means and man was not, or and there was no man. LESSON 18. 73 177. HXfe-to-serve; cf. nlfc>j, a. The *13J ' is Qal Inf. const, of "Oj; he-served ; but ^ has , where Q of ^t^'O, a similar form, has ~r, because it is a guttural, I 42. 3. a. 5. The prep. ^ takes , as in Hli^^i according to 47. 3. 178. "INI w e 'edh and-(&}-mist. 179. rf?l^ (he) will-go-up, or (he) used-to-go-up; cf. a. * is the pref. of the Impf.; the root is r?]? he-went-up. . 1). The vowel under * in ]"Gt2^ and HO^P is ~r-, but in this word it AT " is -^-, because of the following y, $ 42. 2. a. c. Just as an original is retained under the preformative of all Hiph'il forms except the Perfect, where it has been attenuated (I 36. 4) to ~ (cf. *VCppn), s an original -=- has been retained under the preformative of the Qal Impf. before gutturals, where otherwise it is attenuated to ~r~. d. In nfc^ the first rad. has , but in Jll^ it has , 42. 3. b. e. The Imperfect here expresses customary action in past time. 180. "J9~ from: so written only before the article; cf. p, { 48. 1/2. 181. nDty'ni and-used-to-caiise-to-drink; cf. * | T : : a. Another Hiph'il Perf., as indicated by H \ root 6. The *) here is Waw Conv. or Consec., and gives to the verb the force possessed by H^^, which preceded it, 73. 1. b, 2. b. 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. fin rwn 74 LESSON 18. 4. OBSERVATIONS. 92. A guttural will take (1) under it a compound instead of a simple S c wa ; and (2) before it the vowel rather than -r- or . 93. The Hiph'il stem has, under the preformative, the vowel " except in the Perfect, where it has been attenuated to (cf. Latin facilis, but difficiUs}. 94. The vowel of the preformative in the Qal Imperfect was originally , but this lias been retained only before gutturals, being elsewhere attenuated to . 95. The Qal Imperfect may have for its stem-vowel either o, or a. In the cases cited above, note how before X and in pause has been heightened to , while before H it has been heightened to e. 96. Pathah-furtive steals in under the final gutturals f"f, H ^, when they are preceded by any long vowel except . * 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. ? 59. 1. a, b, 2. a, l>. and N., Origin and use of the Pf el stem. 2. 59. 3, 4. a, b. and N., Origin and use of the Pii'al stem. 3. 59. 5. a, 6 a, i, Origin and use of the Hithpa'el st. 4. I 65. 1. b, 2. a, b,(& p. 167) Inflection of these stems in Perf. 5. 36. 4. a, 6, Attenuation of to ~. 6. WORD-LESSON. 1. In the Word-Lists, under List I., the verbs numbered 1120. 2. Make a list of the new words in Genesis II. 4 6. 7. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) He sanctified (Hp, Pi.), we sanctified, they sanctified, I sanctified , ye (m.) sanctified ; (2) *S7ie spoke C"O"J in Pi'el), I spoke, we spoke, they spoke, thou (f.) efaYfetf speak, ye (m.) cfa'c? speak; (3) 7?e was sanctified (Pii'al), I was sanc- tified, we were sanctified, they were sanctified; (4) She purified her- LESSON 18. 75 self (^"Ip in Hithpa'el), we purified ourselves, they purified them- selves, I purified myself. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) Jehovah God sanctified this day and this place; (2) This (is) the day which God sanctified; (3) These (are) the heavens and the earth which God created; (4) The shrub and the herb will le in the field; (5) There was no man upon the earth in those days; (6) God did not cause it to rain upon the dry (land); (7) The herb will sprout forth upon the field; (8) These gen- erations; (9) This earth; (10) This day. 3. To be translated into English : (1) OVi!'-^ VlHp; (2) mrn p^n rux i 1 ? nru ; (3) ^p^n tfyyi DVJ 4. To be written in English letters : Verses 4 6 of chapter II. from the pointed text. 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 4 6 of chapter II. from the unpointed text. 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Forms of the Dem. pron. (2) Use of D. 1. (3) Volatilization of an ultimate vowel in verbal forms. (4) Characteristics of the Niph'al. (5) The word filf-p. (6) PMMk-furtive. (7) The differ- ence in pointing between fi3t^ and rTO*> between f]3,ffi and " A T " * frOp*, between ffc^ and ff?!. (8) Attenuation of to . (9) Hiph'il Perfect. (10) f^, $?? and Dip- (11) Difference between IDI^ and ^j^D. (12) Force of the tense in jY7tf'. (13) Peculiar- *J v-:|- ities of gutturals. (14) The origin, use, and inflection of the three intensive stems. (15) The form ^DP- (16) The form T : | |T (17) Heightening. (18) The Personal pronoun. 76 LESSON 19. LESSON XIX.-GENESIS II. 7-9. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. (i) m;rr ura); (2) -p (iso); o) rrn ttfai (102, 103); (4) (IDS); ( T ' 182. nn-^-(he)/0rmed; cf . a. The first * is the preformative, the second, the radical. b. Qal Iinpf. 3 m. sg. of the root "")* he-formed. c. The ~ under ^ is e ; consideration of it may be postponed. 183. *^&y dust: with the article it would be l^^n, 3 45. 4. 184. n&\and-he-breathed; cf. a. For flS-?*' ^ e ^ ^ e i n assimilated ; root H5^- b. On instead of -4- before H see 42. 2. 6. 185. V5X5 b e '&p-paw in-nostrUs-his: a. riJSt nose; D*5^? nostrils; V5N liis-nostrils. b. Learn that V _ , pronounced aw (the * having no force), is the form of 3 masc. sg. suf. when attached to plural or dual nouns. c. The D. f . in 3 stands for 3, the original form being jp-?^- 186. r\ftU?)--s'*fa-brcath-of; cf. flTf, ATI : a. Abs. sg. is f"TOt^, but in const. j"f _ goes back to the orig. f\__ ; the other changes will come up later. 187. n^n lives; cf. H*n ?#e, ^easi. 188. J^)*! ^-(he)-p?7<^; cf. fl?^: a. So far as concerns vowels and form, the same as flB^ (184); from the root %?&% lie-planted. 189. fJI garden; cf. below in v. 9 \^ in pause. 190. D"lpp rniq-qe-dhem from-east; cf. D")J^ a. The prep. ?p with JJ assimilated, 48. 1. 6. An a-class Segholate, primary form D"Tp; $ 106. 1. a. LESSON 19. 77 191. ti&*}and-he-put: learn (1) this form, (2) its meaning, (3) its root D^t* to-put. 192. && there: an adverb. T 193. *)JP he-formed, or he-had-formed; of. ^5f**1 : a. Pausal for *W, the root form, sec 182. b. ~ T 194. H5V-} and-(he)-caused-to-sprout-forth; cf. *?*;Q*1 : a. Cf. with which has under * instead of -=-, Z>. The -=- under the preformative is the indication of the Hiph'il (except in Perf.). c. ^J3| has under 2d rad., but fl/9V' lias ~J wli y ? 2 42. 2. 6. d. Hiph. Impf. 3m. sg. of the root JlD^ lie-sprouted. 195. "TJ5DPO neh-madh desirable, or desired: T : Y a. The point in Q is neither D. f., nor D. 1. (why not ?); it is used in some texts, to show that the preceding S wa, though under a gut- tural, is silent. b. The root is "TD!"Tj ^ indicating a Niph'al. T c. On the vowel see I 42. 2. c; on , 71. 2. 196. tagQ 1 ?. - .nSOOWor-jrifl**. . . .for-food: A T I VI, a. Two nouns formed by the prefix ; cf. Z>. The roots are JlNI Tie-saw, ^^^ lie-ate. T T - T 197. D"fin ha-hay-yim-^e-ZiVes; cf. T a. The D. f. of the article is implied in H, 2 42. 1. 6; 45. 2. Z>. Methegh on the second syllable before the tone. 198. r\y^f^the~knowing: a verbal noun from yi* he-knew, with the article pointed as usual ; it has here a direct object. 199. ini wa-ra' and-evil; cf. IJi^l : ^ ITT -IT tf. Waw Conj., before a tone-syllable, takes sometimes ~, ^ 49. 4. i. J/1, instead of y*], because in pause, 38. 2. 5. FO/?A/S FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 78 LESSON 19. 4. OBSERVATIONS. 97. Nouns accented on the penult, having ~ (e) for their first vowel, are always a-class Segholates, the e being a heightening of an original a. 98. Nouns accented on the penult, having (e) for their first vowel, are always i-class Segholates, the e being a heightening of an original 1 99. Nouns accented on the penult, having (o) for their first vowel, are always w-class Segholates, the o being a heightening of an original ii. 100. The unaccented in the ultima of all these nouns is merely an inserted helping-vowel ( 37. 2), for otherwise the word would be a monosyllable ending in two consonants. 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. $ 60. 1. a, b, 2, Origin and use of the Hiph'il stem. 2. 60. 3, 4, Origin and use of the Hoph'al stem. 3. 2 61. 1, 2, Origin and use of the Niph'al stem. 4. 65. 1. a, c, 2. c, Inflection of these various stems(cf.p. 166). 5. I 106. 1, Origin of Segholates. 6. 36. 2. N., To what are a, i, u, when heightened, changed? 6. WORD-LESSON. 1. In the Word-Lists, Lists I. and II., the verbs numbered 21 30. 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 79. 7. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) He caused to rain, they caused to rain, I caused to rain, we caused to rain; (2) He caused to kill, she caused to kill, they caused to kill, ye (m.) caused to kill ; (3) He divided (Hiph. of *7"l3), she divided, they divided, I divided, T we divided; (4) Thou (m.) wast caused to divide, I was caused to kill, we were caused to kill; (5) He was killed, I was killed, she LESSON 19. 79 was killed, tliou (m.) wast sanctified (Niph.), ye (f.) were sanctified, they were sanctified. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) And God breathed into his nostrils; (2) In the garden which God planted in Eden was fruit; (3) This fruit was good for food; (4) The good fruit; (5) The evil fruit; (6) The good tree and the evil tree; (7) And he caused to sprout forth grass and herb(s) and tree(s). 3. To be translated into English :-(!) Jg D'if?8 jnn p?i nten; (2) T irpyn jjl WSJ; (6) 4. To be written in English letters : Verses 7 9 of chapter II., from the pointed text. 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 7 9 of chapter II., from the unpointed text. 6. To be written : (1) The verbs in \ 76, numbered 130, in the Perfect 3 m. sg. of those stems in which each verb is there said to occur; (2) the same verbs in the Perfect 3 c. pi.; (3) the same verbs in the Perfect 2 m. pi. 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Assimilation. (2) The vowels and in the stem of the Qal Imperfect. (3) Pronunciation and meaning of the affix V _ T (4) The root to-put, the form and-he-put. (5) Difference between 'TlD.! an( ^ Ft'PV*- (6) Q as a prefix in the formation of nouns. (7) A-class Segholates. (8) I-class Segholates. (9) U-class Segholates. (10) Origin, use and inflection of the Hiph'il, the Hoph'al and the Nipli'al stems. (11) Heightening. (12) The helping-vowel e. 80 LESSON 20. LESSON XX.-CENESIS 11.10-14. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. (i) inDN 1 ?) d60); (2) nii USD; (3) nn^in arc); (4) 200. ^nfi-and-W-river; cf. D"TN, a. This noun belongs to a large class, formed from the root by means of two originally short vowels, both of which, the one before, and the other under, the tone, have become tone-long, \ 107. 1. a. 201. #Wyv-<*3going-forth,= goes-forth; cf. fc^Qh : a. The active participle of Qal, used, as often, for a present tense. b. The first vowel is 6, not o ; the root, fr$V* he-went-forth. 202. fiyQfrom-Eden; cf. ^JQ, I 48. 2 ; ^jgf^, g 106. 1. I: a. Note the Zaqeph-qaton (^-) ; it marks the end of a secondary section and also the accented syllable of f"lJ7D 3 cf. 159. a. 203. fYitfV"? 1 ? to-cause-to-drinJc, i. e., to-water ; cf. a. Like ^"Ijn, this word has the pref. fl i it is Hiph. Inf. const. b. Like rnt^, it ends in JTJ; it is from a root whose last letter is Jl- c. Cf. also the Hiph. Perf. 3 m. sg. tl^ftl (181). 204. Q&W-and-from-tliere; cf. f^, finnO- 205. "1*)5* it-wiU-be-divided, or it-divides-itself: a. D. f. i and a under indicate at once the Niph'al. b. The root is T)3; Niph. Perf., T)4 ; cf. V)fD (55). 206. nj^^N*? /o^/oitr; cf. ^5*1 /oz^/t. 207. D^t^K1~^'-sim heads: an irregular plural from T 208. DL?' sem name : same as the proper name Shem. 209. libn-the-(oue}-surroundmg; cf. a. On see 171. a. LESSON 20. 81 210. Mlfirr- ha-h a wi-la the-Havilah: T -: |- a. The article here belongs really to fltf, the phrase = all the land of Havilah, not all land of the Havilah, see Principles (p. 63). 211. DB>"^>t wliich+tliere = where; cf. 13"")^ = in which. 212. Dn? gold: A noun like TTl DIN, Cp3r2 107 - 1- TT T T TT If T 213. Sntt u-z a habh and-gold-of: a. The Waw, before a consonant with S'wa, is }, 49. 2. Z. Comp'd S e wa under ?, though not a guttural, after \ % 32. 3. d. c. Methegh with } before compound S e wa, 18. 3. d. 3H? or, as it would be without ^), ^Hf? differs from ^}H? in that : ~~ : T T the first , in an open syl., is volatilized, the second, in a closed syl., is shortened ; in other words, the form is treated as if the accent had passed from it to the following word. This is virtu- ally true, for the noun is in the construct state, I 123. (opening words); 3 125. 3. , b. c, Cf. ^rO abs., lut *"in<3 const.; C"p3 abs., but Fpp const. 214. Ninn lia-hi' (not ha-hiw') the-that; cf. fl^TTi! : - | v J - a. ^1,*1 is archaic for X'H, 50. 3. a; here used as a Demonstra- tive, I 52. 2. b. The Demonstrative follows its noun, and has the article 2 1 5. rfrnn hab-b e dho-lah -the-bdellium. -i : 216. DHi^'n p^""'^"^ 1 11 h%s-sd-}ia,mstone-ofthe-onyx: a. Two Segholates, one a-class, one ?t-class. b. Helping-vowel in first is , in second, after ft, -=-, $ 37. 2. a. 217. ^^n-hid-de-qel-^ns (?). 218. Tj^hn ha-ho-lekh the-(oue)- going ; cf. MDH : a. D. f. of article is implied in ft, cf. NinH (214), 45. 2. 6. Qal act. Part. (6, not o) of T] 1 ??! he-went. 219. nOlp qidh-math eastward-of; const, of HD1D : J ' T :} a. The original Jl is restored in the const, state, \ 122. 2. a. (3). Z>. A fern, form related to Dip (190). 220. mfi Wn '* Euphrates. 82 LESSON 20. 5. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. bs., but J"j*f T "" f"?Dt5^5 abs., but j"lDJJ|| cows*. Ti^r? ""innrpDt^' MDID abs., but HDID co?^*. I" T T - p T:|- ~ ' 1 4. OBSERVATIONS. 101. The o of the Qal active Participle is unchangeable, 6, not changeable, o. 102. Note, in the words cited above, Methegh written (1) on second syl. before the tone, (2) with a vowel before compound S e wa, (3) with a long vowel, in a closed syl. before Maqqeph. 103. The original fern, ending in Hebrew was j"l ; but this has been changed to H > except where something closely fol- lowing protects it. On account of the following noun, it is pre- served in the construct state. 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. \ 62. Table, General view of the Verb-stems. 2. 62. R's 1 4, Changes from original vowels. 3. \ 66. Tabular View, Inflection of Qal Imperfect (active). 4. 66. R. 1, Various prefixes and affixes used. 5. 8 66. R. 2, The original stem of the Qal Imperfect. 6. 66. R's 3, 4 Remarks on the terminations * , }, HJ- 6. WORD-LESSON. 1. In the Word-Lists, under List II., verbs numbered 31 40. 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 10 14. 7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX THF PERSONAL PRONOUN. HE or IT (is) the (one) surrounding. And the gold of THAT land. N1H *l^D"in ^njjni And the fourth river is Euphrates. LESSON 20. 83 Principle 5. The personal pronoun, besides (1) its ordinary use as a personal pronoun, may have (2) the force of a remote demon- strative pronoun (that], and (3) the force of a copula, i. e., to mark the relation between the subject and predicate. 8. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) He will rest, I shall rest, we, shall rest, they will rest, thou (f.) shalt rest ; (2) They (m.) shall swarm, he shall swarm, she shall swarm, they (f.) shall swarm, ye (m.) shall swarm; (3) He will call, she will call, I shall call, we shall call, thou (m.) shalt call; (4) He will plant, I shall plant, thou (m.) shalt plant, she shall plant, they shall plant ; (5) He will give, she will give, Twill give, we shall give, thou (m.) wilt give. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) (The) river of that land is (a) great river; (2) (The) name of that river is Euphrates ; (3) The river which goes forth from Eden will be divided ; (4) (The) gold of (the) land of Havilah is good gold; (5) Thou shalt call that river which goes (= the (one) going) eastward of Assyria Euphrates. 3. To be translated into English: (1) Ifl^ fjj DTNrrnN my ; (3) py ron prroip; (4) T T |T T :-|-T I Y~" I T - p N1H DP; (6) UW'D 01*3 V?5 4. To be written in English letters: Verses 10 14 of chapter II,, from the pointed text. 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 10llf, of chapter II., from the unpointed text. 6. To be written : (1) The verbs in \ 76 numbered 3162 (ex- cepting Nos. 35, 39, 48, 51, 59) in the Perf. 3 m. sg. of those stems in which each verb is there said to occur ; (2) The same verbs in the Perf. 3 c. pi.; (3) The same verbs in the Perf. 2 m. pi. 84 LESSON 21. 9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Nouns formed by prefixing . (2) Nouns which had originally two short vowels. (3) A-class, I-class and U-class Segholates. (4) The vowels of the Qal Part. act. (5) A comparison of jllp^'H with ^"inn an( ^ riii^J7- (6) The words meaning lie-was-divided, he-will-be-divided. (7) The construct state of nouns like ^injj, Dilt, etc. (8) The construct state of Segholates. (9) The two forms of the fern, ending Jf , and M (10) Methegh. (11) The original T forms of the various Perfect stems. (12) Inflection of the Qal Im- perfect. (13) Prefixes and affixes of the Impf. as compared with the affixes of the Perfect. (14) The difference between the stem- vowels of LESSON XXI.-GENESIS II. 15-18. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. (1) n&\ (184); (2)-totf? (115); (3) D"J(5p (190); (4) /V07TS. (198); (5) 221. nj?n-awd-(he)-foofc; cf. a. For ntf?^ but *? is assimilated (like j), 39. 3. 6. The guttural H has = (a) before it, rather than o, 42. 2. &. 222. ^nn^? way-yan-ni-he-hu and-he-caused-to-rest-liim : a. The \ is Waw Consec.; J|H _ is the pron. suf. of 3 m. sg. b. The root is (TO to-rest; the form is an irreg. Hiph'il. 223. HIQ^I nHy 1 ? l c 'o-bh e dhah u-l e so-m e rah : T : T : T : *r : a. The translation of these words is : to-serve-her and-to-keep-her. b. The insep. prepositions are as usual ; *) before *p becomes ?|, I 49. 2. c. The final ,1 is a consonant, as indicated by Mappiq, 16. 1. d. The under ^ and jy, if it were a, would have Methegh, 18. 2. LESSON 21. 85 e. J1 is a contraction of H *> cf. 1 for !)H , I 124. 1. R. 1. T T JT . . . -IT /. These forms are Qal Inf's const, (cf. 7fc^D), and without suffixes would read "13J and "JOt?' (2 70. 2); but, before the suffix, o is pushed backward to y and JJ, and shortened to o, 3 74. 3. a. (2). <;. The syllables y^ and t^p are half-open, and the S'was under 2 and ^ are raediaZ (g 26. 4. N.). 224. Wl and-(}ie)-commanded; cf. ^1 from ;f?3 : . . T T a. Shortened from HWV P^l Impf. of pfl he-commanded. 1. D. f. omitted (1) from and (2) from 1, ^14. 1, 2. c. The unfailing indication of the Pi'el is here, viz., ~ under 1st rad. d. niV, in Pi'el, = he-commanded; so fV?3i i n Pi'el, = he-finished. 225. ^D^ 'a-khol to-cat, or eating : a. Qal Inf. absolute of 7^^ he-ate; second vowel unchangeable. b. Cf. with this the form of the Inf. const. ^^ (cf. ^'D) = '*khol, the o being changeable, $ 70. 1. 6 ? 2. c. Cf. *?#p (6) and ^'p (o); n'O^' (6) and -)>' (o). 226. ^D^n to'-khel thou-shalt-eat : a. p indicates the Impf. 2 m. sg. (thou), root Z>. Cf. with this ")PN*1 and-ke-said, from 227. fJ?P1 and-from-trec-of: J|, 49. 2 ; 3D J 48. 2. 228. *?3tfn Another spelling of *?3^n (226). 229. DV? ^ m9-/rom-Aim (= it); for, in-day-of: a. p reduplicated = [QQ; with ?|H ; IH^gD = WOO, in which the p] is assim. backwards and repres. by D. f. in 3, 51. 5. b, and ~ is deflected to . b. T). 1. in 3 and in 3 because of prec. disj. accent, 12. 3. 230. ^Of ' a kho-l e kha thy-eating : a. The Inf/const. is ^K, but before l, ^^ (o), 74. 3. a. (1). 5. Cf. (1) reg. form ^CDp,' (2) form before ?TJ, '^p, (3) form before H_ (see Note 223. /), ^tpp (o). 231. DlOn n10~ m oth ta-muth dying thou-shalt-die : a. The Qal 'inf. abs., and Impf. 2 m. sg. of filO fo-tf/e. 86 LESSON 21. b. The explanation of these forms will be given later. 232. WfJ h'yoth being-of; cf. fiiB># mdking-of: a. Qal Inf. const, of fl^H he-was^ translated as a verbal noun. T T v &. Under the guttural j"f appears a compound S e wa. 233. ll^ 1 ? 1 r in-separation-liis: *?, prep.; H*3, noun; *), suffix. 234. i^~n^I#* 'e-' e sel-f 16 I-will-make+for-him : a. J$ indicates the^rs^ pers. sg.; root is Hb^ he-made. b. The D. f. in ^ is conjunctive (cf. HI-Titfe^ ^ 15 ' 3 - c. Cf. j?jn (46), n^y (71), n1^, all from H^. 235. If^ 'e-zer (*)Mp or 7ie?per; cf. *)ty p^ Ebenezer : a. Like ^j; and j^an i-class SegholateJ 106. 1. b. 236. 5. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 4. OBSERVATIONS. 104. Verbs whose third radical is a guttural must have for their stem-vowel in the Imperfect. 105. The Pi'el Impf. may always be distinguished by the -= (or, if the second radical is a guttural^ the ) which is under the first radical. 106. The Hiph'il Impf. may be distinguished by the which is under the personal preformative. 107. The Niph'al Impf. may be distinguished by the D. f. in and the T~ under the first radical. 108. The o of the Inf. abs. is 6 unchangeable ; but the o of the Inf. const, is o, and may be shortened to o, or may be given to the first radical and then shortened to o. LESSON 21. 87 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. 2 68. 1. a, 6, The stem and inflection of the Mph'al Impf. 2. 68. 2, 3, 4, The stems and inflection of the Pf el, Hithpa'el, (cf. pp. 166, 167) Pii'al and Hoph'al Imperfects. 3. 3 68. 5. a, I, The stem and inflection of the Hiph'il Impf. 6. WORD-LESSON. 1. In the Word-Lists, under List II., verbs numbered 4150. 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis II. 15 18. 7. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) He will be divided, 1 they ivill l>e divided, we shall be divided, thou (f.) shalt be divided ; (2) She will sanctify, I shall sanctify, ye will sanctify, they (f.) will sanctify, we shall sanctify ; (3) Thou (f.) shalt be sanctified, I shall be sanctified, ye (m.) shall be sanctified, we shall be sanctified; (4) He will cause to divide, 2 they (m.) will cause to divide, we shall cause to divide, thou (f.) wilt cause to divide, ye (f.) shall cause to divide; (5) Thou (f.) shalt be caused to divide, we shall be caused to divide ; (6) I shall rule, I shall be ruled, thou (f.) shalt rule thyself, they (f.) will cause to rule, we shall rule ourselves. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) Thou mayest eat from all the fruit which God has given; (2) Thou shalt divide between the good and between the evil; (3) Thou mayest not eat from the tree which is in the midst of the garden. 3. To be translated into English : (1) ^Kfi ^btf 5 (2) ; (3) rrrn Di-vrns QTftS t^; (4) ~ 4. To be written in English letters : Verses 15 18 of chapter II., from the pointed text. 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 15 18 of chapter II., from the unpointed text. iU3 the root 11J (in Niphal). 2 Use the root in Hiph'il. LESSON 22. 6. To be written: (1) The verbs in 7G. numbered 1 40 (except those in which the Qal is marked Q*, and Nos. 17, 19, 35 and 39), in the Imperfect 3 m. sg. of those stems in which each verb is there said to occur. 8. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Assimilation of *?. (2) Dif. between the o of the Inf. abs. and the o of the Inf. const. (3) The Inf. const, before suffixes. (4) The words meaning being-of, to-serve-her, tliy-eating. (5) The character- istics by which the various Imperfects may be distinguished. (6) The stems of the various Imperfects. (7) The inflection of the va- rious Imperfects. (8) Peculiarities of gutturals. (9) Tone-long vowels. (10) Methegh, Mappiq, Raphe and Maqqeph. LESSON XXII.-GENESIS II. 19-21. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. (1) nDTOp (129); (2)rrtTU28); (3) nitSTT (171); ( (29); (5) nni? (125); (6) 1? *l.(235, 236); (7) fl^l (221)' 2. NOTES. 237. "ttn a defective writing of ")^5 (182). 238. fcO^l and-he-caused-to-come; cf. J 7* r O^ > .. T _ ... ^ a. Clearly a Hiph'il Impf. 3 m. sg. of the root XlS to-come-in. b. Instead of , the preforinative * has ~ in an open syllable. 239. nl^-ttr-'oth-to-see; cf. ^'D*?, nlB>Jg : nlX*) is the Inf. const, of the verb H2O Tie-saw. b. ^, before a letter with S e wa, takes \ 47. 2. 240. I'^'N'ljp^nD may+yiq-ra'+16 what+he-wiU-caU+to-it a. The Interrogative what? pointed like the article, 54. 2. a. b. *)/ = to-Jtim, just as 13 == i LESSON 22. 89 241. JOn literally he, = is; cf. Principle 1 5 (3). 242. nlD^ l!DK* his-name names: a. Before the suffix *j the T of QJ^' becomes T; but >. The ~ is retained before the fern. plur. affix 6th. c. Rbhi(aT (-=-) over ni6fi 2 24 - 5. 6. 243. ND--fo-/oMnrf; cf. JOp, anS: a. , instead of ~=~ as in rOt^ because fr$ is silent. 1. Lit., he-found; here impersonal, = there-was-found. 244. *?5*5 way-yap-pel and-(he)-causcd-to-faU : a. This form is for ^3^1, which is like ^5^, in Hiph'il. b. Root ^3, of which ^ is assimilated and represented by D. f. c. fnX ytDl (11 ^5J all have^ for their first radical; the old Jewish paradigm- word was 7^3i the first radical of which is ; hence, technically, these verbs are called ?", i. e., Pe Nun, 77. 2, and N. 1. 245. ntDT")ri (&}-deep-sleep: on formation see 115. and R. 246. IW"} way-yi-san and-lie-slept ; cf. IV'I : IrYr " V J a. The is pausal for -=-, ^ 38. 2. i. The radical * becomes silent after the preceding . 247. nrTK-a-hath one: fern, of Ifl^ (37). 248. Vr\jf? ftmiw&-l e . *3VJ7 is the form taken by D^jL^ i n the plural with the suffix meaning my; the form is a difficult one, {j 124. 3. a. (1); 125. 4. c. 260. ^W3&from-flesh-my; cf. D* /H^ iTlN^ : a. Not Htbi, but H>3 ; cf. 256. d. \ 32i 1. c. T T T . 6. A singular noun with suffix of 1 person sg. 261. N*"]p* yiq-qa-re' 7ie-(i. e., it)-shall-be-called : a. Niph. Impf. 3 m. sg. of the verb Nip call. b. Note the D. f. in, and pretonic T~ under the first radical. 262. n^t'nnp 1 ? Iii-q haz+z6 th was-talcen-\-this : a. ~r indicates Pu'al ; comp'd S e wa under p, tho' not a guttural. b. n indicates Perf. 3 fern, sg.; cf. ("TiTH- T T : |T v c. D. f . conjunctive in f, i 15. 3 ; Methegh before comp'd S c wa. d. D. f. omitted from p, U 14. 2 ; 32. 3. b. 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. for 4. OBSERVATIONS. 113. The ending H i with which all Imperfects of verbs having n for the third radical end, falls away after Waw Consecutive. 114. Two consonants with S c wa seldom stand at the end of a word ; a vowel ( or -=) is generally inserted for euphony. 115. A vowel which became long because of proximity to the tone, becomes tone-short (i. e., a half-vowel), when the tone is removed to a distance. 94 LESSON 23. 116. Some Segholates have two S'ghols ; others, those with a guttural for the third radical, have one S ghol and one Pathah ; still others, those with a guttural for the second radical, have two Pathah s. 5. PRONOUNS, PERSONAL TERMINATIONS, PRONOMINAL SUFFIXES. on frr DDK or She has kept thee (f.). Thou (m.) hast kept him. Thou (f.) hast kept her. I have kept thee (m.). They (m.) have kept me. They (f.) have kept you (f.). Ye (m.) have kept them (m.). Ye (f.) have kept them (f.). kept you (m.). [Note. Let this exercise be thoroughly mastered; it will be found a most helpful acquisition.] 6. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 71. 1. a, c, 71. 2, 3, 58. 2. 6, c, 58. Notes 2, 3, 64. 13, 67. 13 and Notes, The Qal active and passive Participles. The Niph'al and remaining Participles. Tne stem of the Qal Perfect Statives. Middle A, E and verbs ; Statives. Inflection of Qal Perfect Statives. Inflection of Qal Imperfect Statives 7. WORD-LESSON. 1. In the Word-Lists, under List V., nouns numbered 1630. 2. Make out a list of the new vrords in Genesis II. 22, 23. LESSON 23. 95 8. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) Ruling, ruled, causing to rule, ruling oneself, being caused to rule; (2) Resting, causing to rest, closing, closed, caused to close ; (3) Eating, causing to rain, find- ing, serving, sanctifying (Pfel), sanctified (Pu'al), keeping oneself. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) This (is) the woman whom God created from the man; (2) I will close my flesh; (3) This woman was taken from this man; (4) Bone from his bone and flesh from his flesh; (5) The waters shall be called seas. 3. To be translated into English : (1) Ifl DV.J ( 2 ) I (6) (8) nattr? mia T T ' T 4. To be written in English letters : Verses 22, 23 of chapter II., from the pointed text. 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 22, 23 of chapter IL, from the unpointed text. 6. To be written : (1) The verbs in g 76. marked 140 (except those in which the Qal is marked Q .*, and Nos. 17, 19, 35 and 39) in the Participles of those stems in which each verb is there said to occur ; (2) The verbs in 76. in which the Qal is marked Q.*, in the Qal Perfect 3 m. sg., 2 m. sg., 2 m. pi., and in the Qal Imperfect 3 m. sg., 2 f. sg., 2 f. pi. 9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Loss of Jl_. (2) Insertion of T and . (3) The demonstra- tive pronoun. (4) The personal pronoun. (5) The pronominal suf- fixes with the sign of the definite object. (6) The personal termi- nations of the Perfect. (7) D. f. conjunc. (8) D. f. omitted. (9) Pii'al stem. (10) Volatilization. (11) The vowels of Segholates. (12) Qal Participles. (13) Other Participles. (14) Qal Perfect (sta- tive). (15) Qal Imperfect (stative). (16) Statives. i See S 45. 4. 96 LESSON 24. LESSON XXIV.-GENESIS II. 24, 25. 7. NOTES. 263. \3~^y upon-\-so, = therefore; cf. e of ?3 and e of pj. 264. "D?^ ya-' a zobhH he-shaU-forsake+: a. For Dtj)', but before Maqqeph o becomes o; root 2?}^. 5. jf#> instead of j?#> (cf. ^bpty because the guttural y prefers (1) ^ to , and (2) : to , 42. 2. a; 42. 3. b. c. Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. of the guttural verb Dt^5 synopsis in Qal, "' 265. V5K 'a-bliiw father-Ms: a. 3J^ father; * _ is an archaic ending peculiar to this word. &. *) is all that is left of *\ft his or Aim; cf. *) in V3N T "" 266. IftK 'im-mo mother-his: a. DJSt mother; *j, the suffix of the 3 masc. sg. b. Before 1, is doubled; is consequently shortened to, 28. 3. 267. ttyand-shaU-deave; cf. a. Synopsis T in Qal, p5*l, p^ 5. *] with the Perf . is Waw Conversive ; cf. *| with the Imperfect. 268. iJ10%& is the construct state of the dual OOtff ^wo. Z>. DH is the pronominal suffix of the 3 plur. masc. 271. D'DIIJ? 8 DiS* 24 PT}? 21 rnfc> 5 Dinjpn^tfra 2 nr 4 t}X 7 2. I/ERSE-REVIEW. 1. Pronounce the pointed text of each verse until it can be read aloud rapidly and without hesitation. 2. Write out on paper the unpointed text, one verse at a time, and then, without the aid of either pointed text or translation, insert the necessary points and vowel-signs. Compare the result with the pointed text, and note the mistakes ; repeat the exercise till each verse can be pointed without mistake. 3. Write the Hebrew of the chapter, verse by verse, with only the English translation before the eye. Here also correct the result each time by the pointed text. 4. Write out the transliteration of each verse, referring in doubtful cases to the transliteration of particular words given in the Notes from time to time. 3. GRAMMAR-REVIEW. 1. Long 6 = a, 30. 6. a. 6. Simple verb-stem (Qal), 3 58. 2. Long 6 = aw, I 30. 7. a, c, d. 1, 2. a-c, Notes 1-4. 3. Heightening of a, i, ii, 36. 7. Formation and force of the 2. N. [and N. 2. Pi'el stem, 59. 1, 2. 4. Volatilization, 36. 3. a, &. 8. Formation and force of the 5. Attenuation, 36. 4. a, 6. Pu al stem, I 59. 3, 4. LESSON 25. 101 9. Formation and force of the Hithpa el stem, I 59. 5, 6. 10. Formation and force of Hiph. and Hoph. stems, I 60. 1-4. 11. Formation and force of the Niph'al stem, I 61. 1, 2. 12. General view of the verb- stems, I 62. R's iHt. 13. Inflection of Qal Perf. (act- ive), 2 63. R's 1-4. 14. Inflection of Qal Perf. (sta- tive), 2 64. 1-3. 15. Inflection of remaining Per- fects, 65. 1, 2. 16. Inflection of Qal Imperfect (active), 2 66. R's 1-4. 17. Inflection of Qal Imperfect (stative), 67. 1-3. 18. Inflection of remaining Inl- perfects, I 68. 1-5. 19. Inflection of the various Im- peratives, \ 69. 1, 2. 20. The various Infinitives (abs. and const.), I 70. 1, 2. 21. The various Participles, 271. 1-3. 22. General view of the strong verb, 75. R's 1-7. 23. Classification of weak verbs, 277. 1-3. 24. Segholate nouns, 106. 1. 4. A REVIEW EXERCISE ON THE STRONG VERB. [ Supply in each case the vowel-points, etc. ; the superior figures denote the number of places in the paradigm represented by the accompanying form, e. g., n^as (i) jrtop 3 , (2 V?Dn 2 , (6) rten 4 , en , (4) , (8) i^conn, (9) (5) no) rtopnn 2 , UD 'nop 2 , (12) rfropn, us) ^topN, (14) , (15) ^DpfT, (16) *?BpJT, (17) *7tDpnn 3 , (18) (is) n^topn, (20) ^Bprr, (21) n^Dpn 12 , (22) (23) ^Dpn 10 , (24)^opD 3 , (25)i^topn 2 , (26) n^copnn, (28) ^topnn 2 , (29) i^topnn, (30) ^topD, (3D , (32) n^Dpi (33) i^op 5 , (34) ^topK 5 , (35) ^pnx, , (37) n^tOpP, (38) ^tOpn 5 , (39) ^Dpni (40) , (4D Vropn (42) on^topnn, (43) n^topn 2 , (44) (45) ^Dp 3 , (46) 7Bp> 5 , (47) ^tOp^ 7 , (48) (36) 102 LESSON 26. (49) f?Dpnn 2 , (50) tfj&pn 2 , ( 51 > vfr&pA (52) ^Dp 2 , (53) frf?tDpA (54) rfrDp 6 , (55) top* (56) tyfcpft, (57) frf?t)pft 2 , (58) Y7Bp;V, (59) ^Dp 10 , (60) rtep 3 , (61) I^DpA (62) , (63) Drfj&p 3 , (64) Ttonrr, (65) ^onrr, (66) (67) ntonn, (68) LESSON XXVI.-GENESIS III. 1-3. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. (D-P(49); (2)*7b(108); (3) JVft (128); (4) ft"}frft (171); (5) (255); (6) YS (70); (7) jjft (189); (8) rpn? (41); (9) (229). 273. t^n^ni and-the-serpent: W 49. 1; 45. 1; 107. 1. a. T T ~ : 274. iTn Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the ' gut. and H" 1 ? verb T T &e; meaning, he-was; corresponding form of the strong verb, 100. 1. a. 275. D'ny cunning: a passive formation, 108. 1. c. 276. H"^J/ Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the '} gut. and ft" 1 ? make; meaning, he-made; corresponding form of the strong verb, ^Dp, 2 100. 1. a. - IT 277. lX 'aph also, even: a conjunction. 278. ")5^ Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the N"S verb *O<; meaning, he-said; cor. form of strong verb, ^^p, ! 88. 1; 89. (5). 279. ^DKD tho'-kh'lu ye-shall-eat; cf . ^DN*1 : : | -i- a. r\ thou, and with the affix } (plur.) indicates Impf. 2 pi. m. Z>. The JJ, as in *1!JJX*X loses its force, and preform, has 6, $ 88. 1. c. The under 5 is for or II 88. 2; 66. R. 3. 280. ID^ni wat-to'-mer and-she-said : j a. On the form of "VVaw Consecutive with Impf. see $ 73. 2. a. LESSON 26. 103 1). On the retrocession of the accent, 73. 3. a. (3). c. On the vowel after ft (6), and the vowel under JO (S), 88. 1, 2. d. Qal Impf. 3 f. sg. of the K" verb *")DN say; meaning, slie-will- say; corresponding form of the strong verb, 281. ^DNJ no'-khel we-may-eat; cf . a. A as in ft^J3 (130), is connected with ^H/^- b. ft loses its force, and the preformative has 6, 88. 1, 2. c. Qal Impf .1 pi. com., of the X" verb ^5^5 meaning, we-may-eat; corresponding form of strong verb ^bp^lj $ 88. 1, 2. 282. yttfi tirfg-g-'fi ye-sliall-toucli, for IJ^fl : a. ft, with ?|, indicates Impf. 2m. pi. I. J, the first radical, is assimilated, ? 84. 2. a; 85. (6). c. Qal Impf. 2 in. pi. of the ?" and /! ? gut. verb y^ touch; mean- ing, ye-sliall-toucli; corresponding form of strong verb, 283. }^ 13 y^n-The D. 1. in ^ and ), S 12. 3. 284. pnpri t e mu-thun ye-sJiall-die; cf. tyZft a. ], with ?J (p archaic, ^ 66. R. 3), indicates Impf. 2 m. pi. b. The root is JTlO rfi'e; T is defective for 1, 2 6. 4. N. 2. 5. FotfMS f0/? SPECIAL STUDY. 4. OBSERVATIONS. 123. In verbs K"j, the X, in Qal Impf., loses its consonantal force, and the preceding vowel is always 6. 124. In verbs H" 1 ?? where the ft is merely a vowel-letter, and in verbs K"^, where the K has lost its consonantal force, the ultimate 104 LESSON 26. of the root form (cf. Dp) is heightened in the open syllable - IT to T~. 125. The prefix ft with the affix ?J indicates an Iinpf. 2 m. pi. 126. Methegh is found with a long vowel in a closed syllable before Maqqeph, and especially with an unchangeable long vowel. 127. Waw Consecutive with the Imperfect draws the accent from the ultima to the penult, provided the penult is not a closed syllable. 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. $ 73. 1. a. b, Use of Impf. and Perf. with Waw Cons. 2. g 73. 2. a. 6, The form of the Conjunction. 3. 73. 3. a. b, The verbal form employed. 4. I 73. 3. K and N's. 1, 2, Special cases. 5. 88. 1, 2, Peculiarities of verbs tf". 6. 89, The verbs having these peculiarities. 6. WORD-LESSON. 1. In the Word-Lists, under List VI., nouns numbered 4660. 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 1 3. 7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. COMPARISON. rn&D rvn ^bp onj; rrn t^rtiDI And the serpent ivas cunning from every (= more cunning than any) beast of the field. Principle 6. Comparison is expressed by means of the prep. fp. 8. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) The sun is larger than (Heb., great from) the moon; (2) The man is better than the woman; (3) The woman is better than the man; (4) We may eat of all good fruit; (5) She may eat from the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden; (6) We may say, ye (m.) may say, she ivill say, I will say. LESSON 26. 105 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) God created the heavens, and made the luminaries; (2) He made (the) man in the sixth day, and rested in the seventh day; (3) He will sanctify the seventh day, and will rest in it; (4) The man will give food to the cattle, and to tfiefoiol oftJie heavens, and will give (Heb., call) to them names. 3. To be translated into English :(l) fOJ'?! fWJ; (2) (3) mtfW >rO>n; (4) -OO fi^; (5) (6) ttfto 1 ! m; (^) rrtt"tt5^, note the ~ under preformative, except in Perfect. 297. ^^-from-its-frmt: (1) JQ, (2) H$, (3)1. 298. fnni and-she-gave : feminine of 1ft*} (94). 299. HOJ7 'im-mah with-her; preposition Q^ : a. n _ 5 arising by contraction from ft _ , must be ah, not ah. T T -IT 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. jn? 4. OBSERVATIONS. 128. The ending * _ is the construct ending of dual as well as of plural nouns. 129. The letter ft, of ft^ft be, always takes simple (silent) S'wa, unless it is initial. 130. The Niph'al Perfect and Participle has the prefix J. i The point in Q is a Dagrhes, noting the fact that the prec. Swa is silent. 108 LESSON 27. 131. The vT under tf sometimes contracts with a preceding and gives ~ (e). 132. Any 3 masc. sg. verbal form of the Imperfect may be made 3 fern. sg. by change of * to ft. 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. 78. Tabular view, Synopsis of t?J^ in various stems. 2. I 78. 1, Rejection of D. f. by the guttural. 3. 78. 2. a, b, Preference of gutturals for a-class vowels. 4. 78. 3. a c?, Preference of gutturals for comp'd S e wa. 5. 42. 13, Peculiarities of gutturals (to be read). Note 1. In the study of this class of verbs, (1) examine closely the synopses, noting the variations from the strong verb, (2) ana- lyze exhaustively all forms given under 78. with which you are familiar, (3) master thoroughly the sections indicated to be learned, (4) write without help a complete paradigm of the verb, (5) compare the result with the paradigm given in the grammar. Note 2. In the study of 'Q gut. verbs use for practice (1) Ifty stand, (2) *O)7 serve, (3) pffl be strong. 6. WORD-LESSON. 1. In the Word-Lists, under List VI., nouns numbered 61 76. 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 4-6. 7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. JT1> >5 For God (is) knowing = For God knows. inpOfl toOD D?7?^ Di>3 / ^ day of your eating from it, THEN shall be opened your eyes. Principle 7. The participle is often used for the present tense. Principle 8. The conjunction *] is frequently used "to connect a statement of time with the clause to which it relates." LESSON 27. 109 8. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) She caused to serve ; (2) He will be strong; (3) She was served; (4) I caused to stand; (5) They ivill cause to stand ; (6) Thou (f.) wilt be caused to stand; (7) It will be said; (8) She will abandon; (9) Ye (m.) did abandon; (10) I will be served; (11) Be thou served; (12) To be abandoned; (13) We shall serve; (14) Pe (m.) shall stand; (15) .Be strong. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) Serving tliou shalt serve JchovaJi ; (2) And the man saw the good fruit ; (3) And the woman saw that the fruit was good; (4) Their eyes ivere opened; (5) In the day of your ruling the earth; (6) The woman will eat the fruit, and of (= from) it she will give to her husband, who ivill eat with her 3. To be translated into English : (1) n^rrfitf HtSfttfl nfTj?J? " ; (2) mrn n!2ft njn j ; (4) pjgj nsrr^s ibfr ^NH ; (5) 4. To be written in English letters : The new words of Genesis III. 4-6. 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs: Verses 4 6 of Genesis III., from the unpointed text. 6. To be written out : Synopses, as indicated in 8 79, of the verbs numbered 6, 9, 11, 20, 24. 7. To be described :-The forms H?Op, , rrfe, P. (1) Dual abs. affix. (2) Dual const, affix. (3) H with . (4) And- he-saio, and-she-saw. (5) Apocopation of H (6) Formation of feminine nouns. (7) Synopsis in Hiph. of ^W- (8) Contraction of ~ and "vT. (9) Synopses of verbs ' guttural. (10) Peculiarities of verbs ' guttural. 110 LESSON 28. LESSON XXVI1I.-GENESIS III. 7-10. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. (1) DiT^' (88,270); (2) (TH (15); (3) Ifij^N (268); (4) >Jjtj (13); (5) rlfi (41) ; (6) Jrj (189) ; (7) N (29) ; (8) DIN (131). .2. /I/07TS. 300. n^llMril aw^-(they,f.)-w;ere-ope7ie^; cf. Y\p* : a. Niph'al (note D. f. z and under 5), Impf. 3 fern. (H3) plur. of the yt 7 guttural root Hp3 5 corresponding form 301. W# 'e-ne-et/es-o/; cf. D3*J^.(288) 302. *l j^Tl way-ye-dh e 'u and-tliey-knew : a. Qal Impf. 3 m. plur. of the Y' and '*? gut. verb y^ know. i. Corresponding form,^tpp* ; the first radical \ being weak, drops out, and ~ now standing in an open syl., is heightened, 90. 2. a. (I). c. Methegh with long vowel before vocal S'wa pretonic, I 18. 2. 303. D^QI^ 'e-rum-mim naked : irregular plural of CTVy. 304. DH hem they(m.} : cf. the other form nDHj pron. suf. QH. T J* " 305. 1"l5fVl way-yith-p c ru and-they- sewed : a. Q^l Impf. 3 m. sg. of "15D sew; cor. form, I^Dp*; 3 m. sg. 6. synopsis : ngn, ^f, nfl]i, map, nflp, H$n, 306. n^ a le ^a/-o/: abs. sg. ,1^. 307. n^NH th e 'e-na fig-tree : note the Zaqeph-qaton. T " : 308. ^1^1 way-ya-' a su and-tliey-made; cf. 309. ^y^\-and-they-lieard ; cf. VlgJV} (305). 310. ^Ip qol-voice; cf. ^b (kol) all. 311. TlyHrip walking: Hithpa'el participle of T 312. N3DTO and-(^Q}-hid-Jiwisclf; cf. 313. HS^ 'ay-yek-ka where-(art)-tJwu? : a. ^ where, with union syllable } _ , ^ 74. 2. c. (3). LESSON 28. Ill & J"O? a fuller writing for !TT, the pronominal suffix. 314. *r\yfa1& I-heard; corresponding form Vl^Dp ; cf. 315. NTJO wa-'i-ra' and- I-was-af raid : a. \ the Waw Consec., before a guttural, loses D. f. and becomes X Z>. fr$ indicates the first person /; the root is JO* be-afraid. c. The accent T'bhir (,), and that under >fl#pt#, Tiphha (J, are disjunctives of the third class, 22. 10, 11. 316. JGfiNV- wa-'e-ha-bhe' and- I-liid-my self : a. On 1 and K see preceding note (315. a). L. Niph'al Impf. 1 c. sg. of the ' gut. and X" 1 ? verb JOJ"T hide. c. D. f. rejected from H, and preceding vowel heightened, 78. 1. 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. MTJ 4. OBSERVATIONS. 133. *), before thej^rs^ person (J^), becomes X 134. Of two J3 e was in the middle of a word the first is a sj'llable- divider, the second a half -vowel. 135. An aspirate, although preceded by a vowel-sound, will have D. 1. if the preceding word have a disjunctive accent. 136. Where a closed syllable would have i, an open syllable has e. 137. The Hithpa'el is generally reflexive ; the Niph'al was orig- inally reflexive, and in common usage frequently has this force. 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. $ 80. Tabular View, Synopses of Np in various stems. 2. 80. 1. a, b, and N. 1-3, Rejection of D. f. by the guttural. 3. 80. 2. a-c, Preference of the guttural for a. 4. 80. 3, and Notes 1, 2, Preference of the gut. for comp'd S'wa. 5. 42. 1-3, Peculiarities of gutturals (to Ic read). 112 LESSON 28. Note 1. In the study of this class of verbs (1) examine closely the synopses, noting the variations from the strong verb, (2) analyze exhaustively all familiar forms given under \ 80. 1-3, (3) master thoroughly the sections indicated to be learned, (4) write without help a complete paradigm of the verb, and (5) compare the result with the paradigm given in the grammar. Note 2. In the study of 'y gut. verbs, use for practice (1) 7$StJ redeem, (2) Vr hasten, (3) fi W' destroy, (4) Tp!J Hess. 6. WORD-LESSON. 1. In the Word-Lists, under List VII., the nouns numbered 77 84. 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 7 10. 7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. JIN D'li^K frTQ God created the heavens. Tf?X DDK *T\y*\And God blessed them. :: T | Y-IT :- Thy voice I heard in the garden. Principle 9. The object of the verb generally stands after both predicate and subject ; but if the object is pronominal it stands be- tween the predicate and subject ; or, if the object is to be empha- sized it stands before both predicate and subject. 8. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) He will redeem ; (2) Re- deem thou(L)- (3) They (in.) will redeem; (4) Ye blessed (PI); (5) We shall be blessed; (6) Bless ye (m.) ; (7) Thou shalt be blessed; (8) Thou didst hasten (Pi.); (9) We shall hasten; (10) To destroy (PI); (11) Destroying; (12) Ye destroyed. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) Thou didst hear the voice of God from the heavens ; (2) Let us make for ourselves large gird- les ; (3) They will hide themselves (Ni., or Hithp.) in the garden ; (4) LESSON 29. 113 This is the day in which Jehovah spoke to the man in the midst of the garden of Eden; (5) God blessed tlie man and his seed; (6) Bless thou (f.), my soul, the God of the heavens. 3. To be translated into English:-(l) fiifT-fi# 0*011 (2) rr D'ij ?i n', (3) (4) DJPJ 'if?** nm (5) rnrr DIP n"o> PNTT j- T - v: |T T : | - : I VJT T 4. To be written in English letters : The new words of Genesis III. 7-10. 5. To be written witli points and vowel-signs : Verses 710 of Genesis ///., from the unpointed text. 6. To be written out: Synopses as indicated in 81, of the verbs numbered 2, 3, 8, 19, 24, 27. 7. To be described : The forms "H^O'I, fi$rnp, D^?"!3 nnt?, ire?, ^j. 9. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) The 1 of verbs V in the Qal Impf. (2) The vowels 6 and o. (3) Cases of Niph'al and Hithpa'el stems in this Lesson. (4) *) be- fore J<. (5) The peculiarities of gutturals as exhibited in verbs 'y guttural. (6) Synopses of verbs 'y guttural. (7) Synopses of the strong verb ^tDp. (8) The personal 'pronoun. (9) The inseparable prepositions. (10) The Waw Consec. with Perfect and Imperfect. LESSON XXIX.-GENESIS III. 11-14. 7. NOTE-REVIEW. (1) mS (229) ; (2) D"IN*H (131) ; (3) fi^tf (255) ; (4) p (49) ; JV T T |T T (5) n?N*n_l (280); (6) tfTUn (273); (7) nOH? (125); (8) ^PF (128); (9) HT^H (171); (10) ^xn (228). 114 LESSON 29. 2. NOTES. 317. n^H (he) made-known; cf. Tt?0n, ^, fl)> : a. Hiph'il (H) Perfect 3 sg. m. of the f"j verb "1^3 fnake known. I. Cor. form, DpH ; Synopsis, ^H, T^, H-lil, "tin, TJD i the D. f. in j| is for the assimilated 1 84. 2. 5. 318. ^1*7 preposition *?, with suffix ^T 51. 3. 319. nflN pausal for frfltf, 23 50. 2 ; 38. 2. T AT -JT - 320. jiprj h a mfti f/roM, ^ 46 ' 1 ; 48 ' 321. ^IVVIV 9iw-wi-thi-kha I-commanded-thee; cf . Wl : a. Pfel Perf. 1 sg. of the > ;/t 7 verb ,1^ command, 100. Z>. Cor. form, ^^'pDp 5 ^>ut instead of ^J_, we have >___ = e = i ; 100. 3. 6. c. ^]1 = /; !n = ^ee; D. f. in }, characteristic of Pfel. 322. ^'75'? t- n t : prep. *?, and Vl^J, the neg. used with Inf 's. 323. "^X ' a khoH -- (to}-eat: Qal Inf. const, before Maqqeph, 17. 2. 324. njirU na-that-ta thou-gavest; cf. Il^Dp : a. Qal Perf'Ysg. m. of the J"fi verb JH1 2 84. : 2. h. 3. Z>. The |*"J at the end is not usual ; the ending is generally )1. T 325. *"lDJ? 5 im-ma-dhi witli-me: note Zaqeph qaton, 24. 4. 326. ^"rUnU Kin hi' na-th e nal+li she gave+to-me, ?15. 3 : a. The pronoun used as subject of a verb is expressed whenever, as here, it is emphatic. 327. ^p'Kl-wa-'o-khel and-I-ate; cf. MlT^l, ^NV ^DN is for ^J^^, of which the radical tf is'lo'st, ^88^1. N. 6. O, the form of Waw Consecutive with the Impf., becomes *) be- fore N, I 73. 2. a. (2). S28. nN'T-nO maz+zoth wJiat+thisf H 54. 2. a; 52. 1. c. 329. rWl thou-(f.)-hast-done; ft=thou (f .) ; on ^_ see 100. 3. 6. 330. ^&Wn his-si-'a-ni (he) deceived-me; cf. LESSON 29. 115 a. ^ is the pron. suf. of 1st pers., ~ the so-called connecting vowel, g 74. 1. c. N. 1. & *W'n, Hiph. Perf. 3 m. sg. of Xt^'l 3 being assim., 84. 2. 5. 331. HNt rVWy 'a-si-thaz zoth thou-(m.}-hast-done this : a. rVtyy = thott-(f.)-hast-done; JT^J = thou-(m.}-7iast-done. 1. D. f. in | is conj., \ 15. 3 ; accent over flXf, S'gholta, 24. 3. 332. "VON 'a-rur cursed; Qal Part. Pass, of TIN, I 71. 1. c. 333. ^hjJ-%-Z>e?fy; cf. D^'l* nhNJ? : a. The ~ of JlHJI becomes when the suf. is added, \ 125. 1. a. ~b. The 6 is written defectively ; the suffix is !T[ with . 334. Tl^n the-lekh thou-shalt-go : a. The root is Tj^n, or t jh\ $$ 102. 14, 15 ; 90. 2. R. 3. 6. The prefix j"| = ^Aow (m.); cor. form of ^Dp is 335. Wdays-of ; sg. D'V, plur. D^D*, plur. const. 336. ^"11"" hay-ye-kha tliy-lives ; from the plur. a. On the vowel * (e) see 30. 5 and I. 3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. TJin >o rmy TTWU n?^K nnx T -i- T T : |T T : |T T no rv'wy rH&tv'wy nnn^ 4. OBSERVATIONS. 138. The radical ^, when it would stand at the end of a syllable, is assimilated. 139. The Interrog. pronouns are * wliol ', and |*10 what?. 140. ]1 = ^/iott (m.), l = ^/iow (f.), but both have their aspirated sound, (tli] when a vowel precedes. 141. D. f. conj. may or may not be accompanied by Maqqeph. 142. The personal termination jl tliou (m.) is generally written without, though sometimes with, the vowel-letter j"7. 116 LESSON 29. 143. In pause -=- becomes , and frequently the tone is shifted from the ultima to the penult. 5. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. 3 82. Tabular View, Synopses of tllDp in various stems 2. 3 82. 1. a, 6, Preference of the guttural for a. 3. ? 82. 1. c, Insertion of Pathah-furtive. 4. g 82. 1. d, Insertion of in Perfects 2 f . sg. 5. 3 82. 2, Preference of the gut. for comp'd S e wa. 6. g 82. 2, Notes 1, 2, The Niph. and Pi'el Inf's abs. 7. 42. 1-3, Peculiarities of gutturals (to ~be learned}. Note 1. Treat as directed in former Lessons the familiar forms in g 82. 1, 2. Note 2. In the study of '*? guttural verbs use for practice (1) noint, (2) ff?' se?i<7, (3) JftfcJ swear, (4) fttf hear. 6. WORD-LESSON. 1. In the Word-Lists, under List VII., nouns numbered 85 94. 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 11 14. 7. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) I will anoint; (2) He will cause to anoint; (3) Sending, sent; (4) Thou (f.) didst hear; (5) He will send; (6) / swore (Niph.); (7) / will swear; (8) She caused to send; (9) To anoint; (10) We shall send (Pf el); (11) Cause thou (m.) to se?ic7; (12) 3^0 &e sen/. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) He told the man that he was good; (2) Hast thou eaten fruit from the tree of lives ? (3) Who gave the woman to the man? (4) He gave me fruit and I ate ; (5) She gave him fruit and he ate ; (6) I gave her fruit and we ate. 3. To be translated into English : (1) ; (3) LESSON 30. 117 D?on-forj; (5) woo nriN 'rurp (6) 4. To be written in English letters : The new words of Genesis III. 11-14. 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 11-14 of chapter III., from the unpointed text. 6. To be written out : Synopses as indicated in I 83, of the verbs numbered 1, 2, 9, 11, 20, 22. 7. To be described : The forms HO* Hfl*, &, H' 5. 7"0p/$ FOR STUDY. (1) The J of verbs f") in the Hiph. (2) He Interrogative. (3) The negative used with the Infinitive. (4) The peculiarities of the verb frO. (5) O before K. (6) D. f. conjunctive. (7) The Interrog- ative pronouns. (8) Jl and Hll- (9) The peculiarities of gutturals as exhibited in verbs" 4 ? guttural. (10) Pathah-furtive. (11) The helping-vowel in Perfects 2 f . sg. (12) Synopses of the strong verb. (13) Synopses of the /J 7 guttural verb LESSON XXX.-GENESIS III. 15-17. 7. NOTES. 337. PO^l w*'e-bha and-enmity: a fern, noun, from root y#. 338. rV&XI-wM-put; # = I, the root being f|^' (*"&) put: a. Observe the R e bhi(a)\ I 24.. 5. 6. 339. ^\y^fhy-seed; n^"lt her-seed; cf. Ijni" his-seed. | : ;- AT : : 349. T]51t^'* he-shall-bruise-thee; W31t^ri tliou-shalt-bruisc-liim: a. The Qal Impf. of fj^' is ^1^> (3 m. sg.),' f]^'ri (2 m. sg.). &. When the tone is shifted the a under * and H becomes ~. c. !H with = h6-neklithy-(.}-sorrow : |l3Vj) (root 3VJ7, formative addition ?*), g 119. 3) becomes when the tone is shifted, as before the pron. suffix, $ 125. 1. a. b. The 2 fern. pron. suf. is T[; ~ is the so-called connecting vowel. 345. Tpi")n thy-conception: JIIH with 7| and , see 344. b. 346. l^y. sorrow: an a-class Segholate, 106. 1. a. 347. n'pjl te-l e dhi thou-(f.}-shalt-bring-forth : a. For *~f7ir) (cf. ^ppri), but *), being weak, drops out and , in an open syllable, becomes , ^ 90. 2. a. b. Root 1^ = I 5 ?*) ; Impf. 3 m. sg. I 1 ?*, for I^V- - T - T : c. ft and * are fragments of ^HK, the older form of |HX, 50. 3. c. 348. D*4^ bha-nim so7is: irreg. plur. of J3 so "' 349. "nnplt^ri t e su-qa-thekh thy-(i.}-desire : a. Abs. npl^rV a feminine formation, 115. R. Z>. Const. nplK^I, s^f. T[ with ; cf. Tjjlp (345), Tj^lDVi? (344). c. Before t] , ~=~ in an open syllable becomes , $ 124. 2. 350. T]S"^^'^ yim-sol-f bakh Jie-shall-rule+in-thee (f.) : . "^t^'p* f or^^p^ before Maqqeph, 17. 2; cf. ^3, -^3. ?>. T|^ = in-thee (f.); cf. ?|5 'in-thee (m.), 2 51. 3. 351. ^J^N 'is-te-kha thy-wife; pausal for ^rit^ N J 38. 1. N.: a. ft indicates the feminine, here attached to t^N j cf. const. b. S'gholta repeated according to 23. 6. 352. mnN fern. sg. of *\T\# (332), Qal Part. pass, of T -; T curse. 353. Tl'QJ^ ba- 359. ^9^ 'ap-pe-kha thy-nostrils; fromt\#nose: a. Sg. f]tf,' dual D*3K, form before ^| (or H) gtf ; cf. ^^(1. 6. The Daghes-forte in ^ also serves as Daghes-lene, 5 13. 2. N. 1. c. On the disjunctive accent Pasta ( ^ ) see | 22. 8 ; 23. 5, 6. 360. DO^ le-hem bread; cf. DfY? JT3 Bethlehem. 361. ^]3*II^ thy-returning ; Qal Inf. const, with pron. suffix: . ^bjp is for ^tp[p or ^Dp ; 3l# is for ^Jff or 3*1^'. Z>. The root is pronounced i^, because the Perfect ^^ contains T only two radicals, 3 55. 3. 362. riVQftfromrher: for ,^00; cf. ^00 for 1POED, 1 51. 5. b. TJV T : -iv J'/ : -iv 363. JlPTp 1 ? luq-qah-ta thou-wast-taken, U 59. 4. 6; 38. 2. 364. D1urn-^o^-5/ia^-re^r;i; cf . filOn (231) : a. Qal Impf/2 m. sg. of the V'y verb ^^' Lm; cor. form, 122 LESSON 31. is for ppri, the ~ being attenuated, the heightened. c - y>^r} (corresponding to ^ppfi) becomes 3\Wf] by contraction of ) to } and heightening of to . 365. mn-haw-wa-EX- cf. fTf! life. lYT - T - 366. NIPT hi', not hiw'she: for K'H, I 50. 3. a. 367. iirVn ha-y*tha she-was : a. Qal Perf.3 f. sg. of the ' gut., and ft" 1 ? verb flTT 6e, ? 100. 4. 6. Methegh with a long vowel before vocal S e wa pretonic, I 18. 2. 368. DK but 1BK (266): DX is for p^K, 2 106. 2. c. 369. *f"f pausal for *n ; an adjective meaning living. 370. ]il^ri3 koth-noth tunics-of; const, pi. of AirD- 371. D^D 1 ?^ way-yal-bi-sem and-lie-causcd-tJiem-to-put-on : a. Hiph. Impf. 3 m. sg. of CO^? w i^ suffix Q joined by ~. b. The under ^ is i, though written defectively. 2. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 1. Verbal Forms :-|TOy& aitrn, rrnji, ^_, 2. Nominal Forms :-^j7, Off? ; Iflj;, DIN 5 flp, 5. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. ? A or a *7ie cos# o/, ^e sw?ea of thy nostrils (= face) ^/ww sTialt eat bread. Priiiciple 10. The preposition 3 may denote the condition in which, or the cost at which a thing may be done, i. e., the manner or the price. 4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. I 88. 1, 2, The peculiarities of verbs N"). 2. g 98. Tabular View, Synopses of XCOp in various stems. LESSON 31. 123 3. I 98. 1, Final X in verbs tf" 1 ?. 4. \ 98. 2. a, I, 3. a-c, Medial K in verbs N" 1 ?. Note 1. In the study of verbs N"j and tf" 1 ?, follow the order indicated in previous lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar forms given under %$ 88. 1, 2 and 98. 1-3, and Remarks. Note 2. Use for practice (1) ")DK say, (2) NXftfind, (3) JOD call 5. WORD-LESSON. 1. In the Word-Lists, under List VII. , nouns numbered 105 115. 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III., 18 21. 6. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) Ye will say, I shall say ', she will say, thou (f.) wilt say; (2) I shall eat, we shall eat, they will eat; (3) He will be created, he will cause to call, he was created, he will be caused to call; (4) They called, she caused to find, tliou (f.) wilt find; (5) I created, ye were created, thou wast caused to call, we filled (Pi'el); (6) They (f.) will call, ye (f.) will be created, call ye (f.). 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) The earth caused to sprout forth for man grass and herbs and thorns and thistles; (2) We found in the field the fruit which God commanded (fTl^) not to eat; (3) The man shall die, and unto the dust he.shall return; (4) I shall call the name of my wife Eve; (5) I have found my mother; (6) Eve was the wife of ( jlt^'K) Adam, and the mother of all living; (7) Adam was Eve's husband. 3. To be translated into English :(!) ,11(1 >>N JlM >; (2) *ro; o) DIKJI rrjp'p T :) rvio 4. To be written in English letters : The new words of Genesis HI. 1821. 124 LESSON 32. 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 18 21 of Genesis III., from the unpointed text. 6. To be written out : Synopses as indicated in \ 99, of the verbs numbered 1, 4, 8, 9, 15, 18. 7. To be described :-The forms ^Q&\ ^N , *ra, 7. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) The primary form of ^p. (2) The form 31>. (3) QN, 11 (4) Peculiarities of verbs tf"). (5) Inflection of ^DN in Qal Impf. (6) Peculiarities of verbs X" 1 ?. (7) Synopses of KtDD in various T )T stems. (8) Inflection of tftOp in Qal Perf., in other Perfects, in Irnpf's and Imv's. LESSON XXXII.-GENESIS III. 22-24. 7. NOTES. 372. fil hen behold : same as n^H (145). 373. ^P nfl^5-^e-o?ie-o/[/rom]-ws: a. "1HN is the construct of "lH^ ; here followed by a preposition. & 1U5J9 is i'or JO reduplicated" and ^ tw, g 51. 5. a; cf . ?)3p for 374. Oj?~torAioio: Qal Inf. const, of J/T ^ow; ; 90. 2. Kl; ^J47l5. 375. *ni wa-hay a?ic7-(he-should)-Zive : a. 1 is Waw Con sec. with Perf., the ^r being pretonic, 73. 2. ?>. b. *n is Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the y"y verb >^H ?Ve, 8G. 1. 376. inn 1 ?^! w ^ -y c sal-l e he-hu and-(= therefore)-(he)-se7i^- 1dm : a D. f. of Waw Consec. omitted from > because it has not a full vowel. LESSON 32. 125 b. Pi'el Impf. 3 m. sg. of the /l ? guttural verb Ffjty send; corres- ponding form, JlH^Dp/ c. The pron. suffix !)fj joined to the verb by the vowel ~. 377. *i2y*? to-till: Qal Inf. const, II 78. 3. a; 47. 3. 1 378. D^D ^tytfl which ____ from-there, = whence. 379. t^'"U*l wa-y"gha-res and-he-d rove-out : a. This is for ^"W, like CHi^X or ^Dp^ ; but Z>. The *, having only a S e wa, drops its D. f., while the gut. *") rejects its D. f., and ~ under j| becomes . c. The accent being drawn to the penult by 1, " becomes ~. d. Pfel Impf. 3 masc. sg. of the 'y guttural verb t^")Jl drive out, ! 80. 1. a. 380. f3t^1 way-yas-ken and-he-caused-to-dwell; cf. ^"IJ^I : a. Hiph. Impf. 3 m. sg. (with , not *_) from ]yti dwell, I 73. 3. R. 381. D^?"On hak-k e ru-bhim the-cherubim; ~ for ^ ; singular 382. njnriDrT ham-mith-hap-pe-kheth the-(one}-tuming-it- *df: cf. rinnp, S 122. 2. 6. 383. n-lis-mor to-keep; cf. mOt^? (223), and : T : T : (377). 2. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY. 1. Verbal Forms :-njTf?, it?^, ^flX ^Hn^n, Up 1 ?, ]3^\ nssnw- 2. Nominal Forms : "in, 3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. . . -toNV . .np 1 ? 1 ) IT rr^-jgi nnjr|-^w^ now, lest he put forth his hand and take and eat and live. 126 LESSON 32. Principle 11. In the narration of actions which are to occur in the future, or which can be only conditionally realized, the first verb is in the Imperfect while those that follow are in the Perfect and connected with the preceding verb by means of Wdw Consec- utive ( 73. 1. I). 4. GRAMMAR-LESSON. 1. S 100. Tabular View, Synopses of HDp in various stems. 2. I 100. 1. a/, Treatment of the^d radical when final. 3. 100. 2, Treatment of 3d rad. bef . vowel-additions. 4. $ 100. 3. a e, Treatment of 3d rad. bef. cons.-additions. 5. I 100. 4, The 3 sg. fern, of Perfects. 6. 100. 5. a, b (1) (8), Apocopated forms (to be read). Note 1. In the study of verbs fl" 1 ?, follow the order indicated in previous Lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar forms given under 100. 15. Note 2. Use for practice (1) fftj reveal, (2) f"03 build, (3) H^ IT T T T T complete. 5. WORD-LESSON. 1. In the Word-Lists, under List II., verbs numbered 51 60. 2. Make out a list of the new words in Genesis III. 2224. 6. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) He built, he will build, building; (2) He commanded (Pi el), he will command, commanding, command thou; (3) To command (abs.), to build, to finish (Pi'el) ; (4) I commanded (Pi'el), we built, thou didst cause to reveal; (5) We finished (Pi'el), ye built, they (f.) shall build; (6) They built, they (m.) will command, they caused to build; (7) SJie was, she made, she was made, she was caused to reveal, thou (f.) icilt build. 2. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) I shall put forth my hand and take the fruit and eat; (2) The man knew good and evil; (3) God drove forth (Pi'el) the man from Eden because he did that which LESSON 32. 127 God had commanded him not to do; (4) The man will serve the ground whence he was taken; (5) Behold the sword turning itself; (6) The cherubim and the sword will keep the way of the tree of life. 3. To be translated into English : (1) nwr 210 ?; < 4) orn o^r rny (5) -ruo trwrni* 4. To be written in English letters : The new words of Genesis III 22-24. 5. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 22 24 of Genesis III. , from the unpointed text. 6. To be written out : Synopses as indicated in \ lOla. of the verbs numbered 1, 2, 4, 11, 15, 19, 27, 28. 7. To be described : The forms 7. 7"op/C5 FOR STUDY. (1) The Pi'el, Pu'al, Hiph'il, and Hithpa'el stems of HDp- (2) The defective writing of *|. (3) Waw Consecutive with the Perfect. (4) Waw Consecutive with the Imperfect. (5) The form r\y^7- (6) The third radical of verbs called ,1"^. (7) The treatment of this radical when final, before vowel-additions, and before conso- nant-additions. (8) The Perf. 3 sg. fern. (9) Apocopated forms. (10) Synopses of HOD i n various stems. (11) Inflection of HDD ^ n T }T T JT Perfects, in Impf's and Imv's. 128 LESSON 33. LESSON XXXIII.-GENESIS IV. 1-4. 7. NEW WORDS* (1) frjn, (2) fop, (3) JIN (preposition), (4) tp\ (5) P?N, (6) ^n, (7) njn, () fa&, (9) pp, cioj nmp, (ID rn (12) rn, (is) V. 1. ilffl, for iTjrfp, 2? 78. 2. a; 7S. 3. &, and 5. 6. (5). -f?m" 90. 2.V (!) ; 73. 3. a. (3).-VTJ5p, 2 100. 3. 6.- V J" - f\T '*~jlKi preposition with. V. 2. f]prV), for C]pinj, 22 90. 3. b; 68. 5. 6. (1) ; 73. 3. a. (2) and (3). Kl^ 22 47.' 5; 90. 2. o. (3). VITO, 22 121. 2. c; 124. 1. 6. (2); 1=!|n his, 2 44. 4. c. ^H, for ^30, 2^8. 2 nj^'-|, abs. HJ^h, 22 100. 1. c; 123. 3. V. 3. DW (= D^V), plur. of 01* (= pV).-N^l, for ^, 94. 1. c.(3), A and 2. Ok-nVT^i read by Jews^'lN^, . K 2/ " V- *. ^35 (= NpH), 2 94. 1. 6, and 2. IrrnPb^Qi 22 48. 1; 122. 3; sg. H^ID?,' 2 108. 1. a, and fc-fflj'^^ (u-me-he- l e bhe-hen), U 49. 3; 48. 2 ; ^Sf-f (^ defective), const, plur. of ^H, 2 125. 4. e; 2 61. 1. rf.-]^, 'for H^, 2 100. 5. 6. (5).HnfT?B, from nmO, 22 122. 2. a. "(2); 124. 2.''"' 3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. V. 2. fTl^ 1 ? npFll And she added to bear = and again she bore. Principle 12. When the second of two verbs expresses the principal idea, the first merely modifying it, the second is often an infinitive depending upon the first. * Consult the Hebrew-English Vocabulary, or a Hebrew Lexicon. Be prepared to pronounce, transliterate, describe and define each word. Let this work be done before proceeding further in the study of the Lesson. LESSON 33. 129 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. 2 86. Tabular View, Synopses of tOtOp in various stems. 2. $ 86. 1. a, &, 2. a c, The stem-vowel, and the preformative vowel. 3. Word-Lists, Lists II., III., Verbs numbered 6170. Note 1. Analyze the familiar forms under 86. 1, 2. Note 2. Use for practice (1) ^PT begin, (2) 33D encompass, (3) p &e %^ (not heavy). 5. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) He began (Hiph.), to begin, beginning; (2) Encompassing, he will encompass, he was caused to encompass, he will be encompassed; (3) He will be light, he will make light; (4) Cause to encompass, encompass thou, he caused to encompass, be tliou encompassed. (2) To be translated into Hebrew : (1) The woman conceived and bare a son; (2) The man begat 1 a son; (3) And the woman spoke again; (4) Abel was a shepherd, and Cain was a tiller of ground; (5) Cain brought to Jehovah an offering; (6) Eve was the wife of Adam and the mother of Cain and Abel; (7) Abel gave to God from the firstlings of his Jlock. 3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 1 4 of Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 4. To be written out: Synopses in Qal, Niph., Hiph. Hoph. as indicated in 87, of the verbs numbered 2, 4, 5, 6, 11, 12, 14. 5. To be described: The forms >fl, 3D>, 3D, IS', SDH, *?p, 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY, (1) Apocopation of Jl__. (2) Loss of *) in Qal Impf. of verbs Y'fl- (3) The *>_ of verbs H"7 in Perf. before consonant additions. (4) in Hiph'il. 130 LESSON 34. The 6 in V' Hiph'ils. (5) The Qal Inf. const, of verbs Y'fl. (6) The * of flN before suffixes. (7) The endings Jl _ and H in H" 1 ? participles and nouns. (8) The preposition ^ before HlPf* and D*rf?N- (9) Synopses of DtOD in QaL Niph., Hiph., and" Hoph. /: - I T (10) The vowel of the stem in verbs yy, of the preformative. LESSON XXXIV.-GENESIS IV. 5-8. 7. NEW WORDS. (i) rnn, (2) nitfj (3) $hr\, (4) DN, (5) n&>, (6) N^, (7) nn?, (8) T nNDn, (9) T pn, uo) Dip, (ID 2. NOTES. Y. 5. irn for rrrr, 22 100. 5. & (5) ; 73. 3. N. i.-?, on repeated accent, 23. 6. ^fl-^, Methegh with a sharpened syl- lable ; on assim. of i ? 84. 2. a. V^9 (pa-naw), 12. 3; on V_, \ 124. 3. J; cf. V3 (185). V. 6. HO 1 ? = HD with *?, the D. f. being firmative, 15. 6. T T< T T . : . Fnn, with accent on penult, 21. 1. 1"|7, pausal for ^7, 3 51. 3 (Tab. View). ^5 (pha-ne-kha), on *_ (e)" I 124. 3. c. Y. 7. N'f?n (h a lo') = noTiTie, I 46. 1 ; this 6 is for a, 30. 6 D'PVI, f o r D^tO^n (cf. ^ppn), but>_ becomes e ('_) 30. 4. 6; Hiph. Impf. 2 m. sg. of 2fo\ 92. 2; 93. (1) . HN^, a seemingly irreg. Qal Inf. const, of K^O, $$ 102. 13; 84. 1. a.- J ?T^H1, i 23. 6; prep, ^^t treated as a noun in plur. before the suffix H, cf . ^\^Q in v. 6, 124. 3. c; the -7- becomes in an open syl. IriplL^n, n 124. 2; 18. footnote. i^^r), 22 17. 2; 51. 3. a. V. 8. Vrfltf, see in v. 2 DHi^ (bih-yo-tham), on , 2 47. 2; on Me'thegh, ^18. 5; on Hi, 2 100. l!e; Q__, as in DXl^n? (167). Dp^l (way-ya-qom), Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. of Dip I paradigm-form, |TVT~~ *, but see i 94. 2. R. 4; the T" under p, in an unaccented closed LESSON 34. 131 syl., must be o. ^ifljnrPX on -sr under *, 3 78. 2. a; on ^ under ( *1 5 78. 3. rf; on , I 74^ 2. 6 (1) j on jj, 16. 2 ; on , 74. 2. c. (2) ; the second and third syllables are half -open, 26. 4. 5. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. V. 7. n^ 2'tp'JFJ DK Klfl : / ^re TIO* a lifting up, if thou doest well ? Principle 13. A question expecting an affirmative answer is introduced by N^H ( nonne ?}. 4-. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. $ 86. 3, 4, yy stems before vowel and cons, terminations. 2. $ 86. 4. R. 1, Changes of stem and preformative vowels. 3. $ 86. 5. a-c, Intensive stems in yy forms. 4. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 71 80, in List III. Note. After a study of the principles here given, write out a complete paradigm of DtDp in the Qal, Niph., Hiph., and Hoph. stems. 5. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) She encompassed, they caused to encompass, thou (f.) wilt encompass, they will be encom- passed; (2) Thou didst encompass, I caused to encompass, we were encompassed, thou wast caused to encompass; (3) Thou wast light, thou shalt encompass, I have encompassed, I shall cause to encom- pass; (4) Cause ye to encompass, they (f.) will encompass, ye (f.) will cause to encompass, encompass ye (f.) 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) The countenance of Cain fell, because Jehovah looked not with favor upon his offering; (2) Why was Cain angry (Heb., why was it kindled to Cam?}; (3) Did not God say, let there be light? (4) Did not Abel bring to Jehovah from the firstlings of his flock? (5) Did not Cain kill Abel? (6) Why did Cain kill Abel? (7) God will bless him who shall do well. 132 LESSON 35. 3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 6 8 oj Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 4. To be written out: Inflection of the Qal Perf. and Impf. of verbs in I 87. numbered 1, 2, 5 ; of the Niph. Perf. and Impf., of 3,4; of the Hiph. Perf., Impf. and Imv. of 7, 12 ; of the Hoph. Perf. and Impf. of 6, 14. 5. To be described : The forms ftp, n^fVT, ^Dfl, nm rrfppf naprj, rwapp, rwap, 'n 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Repetition of post-positive accents. (2) The ending V (3) D. f. firmative. (4) The ending ?J'_. (5) tiftfj. (6) The ending fil in n y/t ? Inf's construct. (7) Raphe. (8) Change of to . (9) y"y stems before vowel-additions. (10) yy stems before conso- nant-additions. (11) Intensive stems. LESSON XXXV.-GENESIS IV. 9-12. 7. NEW WORDS. (D o 1 !, (2) pjrc, (3) nm (4) ng, (5) T, (6) nb, (7) ? ), (8) n^ (nadh). T 2. NOTES. T. 9. 19K*|, 2 88. 2.-^PTN, 2 124. 1. 5. (2).-^T, a and /1 7 gut. verb, cf. ^fl^Dp J on "the accent -^-, 24. 4! ^ 46. 1; 71. 1. a. v. 10. n^ rrp, ss ^4. ^ ; 100. 3. t.- const. 0*1, plur. abs. b*P1 T , const. ^^J, ^ 125. 2/6; 122. 4. l~ D'pJ^V' ^ 71 - ! / 125 * 3 ' T]El - 4 5 P lur - i n agreement with g^, not *?1p- ftj? } cf - ^N in v. 7; really a plural noun. V. 11. n^*jnt$> 22 71. 1. c; 38. 2, S.-HJIV^ 22 18. 2 ; 100. 4. and N. hS, from HB, 22 121. 2. c; 124. 1. V. (2).- LESSON 35. 133 I 47. 5; Qal Inf. const, of Up 1 ?, 2 84. 2. R. 2; on rw under ft in- stead of , g 37. 2.-^?, pausal for ^jp, 12 38. 1. N.; 124. 1. B. 2. V. 12. *Hy#l, corresponding to ^Dpfi 5 on , 2 78. 2. a; on , 78. 3. 6; on'o, I C7. 1 ^DH (tho-seph), for ]&]$ ; on 6, 90. 3. 5; on ^ 2 68. 5. &. (1). nn3-j1p, on Methegh, 8 18. 4; on ~ heightened from \ 84. 2/R. 3. '(1); on jl_ , 2 3. a. "I31 J73 (na* wa-nadh), on the ^r (a) under % in each case, 2 94. 1. c. (1); the roots are %}]% and "ft^ and these forms, Qal Part's act. rp.rtfl, 22 78. 3. N.; 18. 5; 100. 1. b. 3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. V. 9. *3JK *(!$ *10t^'n ^ m -^ keeping my brother, or, my | brothers keeper f Principle 14. A question asking for information, without neces- sarily implying the affirmative or negative character of the answer, is introduced by Jl. 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. 94. Tabular View, Synopses of ^p in various stems. 2. 3 94. 1. a, The radical *) uniting with . 3. I 94. 1. 6, The radical *), changed to *, uniting with I 4. \ 94. 1. c, The radical *) rejected when it would stand with a heterogeneous vowel. 5. I 94. 1. N. The form of the Qal Active Participle. 6. 94. 2. a-c, The vowel of the preformative. 7. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 8190 in List III. ]N T ote.-Use for practice (1) Dip rise, (2) y\& turn, (3) fRO diel 5. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) He will rise, thou shalt turn, turn thou, he will die, we shall die; (2) He caused to die, he i This verb has e (naturally long) in Perfect and Participle of Qal. 134 LESSON 36. loill cause to turn, to cause to die ; (3) He turned, rising, dying, he was turned, he will be turned; (4) He established (= caused to rise], establish thou, he was established, he will establish. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) I do not know the name of the man; (2) Am la ruler ? (3) Who did this (f.) ? (4) Cursed am I from the ground ; (5) The blood (pi.) of thy brother hath cried out to God ; (6) Thou shalt not till the ground ; (7) Cain was a wanderer and a fugitive. 3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 9 12 of Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 4. To be written out : Synopses as indicated in 3 95. of the verbs numbered 8, 9, 13, 25, 32, 36, omitting Synopses of the various Intensive forms. 5. To be described: -The forms fllO*. 3IB71, Dip, N'3JT NJT , TNH, D'pO, JN, -0, Dip!' 'TiDV 0. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) The 6 in the Qal Impf . of verbs N"fl. (2) The i and ,13 before suf. (3) He Interrogative. (4) The i of ft" 1 ? Perl's. (5) The Perf. 3 f. sg. of verbs JT /l ?. (6) Qal Inf. const, of verbs ["). (7) in pause. (8) Qal Impf. of verbs ' guttural. (9) The 6 of Y'fi Hiph'ils. (10) The a of Y'Jf Perfect and Part. act. (11) The forms in which 1 (of Y'J7 verbs) unites with . (12) The forms in which *) (of *\"y verbs) is changed to *. (13) The forms in which *) (of \'y verbs) is entirely rejected. (14) The 6 in )"y Niph'als. (15) The pref. vowel in \'y forms. LESSON XXXVI.-GENESIS IV. 13-17. 7. NEW WORDS. (1) Jty or pl^, (2) nnD, (3) p*?, (4) D'njW', (5) DW, (6) LESSON 36. 135 2. NOTES. Y. 13. ^iljl, pi. Dl"!? ; on formation, I 108. 1. a from fiiy, of same formation as ^"O 5 before *_, _ becomes _, 125. 1. .. Nlfc^Pj tn e o being incorrectly written "j ; |p indicates comparison. V. 14. fit^U, for J1&H1 80. 1. a; synopsis? 49. 2; 48. l"; on ^, i 124." 3. c 1TID& ** 75 ' 2 ' 68 ' ops? vwn, 2 100. 3. &/ on ^ 3 73/2. &. >Nvb, with ^; on change of __ to _ ,2 125. 3. R 4. Vj3T (ya-ha-r 2 21. 1; on D. 1. in ^, 12. 3. "." -I 5. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. V. 14. DTTl *i"litf n^^Jl Thou hast driven me out this day. Principle 15. The article often has its original demonstrative force. 136 LESSON 36. V. 15. ?*p_ j"?"?3~~'4#y one killing Cain. Principle 16. S^ is used to make prominent a single one from among a plurality. 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. 94. 3, Inflection of verbs *\"y before ro^e7-terminations. 2. 94. 4. a, b, Inflection of verbs *\"y before consonant-termin- ations. 3. 3 94. 5, The various Intensive forms found in }"y verbs. 4. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 91100 in List III. 5. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) / caused to rise, ye (m.) caused to rise, they caused to rise; (2) Thou didst cause to turn, we shall cause to rise, I shall be caused to rise, she rose; (3) Ye turned, I rose, they will rise, we shall rise; (4) Rise thou (f.), rise ye (f.), she was risen (Niph.), they were risen; (5) I died, she died, we shall die, thou shalt return, she was caused to return. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) God is greater than man; (2) / drove him out from the garden of Eden; (3) The woman will be hidden from the face of God; (4) Any one killing me shall die; (5) Any one finding him will kill Cain; (6) Cain was avenged seven- fold; (%} And Cain went out from Eden, and dwelt in the land of Nod. 3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 1317 of Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 4. To be written out : The inflection in Qal of Dip? p3 J in Niph, of JDD, ^D; in Hiph. and Hoph., of DD, 31>; in Polel, of tjyf; in Polal, of 31^'; in Hithpo., of -fly. 5. To be described :-The forms !), IDIT, HDH, LESSON 37. 137 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Nouns with the original vowels a a (= 6). (2) The PTel of verbs 'y guttural. (3) The * (= c) before suffixes 5\ and H an d before the plur. fern. ftf. (4)' The >_ of H" 4 ? Perfects. (5) The change of before to (6) The Hoph. of verbs J"fi. (7) The HI of ft"*? Infs const. (8) The ^i under * of V'fi Qal Imperfects. (9) The H_ (e) of n"*7 participles. (10) The Article used as a de- monstrative. (11) The separating vowel of \'y verbs in Perfect and Imperfect. (12) The points of resemblance between verbs V'Jf and verbs y"y. LESSON XXXVII.-GENESIS IV. 18-22. 7. NEW WORDS. , (1) DW' (const. *|5Jf), (2) ^N, (3) njjpp, (4) feW, (5) (6) :uiy, (7) &&, (8) trSrr, o) n^'m, ao) (ID Y. 18. l^, root -Tl (= T); on D. f. in J|, ^ 13. 2; 90. 3. a; on the form, 68. 1. a; cor. form, *7Dj^ TV#"flKi the sign of the def. object with a subject, see Principle 17 (below). V. 19. rrj-n, for np^lj *? assim. like 1 2 84. 2. E. 2 ; on - under p, 2 82. 1. a*fity (ste, ?io s e te), the S e wa silent ; the only case in the language of a syllable beginning with two consonants without an intervening half -vowel ; fern, of ^^, const, of D^t^- D'Bfy cf. (!){?>{$ man, (2) H^K woma, (3) D'B^jf ,' (4) n^'K wiTe-o/, (5) ^4 wwcs-o/. ri^^'rT. -nPlNrj, of.' the masc. forms ^n....nnKn. T V IT i. V. 20. I^Hl, cf . note on v. 17.^, const, of ^tf ; on _, 121. 2. c; on accent, I 24. 5. a2$\ like ^CD- ^0, a ^-class 138 LESSON 37. Segholate, cf. ID*}, lOG.lc; here used collectively. | Y -i v : ne), meaning substance, cattle, and governed by some word under- stood signifying possession ; on form, $ 113. 2 ; on meaning of form, \ 114. 2. V. 21. VflN, see note on v. 2. #gh, like ^CJp liJJp, on form, 110. 5. c2$\y, on form, 109. 3. V. 22. rn^, 63. R. 3 ; Synopsis in Qal, I 90. 2. a Kftft; like *?bp #1/1, like *?CDp Mlnjjjl, const, of nlflX, and 1 with according to 49. 3. 3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. Y. 18. TT#-ri# nUrf? I 1 ?}'! ^d ^-orf was ^ to j^nocA. Principle 17. The subject of a passive verb, which would be the object of the same verb if it were active, is often preceded by j")5St, the sign of the object. V. 20. H^DDI nfe D#* Dwelling in tent(s) and (possessing) v|: v j cattle. Principle 18. Two nouns are sometimes connected with a verb, when, strictly speaking, only the former is applicable in meaning (zeugma). 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. 90. Tabular View, Synopses of ^CQ* ( ^Dl) i n various stems. 2. 90. 1, The treatment of original *) when initial. 3. 90. 2. a, 6, The two treatments in the Qal Impf., Imv., and Inf. const. 4. 2 90. 3. a-c, The treatment of *) when medial. 5. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 101110 in List III. Note 1. In the study of verbs V'), follow the order indicated in previous Lessons, analyzing exhaustively the familiar forms given under 90. 13. Note 2. Use for practice (1) 3#* sit, dwell, (2) "ft* bring forth, and (3) #3* (with a in Qal Impf.) Z>ec%. LESSON 37. 139 5. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) He will dwell, 1 I shall dwell, thou (f.) slialt dwell, dwell tliou (f.), to dwell, to bring forth, 1 tlwu (f.) shalt bring forth; (2) He will know, 1 know thou, to know, we shall know; (3) Hewitt sleep, 2 I shall sleep, we shall sleep; (4) He will be brought forth, thou wilt be known, he will be feared; (5) He will cause to dwell, I shall cause to know, to cause to bring forth, he was brought forth; (6) He icas caused to know, she will be caused to bring forth. 2. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) I will know the name of that city; (2) Cain was building the city Enoch; (3) Cain and Abel were born to Adam; (4) Lantech had (= to Lamech were] two wives; (5) Adam was the father of Cain, and Eve was his mother; (6) Abel was the son of Eve, and Tubal Cain was the son of Zillah; (7) Father, father-of, mother, son, daughter, husband, wife, wife-of, brother, brother-of, sister, sister-of. 3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 18 22 of Genesis IV., from the unpointed text. 4. To be written out : Synopses as indicated in 91, of the verbs numbered 2, 3, 4, 10, 11, 29. 5. To be described : The forms X>, 3t#* rrh, njn, -ity jrm v'pin, -nib. ' 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) fifc? with the subject. (2) Assim. of *?. (3) The pronuncia- tion of ^F\W- (4) The words meaning man, men, woman, women, wife-of, wives-of. (5) The e of Y'fi Qal Impf's. (6) The o of Qal act. Part's. (7) 27-class Segholates. (8) Nouns formed by means of preformative . (9) The meanings of nouns with pref. ). (10) 1 of verbs Y'fl in the Qal Impf. (11) 1 of verbs Y'fl in Hiph. and Hoph. 1 This verb follows the treatment described in % 90. 2. a. 2 This verb follows the treatment described in 90. 2. b. 140 LESSON 38. LESSON XXXVIII.-GENESIS IV. 23-26. 1. NEW WORDS. (1) D^, irreg. fern, of &U?M, (2) Jfe*, (3) fTON, (4) (5) -fr, (6) rrj^n r rrran, (?) Du?3# (8) (io) , (ID rvtf, d 2. NOTES. V. 23. VBtf? U e na-saw); on V_, 8 124. 3. d. (cf. VSN, VJ3 T. T I . T T - T T (v. W). TJpB^i irreg. for PO^D^, Jl_ having been dropped and - inserted" 2 87. 2; Qal Imv! 2f. pi., like tlfttofi 5 on under D, 1 82. 1. a ^^, const, of D^'l cf. V^'i 'above fl^il, for like il^ppn ; on n, S GO. 1; on T 4, 78. 3. ft/root, ftN- , cf. {nnJD in v. 4; on formation. 106. 4. Z>; on j-|^- > > T : _^ < T 2 124. 2. *pj|"l|n, from JHH ; synopsis in Qal ? on repetition of accent, \ 23.' 6. W3H, with for ?| ; cf. iHll^P in v. 4, and *fl*1pX above ; on formation, 110. 7. V. 24. D|P> (for Dp^ T ), see on v. IS.njf?^, the sing, form, is sererc, while D^3^\ the plur. form, is seventy. Y. 25. jnh, see on v. 17. I^Ffi, see on v. 20 ^-f)^' (sath), on Methegh, 18. 4 ; the ~ is a, coming from a+a, n^t^ losing * and contracting and -=r, ^ 94. 1. c. (1) ; 96. Ij^H =^ JllH+l ; T -: - T iJTin becomes I^H, ~ being volatilized, and being heightened, 274ll. 6.(1), (2). T " V. 26. &OH"DA the pronoun inserted thus to emphasize the preceding noun. ^fTlfl, from the root ^H 5 un contracted form *7*?nrT, S 86. 2. c; what stem 7-^jp*?, cf/^jfe^, n'D^ 1 ? ; Qal Inf. const. 5. PARALLELISM IN HEBREW POETRY. rr\y CD * LESSON 38. 141 pp-Dp> D'njnp ^ (5) HAT |-|\ -\-*T" (6) Note 1. The characteristic feature of Hebrew poetry is paral- lelism. Note 2. In this song there are six lines or members ; the second line is, in the main, a repetition of the thought expressed in the first ; the fourth, a repetition of the third ; hence the parallelism in the case of the first and second, and of the third and fourth members is called synonymous. Note 3. The same relation, however, does not exist between the fifth and sixth, the latter being necessary to complete the thought of the former; such parallelism is called synthetic. Note 4. Another kind of parallelism not illustrated in this pas- sage is the antithetic, in which the second member is in contrast with the first. 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. $ 36. 1, The shortening of vowels. 2. \ 36. 2, 3, The heightening and volatilization of vowels. 3. $ 36. 4, 5, The attenuation of a ; the deflection of i and ii. 4. 36. 6, 7, The sharpening of & and o ; lengthening or contrac- tion. 5. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 111120 in Lists III. and IV. 5. EXERCISES. 1. Explain in writing (1) the shortening which has taken place in ?. Ifi?** 1 ??, 10^; (2) the heightening, in n^\ TNH, ?& "vtain, ana, DW, jnr, rrn>; o) the volatilization, nry, aryft 0^4, jp$r\> DJj^fvsJfp; (4) the 142 LESSON 39. tion, in rO#?, Dj} PpH, pj ; (5) the deflection, in ^pH, lahi ^P#n ; ( 6 ) the sharpening, in iQN, D(T; W the lengthening (contraction), in Jf), Hi VTX fg>, Dip, 2. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) jffcar ye (m.) m?/ voice, give ear to that which Ot$^S>"DN) ^ *^a?Z ay; (2) Adah and Zillah were the wives of Lantech; (3) Why didst thou hill the man whom I sent to theef (4) Cain was avenged seven-fold; (5) He gave him to God; (6) They began (Hiph.) to call on the name of God. 3. To be written with points and vowel-signs : Verses 23-26 of Genesis IV., from the unpointed text, 4. To be written out in tabular form: The result of the following changes, the heightening of a, i, u ; the volatilization of a, i, ii ; the attenuation of a, and the deflection of i, ii ; the sharpening of e and 6 ; the contraction of a-\-a, a-\-i{y) y a-\-u(w)\ the contraction of i-\-i, i-\-y } y-\-i; the contraction of u-\-u, u-\-w, w-\-u. 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) The ending V_. (2) The form of the fem.-ending before suffixes. (3) The Hoph. of verbs |"). (4) The a in the \*y Qal Perfects. (5) The Hoph. of verbs yy. (6) Synonymous parallel- ism. (7) Synthetic parallelism. (8) Antithetic parallelism. (9) Heightening and volatilization. (10) Sharpening and deflection. (11) Shortening and lengthening. (12) Attenuation, LESSON XXXIX.-REVIEW. 7. WORD-REVIEW. 1. Arrange in alphabetical order the roots of all verbal forms, both old and new, occurring in the third and fourth chapters. 2. Arrange in alphabetical order the nominal forms of these chapters, using in each case the form of the absolute state. LESSON 39. 143 3. Arrange in alphabetical order the various particles, preposi- tions and adverbs occurring in these chapters. 2. VERSE-REVIEW. 1. Pronounce the pointed text of each verse until it can be read aloud rapidly and without hesitation. 2. Write out on paper the unpointed text, one verse at a time, and then, without the aid of either pointed text or translation, insert the necessary points and vowel-signs. Compare the result with the pointed text, and note the mistakes ; repeat the exercise till each verse can be pointed without mistake. S. GRAMMAR-REVIEW. 1. Compare the forms of the Qal Perf. (3 m. sg.) as they appear in the strong verb and in the various classes of weak verbs, 104. 1. Perfect. 2. Compare the forms of the Qal Impf. stem yaq-tiil (3 m. sg.) as they appear in the strong verb and in the various classes of weak verbs, 3 104. 1. Impf. with o. 3. Compare the same of the stem yaq-tal, and of yaq-til, $ 104. 1. 4. Compare the forms of the Hiph'il Perf. and Impf. (3 m. sg.) as they appear in the strong verb, and in the various classes of weak verbs, I 104. 3. 5. Compare the forms of the Niph'al Perf. and Impf. (3 m. sg.) as they appear in the strong verb and in the various classes of weak verbs, 2 104. 4. Note. This includes (1) the statement of the forms, and (2) an explanation of the vowel-changes which are seen in each form. i 4. EXERCISES. To be translated into Hebrew : 7. He made man in the sixth day, and rested in the seventh day. 2. He will sanctify the seventh day, and will rest in it. 144 LESSON 40. 3. The woman will eat the fruit, and of it she will give to her husband, who will eat with her. 4. In the day of your ruling the earth. 5. This is the day in which Jehovah spoke to the man. 6. Let us make for ourselves large girdles. 7. I gave her fruit, and we ate. 8. She gave him fruit, and he ate. 9. Cursed is the earth, because thou didst eat from this tree. 10. God made known to the woman that the man should rule over her. 11. I shall call the name of my wife Eve. 12. We found in the field the fruit which God commanded not to eat. 13. The man will serve the ground whence he was taken. IJf. I shall put forth my hand and take the fruit and eat. 15. The woman conceived and bare a son. 16. Did not Abel bring to Jehovah from the firstlings of his flock f 17. The blood of thy brother hath cried out to God. 18. And Cain went out from Eden, and dwelt in the land of Nod. 19. Abel was the son of Eve, and Tubal Cain was the son of Zillah. 20. Why didst thou kill the man whom I sent to thee? * LESSON XL-GENESIS V. 1-16. 7. NEW WORDS. (i) "iflD, (2) rrn, (3) D>^V, (4) tp, (5) *m (6) ro, (8) ygTj, (9) tran, (id) jnp' , UD rn&y. o w',* u'2) 2. NOTES. . 1. H$D Pit This (is the) book-of ; this book would be tfjDn nrt l ?1f) (= taw-l is definite, Principle 4 JO?, Qal Inf. const, of JO3. Y. 2. D*O?, on I 74. 1. 6. (1) ; on under % 3 74. 1. 5. (2) ; on under K, \ 74. 1. c. N. 1 TpD'X 82 80. 1. a; 21. 3; 36. 1. a ;. DNISn, the first , Methegh, the" second Silluq ; on D. f., g IT : |T 75. 2 ; the Q__, same as in Dfr'O?' T. 3. >nn, for rpftl from fTf! ?^e, as 'PH for nVTl from mi be. i"0iy JlXpi trC^W' lit., thirty and a hundred of year; note that (ffthe word for tfwrfy is the plural of three l^ 1 ?^), (2) the word for hundred is const., (3) the word for year is sg. 1^1*1, Hiph. of -T*pj (-fr ), 90. 3. 6; on for , 21. 3 ; 36. 1. a; on for __, U3. 3. R. V. 4. *p*, 132. 12. ^niSt, noun in plur. const, used as a preposition, k 135. 3. a. ll^lfl, Hiph. Inf. const, (for haw-lidh) with suffix *). jll^DI D^^} 5 see the various forms of these words, 132. 9, 10. Vs. 5, 6. 'ft, Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. of the yy root "fl, g 86. 1. nbjl (way-ya-moth), pausal for HO^ 2 94. 2. R. 4 DOt^' ^'DH, the numeral sg. in form, the subst. plural. Vs. 810. rr\&y D^riC^' lit., ^o ten = twelve; D^rit^, a con- traction of D'f)^ (cf. *n^',' ch. IV. 19), and fT]^, a' form of n^ ^^.-o^n, pi. of n^^'n or lit.,^e ten = fifteen, cf. above. Vs. 13, 16. DE P lur - of ^JJ? or plur. of ntW or 3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. V. 4. JT^In **yy& After his begetting = after he had begotten. Principle 19. Where the Hebrew uses a preposition and an Infinitive, the English prefers a conjunction and a finite verb. V. 6.-D^tran; V. 7,-' Five years; seven years; ten years. 146 LESSON 40. Principle 20. With the numerals 310 the noun is put in tho plural. Principle 21. The numerals 3 10 assume the secondary or masculine form, when the noun is feminine. [DOJ^ is feminine, though it has a masculine ending.] v. 6.-njB> wvftv\ v- 9.-rotf own; T. ii.-ouw' rOt^ Thirty years; ninety years; seventy years. Principle 22. The tens, formed by changing |"[ of the units to D> (except D**")i^j7 twenty, from *]&$ ten), have the accompa- nying noun in the singular. 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. 133. General view, The numerals 110, 11, 12, 2090, 100, 1,000. 2. 133. 18, The formation and use of the Cardinals. 3. 133. 9 12, The formation and use of the Ordinals. 4. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 121130 in List IV. 5. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) Seven years; (2) Nine years; (3) Forty years; (4) Sixty years; (5) Three sons; (6) Three daughters; (7) Thirty sons and thirty daughters; (8) Forty days and forty nights; (9) Four heads; (10) Fifty days; (11) The seven stars; (12) Seven of 1 the stars; (13) Four seasons; (14) Twenty-seven days; (15) One hundred and fifty-nine years, 2. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) This (is) a good look; (2) This good look ivas given to me; (3) In his own likeness God created man; (4) In the day that God made earth and heaven (Heb. order, In day of making of God}] (5) In the day that God created man (Heb. order, In day of creating of God man); (6) After he had begot- ten a son (Heb., after his begetting a son); (7) And the man lived The word of after a cardinal must be expressed by JD. LESSON 41. 147 three hundred and forty-eight years; (8) And he begat four sons and three daughters, and he died; (9) And all the days of the man which he lived upon the face of the earth after he had begotten sons, were nine hundred and ninety-nine years. 3. To be written : A transliteration of verses 1 and 2 of chap- ter V. 4. To be written : A verbal form of the Qal Imperfect 3 m. sg. in each of the classes of weak verbs. 5. To be written : The numerals 1 10 in English letters. 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Position and agreement of the demonstrative. (2) Nouns formed by prefixing ]"! (3) The vowel-changes in D^tOp- (4) Apocopation of ft"*? Imperfects. (5) Position and agreement of numerals. (6) Y'fl Hiph'ils. (7) Prep, with plur. form. (8) y n y Qal Perf. 3 m. sg. (9) \'y Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. with Waw consec. in pause. (10) Formation of numerals 2090. (11) The various forms of the word for one hundred. (12) The form of the numerals 3 10 with fern, nouns, with masc. nouns. LESSON XLI.-GENESIS V. 17-32. 7. NEW WORDS. (i) om, (2) n^p, (3) T T . 2. NOTES. Vs. 17-21. ^\ on Methegh, 18. 5 ; on -r-, 78. 2. 6. R. 2; on omission of third radical, $ 100. 2; on syn. in Qal, 3 102. 4. tfy?n used with a fern, noun ; form with masc. noun, n^DH ; ordinal, ^DPJ D'fi^', fern, of D.^' ; cf. >jp^', ch. iv" 19. rtfttf fiKOI lit., and-(&}-hundred-of'year. H'Vl (v. 21), pausal for 148 LESSON 41. Vs. 2224. rHVl, form and synopsis ? force of Hithpa'el expressed here by the word live ^-^3 'PH, D. 1. in 3 after disj. accent ; verb in sg. agreeing with ^3, while in v. 17 it was pi., agreeing with iff 11IPJO (w e 'e-nen-nu), T Qn *_, 127. 2. K 1; on ^_ (/on =-, 2 74. 2. c. (2).-btj^?p, made up of JQ, H^p (2 H8. 1), and ^. JIDVJ???^ made U P of 1 ^ 49 ' 2 )' P ^ 48/2),' and the const, state of ftiyj?, the becoming S e wa, 125. 3. WT, sg. T, J, Q*1* ; before suffixes the old construct ending ay is used ; this be- fore^ is contr. to e, I 124. 3. b rFT\$ ('e-r a rah) ? Pfel Perf. 3 m. sg. of the '5 gut., 'y gut. and yy verb T]K cwrse; for 1^^, but 1 refuses D. f. ( 80. 1. a), hence ""HK 5 fl is contracted to H_, ? 74. 1. c. N. 2. " n^K *)^^ lit., w/'c/i cursed-her Jehovah = which Jehovah cursed. 3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. V. 27. rEftflQ ^^"3 r*l -4d WERE a// #Ae f^?/s o/ --iv : : T : |-- Methusaleh. V. 31. I ^"^ *JTV^-4^ WAS a?/ the days of Lamech. Principle 23. The verb in such cases as these may be placed either in the singular or in the plural. V. 29. * lTt "R Which Jehovah cursed. Principle 24. When the relative is governed by a verb, it stands at the beginning of the clause and the appropriate pro- nominal suffix is attached to the verbal form. 1 i In the majority of cases, however, the pronominal suffix is not employed. LESSON 41. 149 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. 2 105. 1 5, What is included in inflection of nouns. 2. 106. 1, 2, Strong and weak Segholates. 3. \ 107. 1, 2, Nouns with two, originally short, vowels. 4. 3 108. 1, 2, Nouns with one short and one long vowel. 5. i 109. 1 3, Nouns with one long and one short vowel. 6. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 131140 in List IV. Note. In the study of noun-formation, copy promiscuously, on a slip of paper, nouns of various classes, and then take up each noun and classify it, noting (1) its root with the meaning of the same, (2) the original vowels used in its formation, (3) the changes which these original vowels have suffered, (4) the force of the formation, (5) the meaning of the word. 5. EXERCISES. 1. Form nouns as follows : (1) From ^13, a ^-class Segholate, a noun of the third class (a a); (2) from fc^'"T!"Ti a w-class Segholate, a noun of the second class, (a a); (3) from ^Ifl, an a-class Seghol- ate, a it-class Segholate (masc. and fern.), a noun of the fourth class (a i), a noun of the second class (a i); (4) from "OJ^ an a-class Segholate, a fern, noun of the third class (a a); (5) from jfttf, a -class Segholate, a fern, noun of the third class (i u), a noun of the third class (a a), two nouns of the second class (a a, a i); (6) from pHft, an t-class and a w-class Segholate, a noun of the third class (a a); (7) from ^p, a noun of the second class (a i), a noun of the third class (a a). 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) Will Noah comfort Lantech from the work of his hands? (2) God cursed (Pi'el) the ground which he had created; (3) I will walk (Hithpa'el) with God, wlio created (Heb., the one creating] the heavens and the earth; (4) The sorrow of Cain was exceedingly great; (5) The man whom God cursed will die. 150 LESSON 42. 3. To be written: A transliteration of verses 28 and 29 of chapter V. 4. To be written : A verbal form of the Hiph'il Perf . 3 m. sg. in each of the classes of weak verbs. 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. U) The Qal Impf's of fTfi, fTll. (2) The word D 1 W- (3) T T T T 'J- : Various forms of the word for one hundred. (4) Particles with verbal suffixes. (5) Synopsis of Dtl^ in Pi'el. (6) Synopsis of T1X in Pi'el. (7) Mappiq. (8) ^4-class, /-class, Z7-elass Segholates. (9) Guttural, ] n y, yy, Y'y, i"y and ft"*? Segholates. (10) Feminine Segholates. (11) Meaning of Segholates. (12) Nouns with two short vowels. (13) Nouns with one short and one long vowel. (14) Nouns with one long and one short vowel. LESSON XLII.-GENESIS VI. 1-8. 7. NEW WORDS. (2) *m o) pn 3 (4) && (in the text, om (5) (6) 113J, (7) ^, (8) natr'qip, Ofn 1 ?, (10) pi (ID Dm (in NXph.), T V. 1. ^lin, for *7^nn, but the ^'s contract and goes to fl, 2 86. 1. ft; on -77- under H, 2 86. 2. 6; synopsis in Hiph.? prep. *? with pretonic a ; ^h, for DD^, 2 86. 1; synopsis in Qal? T. 2. !| JO*}, Qal Impf . 3 m. pi. of HJO ; on loss of third radical (), 100. 2.-^3 and Hl^?, constructs' o> D^3, ni^.-nbb, cf. DID, HDICD, D*31D, niDlb ; 6 written defectively. n^H, D. f. firmative", 22 15. 6 ; 50. 3. e.^m*) (way-yi-q e hu), from fm fa&e; t_ I : ' ~ on assim. of 7, i 84. 2. R. 2 ; on omission of D. f ., and Raphe, LESSON 42. 151 II 14. 2; 16. 2; synopsis in Qal? D^l * 132. 7 Ylp^, pausal for nra. Y. 3. fn>, unusual for fnV Qal Impf . 3 in. sg. of JH ./wfoe, rule, (or, perhaps, remain], 94. 1. a. (1). DJKO'i ra ther to be read OJ!t^5 == ^ (their) wandering ; the traditional rendering ^TI that also is based on the analysis 3 in, $ = ^J0$ that ( 53. 2), Q^ afoo VJD>, cf. V?N, VJS, 2 124. 3. d~ Y. 4. ^t^'N ?5"^in^ lit., o/Ver so, toAe?i = afterwards, when. ^KD*? f- the paradigm-form ^Ip*; the 6 is for a, the form corres- ponding to yaq-tal, not yaq-tiil ; JO^ = fcO_* = KD>, 94. 2. R. 3 ; the Impf. designates habitual action in past time. D^lDJHT 8 HO. 5. c. D^iy, 109. 1 >&r;N, const, of D^'^, which is plur. of Bty$, 132. 5. V. 5. Jl^, an adj. fern, sg. 2 from ^ = 55"), 2S 106. 2. c; 125. 5. z>. njinr const - of nj^i. ^v,!' ^ 100 ' L ^ riii^'nQ, const. pi. of nS^rjlp IS 1 ?, an T y^'i'-class Segholate ; D 1 ? - 55^, 106. 2. c; 125. 5. 6. Vs. 6-8. Dfin 22 21. 3; 68. 1. a.-^fn, cf. ^^1 in ch. V. 22. nn9K, on n_, 100. 1. 6 ^HXSi on repeated ac- cent, \ 23. 6 ; on under K, 8. 3. a 'JlpHl for ^pH^, the second j being assimilated and the D. f. implied in fl " Niph. Perf. 1 c. sg. of DrO i Niph. = repent, Pi'el (ch. V. 29) = comfort DrVbU?, on instead of , 2 74. 1. 6. (1) ; the i with J1, written defectively ^^3, on first ^, 125. 5. a; on second '_, 1 123. 5. 5. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. V. 4. Diin QW^In the days the those = In those days. " T ' T ~ Principle 25. The personal pronoun is used as the remote de- monstrative (that, those), and as such stands after its noun, agreeing with it in gender, number and definiteness. 1 Perhaps jiT would better be classed with Kl'3% and the o regarded as an obscuration of a, in a stative form, 94. 2. R. 3. 2 The Qal Perf. 3 f . sg. of 31^ would 152 LESSON 42. 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. 110, Nouns with second radical reduplicated. 2. g 113, 114, Nouns with Q prefixed; their signification. 3. 115, Nouns with f"l prefixed. 4. 116, Nouns formed by means of affixes. 5. $ 119, Nouns formed from other nouns. 6. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 141 153 in List IY. Note. In the study of noun-formation, copy promiscuously, on a slip of paper, nouns of various classes, and then take up each noun and classify it, noting (1) its root, with the meaning of the same, (2) the original vowels used in its formation, (3) the changes which these original vowels have suffered, (4) the force of the formation, (5) the meaning of the word. 5. EXERCISES. 1. Form nouns as follows : (1) from "itf?, a noun with ft pre- fixed (a a), and one with j"l (a i) ; (2) from ^Otf, a fern, w-class Segholate, a noun with ft prefixed (a a) ; (3) from *]t^n? a ^-class Segholate, a noun with ft prefixed (a a) ; (4) from *i^Jl,an a-class Segholate, a noun with second radical doubled (i a) ; (5) from *)Qf, an a-class Segholate, a fern, t-class Segholate, a noun with ft pre- fixed (i a) ; (6) from *"))Dj an i-class Segholate, a noun with ft prefixed (i a). 2. To be translated into Hebrew: The daughters of men were exceedingly fair QltO) ; (2) Mankind multiplied; (3) We chose wives from all the daughters of men; (4) / have found favor in his eyes; (5) From eternity unto eternity I am God; (6) I grieved in my heart; (7) I will not repent that I have made them; (8) Those heroes are the men of renown (name). 3. To be written : A transliteration of verses 1, 2 of chapter VI. 4. To be written : A verbal form of the Hiph'il Iinpf. 2 m. sg. in each of the classes of weak verbs. LESSON 43. 153 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) yy Hiph'ils. (2) The loss of ' in verbs ft"*?. (3) The vari- ous forms of the words' for son, daughter. (4) The personal pro- nouns. (5) The demonstrative pronouns. (6) The words fj-J* and DJt^3' (7) The words meaning his faces, his nostrils, his days, his eyes. (8) The Impf. of habitual action in past time. (9) yy /-class Segholates. (10) The remote demonstratives. (11) Nouns with second radical reduplicated. (12) Nouns with Q prefixed. (13) Nouns with fi prefixed. (14) Nouns with affixes. (15) Nouns formed from other nouns. LESSON XLIII.-GENESIS VI. 9-15. 7. NEW WORDS. (i) pntf, (2) D'Dfi, (3) m (4) nW, (5) Don, (6) ron, )- T -T TT T " (7) -1&3, (8) |p, (9) 1D, (10) pH, (ID Iftb, (12) rrON, (13) rh, ownaip. - J T ) . P. /l/OTTS. 52. i. d-n-fpin, i us. a-vnni? = a) 5, (2) *Tj^, (3) hf, (4) V_ (cf. V)K); on the pi. ending V_ after the pi. ending 6th, 124. 4 and N,-pHV, $ 110 6-~ D^Oli 2 108. 1. &. "Kri'DN, here the prep. w;^A, not the sign of the def. object. Vs. 10, 11. -fti-vj, gg 90. 3. 6; 73. 3. a. (2), (3).-nn^'n_1, Syn- opsis? N^Drn, Synopsis? Ys. 12, 13. nnhl^'l pausal for Hnr|^, Niph. Perf. 3 f. of 5 Synopsis ? n^^n, Synopsis? 13TT, from ^T\ ; cf. V and 10% lO (ba 5 ), either Perf. or Part, in form, 94. 1. c. (1). ^|fr 124. 3! a. (1). HN^O, Synopsis?- ^^ni, the adverbial particle fjl or ,1^*1 with a verbal suffix, 134. 2. a. OH' WO, Hiph. part, of H W, with suf. Q . 154 LESSON 4 3. Vs. 14, 15. fifcy? (< a se), 100. 1. /. rGfi, const, of r the being unchangeable. *JfJ^> const, of D'VI?' cf. *J)) ^ rom D^|). D>Jp, plur. of |p, an y"'y i-class Segholate, 125. 5. I; cf. 3*7- mfiDl, with ace. on ultima, 73. 3. b; cf. change from JT : - (T : ult. to penult in *)Q^X ^HDI J")*5P' f rom house and from out- side = within and without nt^fl/cf. H^j (ch. I. 26). n^rP (roh-bah), on (o) under "), 2 127.'"l. K 2;' on'n_, S 124. 1. II. I/ T 5. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. V. 10. D^ riVhW Three sons. Principle 26. When the substantive is masculine, the feminine form of the numeral is employed ; and when the numeral is a unit, the plural form of the substantive is employed. T. 15. J1J1N ntyyf) *\$$ n$And this is (the manner in) which (= this is how) thou slialt make it. Principle 27. The antecedent of the relative must in many cases be supplied from the context. 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. 120, Various ways of forming noun-stems. 2. \ 121. 1. a, Z>, Relics of the nominative case-ending u. 3. 121. 2. a d, Relics of the genitive case-ending i. 4. 121. 3. a, The accus. ending a, in the form of He directive. 5. 121. 3. Z>, The accus. ending a as a so-called connecting vowel. 6. I 121. 3c,c7, Other traces of the accusative case-ending. 7. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 154166 in List IV. 5. EXERCISES. 1. Point out the relics of case-endings in the following words: pN-inrr, ^N, rrs, 'n 1 ?? 1 ?, mo 1 ?, i^p 1 ?, ^p 1 ?, ?phr, up 1 ?* LESSON 44. 155 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) Noah had (Heb., were to Noah) three sons; (2) The sons of Noah icere not righteous; (3) The earth was corrupt, and it was full of violence; (4) The way of all flesh was corrupt; (5) God will destroy the earth and all who dwell upon it; (6) Thou shalt make a house; its length shall be twenty cubits, its breadth, twelve cubits, its height, twenty-four cubits. 3. To be written : A transliteration of verses 14 and 15 of chapter VI. 4. To be written : A verbal form of the Niph'al Perfect 3 m. sg. in each of the classes of weak verbs. 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) The demonstrative pronoun. (2) Nouns formed by reduplica- tion of second radical. (3) ~fiK, a preposition. (4) The 6 of V) Hiph'ils. (5) The characteristics of the Niph'al Impf . (6) Primary form of -w-class Segholates. (7) Adverbs with verbal suffixes. (8) The e of ft"*? Imv's. (9) y"y i-class Segholates. (10) Change of accent after Waw Consec. of Perfect. (11) The form of w-class Segholates before pron. suffixes. (12) Relics of the nominative case-ending. (13) Relics of the genitive case-ending. (14) The He Directive. (15) Other relics of the accusative case-ending. LESSON XLIV.-GENESIS VI. 16-22. 7. NEW WORDS. D'cj^', en 'TDD, (8) jru, o) Dip, do) nn UD *]DN. 2. NOTES. V. 16. *lp(y, 106. 1. c.fttyyf\ (ta-' a se), on under fl, I 78. 2. a; on the under y, I 78. 3. b; on H , 100 1- & H^n, made up of (1) H^Dfl, of which ft is dropped, (2) H^_ , TJV - : v - : v TJV 156 LESSON 44. which is for H^l _ H being assimilated backwards, $$ 75. 3; 74. 2. c. (3) and Notes!, 2 ; cf. ^y} (ch. II. 2). fl^^O (mi-lma'-la), made up of fp, *?, ^#0 and H directive ; note (1) the Raphe, (2) Zaqeph qaton, (3) simple S e wa under y\ on H_, 121. 3. . HIV? (b"gid-dah), from IV w ith su ^- H _ the original = being attenuated in sharpened syl. D^D? Qal Impf . 2 m. sg. of the *"y verb D*t^ P^- ntS^/Di same as the word above, with pron. suf . H* V. 17. 3tfl (wa-' a ni), 49. 3; 50. 3. d; here emphatic, being cut off by R'bhfe)'. JST, a particle with verbal suffix, I 134. 2. H becomes nbp TjriK) pausal for ^r){<, the prep. J"1J< w*'^/ cf. ^nj^, in which = jlJSt, the sign of the def. object. fl&OI, Qal Perf. 2 m. sg. of Nl3> w T ith Waw consecutive. Ys.19, 20. ^fin, instead of 'flfl with D. f. implied. ^jl, Hiph. Impf. 2 m. sg. ; ^Qf\ = Wyr\ = N'Jp - ^JT), S 94. 1. I and 2. a nVfin'p, Hiph. Inf. const, of fTf! ; on fll, 100. 1. c. IfcO', a seemingly irreg. Qal Impf. 3 m. pi. of #]%* Ys. 21, 22. np, Qal Imv. of Up 1 ?, I 84. 2. R. 2.- t %pN, S2 113. 1; 114. 2.^^, I 78. 1. llgDNIi ^ n the shifting of 'tone, 73. 3. I; on MethSgh, 18. 1. Tfjy '^'el Perf. 3 m. sg. of command; on , 59. 1. a; on j"f _ , 100. 1. a. T 5. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. V. 17. tf>5 Vpfl J<\ Jjzd /, 6eAoZtZ /a?7i a&o?^^ to bring. Principle 28. The Participle is often used to designate an action which is to take place in the immediate future. LESSON 44. 15T V. 17. D'PBfTriJ* The flood, (that is) water; withe flood of water. Principle 29. A noun in the construct state cannot receive the article ; hence, in cases like this, the second noun must be in appo- sition with the first. 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. 122. 1, 4, The masculine singular and plural. 2. 122. 2.a c, The three-fold treatment of the original fern, affix fi, 3. I 122. 3, 5, The fern, plural and the dual. 4. Word-Lists, The verbs numbered 167180 in List IV. 5. EXERCISES. 1. To be written : (1) Masc. and fern, sg., masc. and fern. pi. of UJtD good, of V"M great; (2) Fern. pi. of jTJK sign, TjtfD luminary; (3) Dual of ]<> eye. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) Behold^ lam about to rain upon the earth; (2) / will destroy all flesli in which is the spirit of lives; (3) Tliou didst establish (== cause to stand) a covenant with me; (4) Will he Iceep the covenant which he established with themf (5) Male and female they shall enter the. ark, and for tJiem thou shalt take food which may be eaten; (6) Noah, collected food in order to preserve alive the fowl and the beast($} and the cattle, and all that was in the ark. 3. To be written : A transliteration of verses 18 and 19 of chapter VL 4. To be written : The Niph'al Perf. 3 m. sg., and Impf . 3 m. sg. of a verb of each of the weak classes, 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) The tt of ft" 1 ? Impfs. (2) The suffix ,13 (3) He direct- ive. (4)Raphe". (5) Zaqeph qaton. (6) The Qal Impf. of verbs *"y. (7) *) before a guttural with S e wa. (8) The vowel-changes in (9) *y gut, Pi'els. (10) The vowel-points in TlbpnV (H) 158 LESSON 45. between HJtf with, and flK sign of def. object. (12) ') gut. Niph- 'als. (13) The retention of the original ]") (14) A later usage of j"! (15) The origin of ft . (16) Affixes for plur. fern, and mase., and for the dual. LESSON XLV.-GENES1S VII. 1-8. 7. NEW WORDS. (i) Tintp, (2) my, (3) DUEH& (4) rrre, (5) Dip?. V 2. NOTES. V. 1. 10NJ5, 2 88. 1. N3, on synopsis in Qal, 2 102. 3.- , on rj, U25. 5. a; on , 124. 1. a. (2). TWO, the * be- ing attenuated from e, 100. 3. b Of) 1 ? to my /aces, on *__, 124. 3. a. (1). "VIT on 6, 30. 6. c. vs. 2, s. rnintp, 2 122. 2. c.-Nin, 2 50. 3. a.-rri*rfp, pri Inf. const, of ITfl ; c'f. nVflH in ch. VI. 20. Vs. 4, 5. *Vtpp, synopsis in Hiph'il ; cf. Principle 28. DV D^3^^, the numeral being plur. in form, the subst. is sg. WTOI, on >_ (cf. VTiO above), i 100. 3. 6; from nfTO D^lp^l T ; T T T | : - (ha-y e qum), on omission of D. f. from *, 14. 2; on formation, \ 112. 3.-^H^^, on i, i 100. 3. >; cf. WHO, and 'ma-li"^ for ni^ and !)H ; = 1HX H^ (VI. 22).' T * T * Vs. 7, 8. KD^X see synopsis, 102. 3 ; the 6 is obscured from a, ND* being for JO3?5 the *| being elided, a becomes a, and this 6, I 94. 2. K. 3 VJ11, on V_, 2 124. 3. d 1HN ^^/i /m; cf. 1HX = xjwb. ntfft for rrrpN ; on ^__, 2 125. 5. a; on j_, 2 74. TV.V " T V I "J- 2. c. N. 1 ; on the contraction, Jl3_, i 74. 2. c. N. 2 ; on particle with suff., 2 134. 2. c. 3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. V. 2. ,1^5^' HJDg'' /Seven, sere?i = by sevens. ' Two, two = by twos, in pairs. LESSON 45. 159 Principle 30. "Words are often repeated in order to express the distributive relation. Y. 5.j-tft# rftND tW'D nil And Noah (was) the son of six T T ' v ~ : hundred years = And Noah was six hundred years old. Principle 31. In Hebrew "time is viewed as the parent of that which is produced within it, and a person or thing as the offspring of the time during which he or it has existed." 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. 2 123. 1, 2, The Absolute and Construct states. 2. I 123. 3, Substitution of H_ for j"f_ in the construct. 3. I 123. 4, Restoration of original j"|_ in the construct. 4. I 123. 5, Substitution of *_ for D V and D?_ 5. 2 123. 5. N. Explanation of the Construct form. 6. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 181194 in List IV. 5. EXERCISES. 1. To be written : The corresponding construct forms of flj^l, njpp, rrn, nrj, DU^, ron, rrjw', 005. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) The shepherd of the flock icas a good man; (2) What did God call the collection of waters f (3) The eyes of the man were opened and he saw; (4) Noah's ark was made of gopher wood; (5) Noah took into the ark of the clean cattle and of the cattle which were not clean; (6) The man was forty years old; (7) God rained upon the earth forty days and forty nights. 3. To be written in English letters: Verses 1, 2 of chapter VII. 4. To be written -.Synopses of the verbs in \ 836, numbered 3, 5, 8, 14, in the various stems in which these verbs are there said to occur. 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) The 6 of verbs tf"fl. (2) Synopsis in Qal of tfO. (3) *"y Segholates before suffixes. (4) The i of fl" 1 ? Perf s before consonant 160 LESSON 46. terminations. (5) Omission of D. f. (6) The vowels in (7) Explanation of the Construct form. (8) The substitution of Pi for ,1, of >_ for D'_ and D V- W Tlie restoration of fi_ in the construct. LESSON XLVI.-GENESIS VII. 9-16. 7. NEW WORDS. (D tf#, (2) urjn, (3) nt^-njn:?, (4) ypa (5) (6) rtri^, (7) nns, J (8) D#I (9) tv, < 10 ) W$ 2. NOTES. Ys. 9, 10. ?)JO, synopsis, 2 102. 3 Ig^J, according to the manner which, the prep, governing the antecedent of the relative. D*P*n fryytfo m., to the heptad of days, the numeral being in const, relation with the subst. *}, const, of D^D- Vs. 11, 12. n^'?, on i, I 47. 2; abs., ?W', const., fy# the T" being volatilized, and Jl_ restored, ^ 122. 2. JT)ND~^i on Methegh, 18. 4; cardinal for ordinal, 133. K 11. 'Tf, const, of D'TT, 2 123. 5.-!|j;jp3i Niph. Perf. 3 pi. of ypi - n'1T JfJD, const, of n'^JifD, a denominative from f^_, 119. 2. ,13*1, fern. of adj. D1 5 on'the D. f., 125. 5. &.-infi?ti pausal fo I 38. 1. Dt^4 (ge-sem) an a-class Segholate. Vs. 13, 14. n-rn DVn very day. DHK? the original i being found in a sharpened syl. 50/1; on D. f. firmative, I 15. 6 ,Tnn, ^ 18 - 1; 45. 2. , 2S 16- 1; 124. 1. a. (1) and R. l.-^^?, 2 124. 1. b. (1). ' on formation, 2 110. 5. c. > > Ts. 15, 16. D^tJ^ D^C^i repetition giving a distributive sense. -ni^H, cf. n^?P (H^Sl.-D^^n, Qal Part. act. pi. of Part, with article = a relative clause : /iose that went in. * with i atten. from a, and o heightened from ii, 66. 1. a, and 2. (ba-' a dho), prep. 1^3 around, behind, with suff. 1 him. LESSON 46. 161 3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. V. 9. "ft H1V ""^Np According to (that) wldcli God com- manded. Principle 32. When Ifc^'N follows a preposition, the preposi- tion governs, not the relative, but its antecedent. V. 11. n^' niK9~^ M^? In ( tne ) y* f * ix hundred years = in the six hundredth year. Principle 33. There are no ordinals above ten; hence the cardi- nals must serve as ordinals, whenever the context demands. V. 13. fign DITTOS' 1 ! fib JO Went in Noah and Shem and Ham and Japhet. Principle 34. The predicate of several subjects united by and may stand either in sing, or plur., but it is generally in sing, when it precedes. 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. 124. Tabular View, The noun D1D with pron. suffixes. 2. 124. 1. a, b, and R's, Masc. nouns in the sing, with suffixes. 3. 3 124. 2, Fern, nouns in the sing, with suffixes. 4. i 124. 3. a d, Masc. nouns in the plur. with suffixes. 5. 124. 4, Fern, nouns in the plur. with suffixes. 6. Word-Lists, Verbs numbered 195208 in'List IV. 5. EXERCISES. 1. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) His day, 7ier day, your (m.) day, thy (f.) day, our day, their (m.) day, thy (m.) day; (2) Thy lives, her lives, his lives, thy (f.) lives, our lives, my lives, your lives; (3) My saying, her saying, your (m.) saying, our saying; (4) My signs, your signs, our signs, their signs, thy signs; (5) My father, thy brother, our father, your father, thy mouth, Jier mouth. 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) Our Father who (art) in heaven; (2) Take with thee into the ark thy father and thy sons and thy daughters; (3) The fowl according to his kind and the beast ac- 162 LESSON 47. cording to her kind shall enter the ark two by two; (4) Everything in which is the spirit of life shall expire; (5) Iivas born in the eigh- teen hundredth year of our Lord, in the seventh month, on the twenty- fourth day of the month; (6) The waters of the flood were upon the earth many days. 3. To be written : A transliteration of verses 13 and 14 of chap- ter VII. 4. To be written : An exact statement of the origin and force of the following suffixes (including the ending of the stem): (1) v_, (2) rr_, (3) rp-, (4) w_, (5) i, (6) n_, (7) *_, (8) rr_, T T -iv -J- -i" T ) : (9) D_, (10) VU. 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) A preposition with the Relative pronoun. (2) Use of cardi- nals for ordinals. (3) Denominatives formed by prefixing ft. (4) yy stems with affixes. (5) The prep. fitf with suffixes. (6) The pronominal suffixes. (7) Qal Part's act. of verbs ]"y. (8) The orig- inal vowels in *"Up*. (9) Agreement of predicate. (10) Suffixes attached to the stem-ending a. (11) Suffixes attached to the stem- ending e (from i). (12) Suffixes attached to the stem-ending T. (13) The various forms assumed by the old construct ending ay be- fore suffixes. (14) Plural feminines with pronominal suffixes. LESSON XLVII.-GENESIS VII. 17-24. 7. NEW WORDS. (i) on (2) *m (3) HDD, (4) nrr, (5) rm (6) rtrn (7) - - . 2. NOTES. Vs. 17, 18. to*VX on rejection of the third radical *) or *, 2 100. 2. *|KJ5^ (wSy-yi-s'u), from Nb^ ; J assimilated, but D. f. lost, \ 14. 2 ; the S c wa remains vocal, the preceding syl. being half- LESSON 47. 163 open. D*irn (wat-ta-rom), the second , being in an unaccented T VT "" closed syl., must be o ; usual form of }"y Qal Impf., is with 1, e. g., D*njl 1 but with Waw consec., o is employed, which becomes o whe^the tone is removed, I 94. 2. R. 4. rOJ*, (1) ', (2) *QJ, the root, (3) % Ys. 19, 20. !)D31, (1) } with D. f. lost from *, 14. 2 ; (2) ; (3) = passive ; (4) D. f. in D intensive ; (5) } = plur.; the root being flCO, cf. J|^n (ch. II. D.-DnHH, on the - (e), I 45. 4 D^rQJI? from rt3JJ, 125. 1. a; but Pathah-furtive disappears when H ceases to be final, nor is the Mappiq any longer necessary. n^5f?0, see ch. VI. 16. Vs. 21, 22. y}^\ I 82. 1. a fO?tt (m-s'math), construct of rrD^>-V)K, from~f]X " ^, dual, 1 D^K 5 on V_, S 124. 3. d. n^*nn3 (be-ha-ra-bha), on (e), \ 45. 4 ; under fT, on account of rejection of D. f. from *"), the formation being according to 110. 1 MID, on e under 0, 9*. 2. R. 1. Vs. 23, 24. jl^h, for fiDl?''!! (Q^ Impf.); H^ lost, and a help- ing vowel inserted, 100. 5. 6. (5) ; E-aphe over , to show that no D. f. is to be expected. V?D*1 Niph. Impf. 3 plur., of same root as HD*' "INCS^X another Niph.; tone receding to penult, is shortened to ^, I 21. 3 HDri? IflX, D. 1. in 1 because of preceding disjunctive accent. Q^, sg., although pi. in sense. 3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. V. 19. IKJp *WQ Mightily, mightily. Principle 34. Words are often repeated to express intensity or emphasis. V. 22. VSJQ "Ifc^K ^b All in whose nostrils, etc. Principle 35. The *1&^ which serves as sign of relation for a following pronominal suffix is generally separated from the word to which the suffix is attached by intervening words. 164 LESSON 47. 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. $ 125. I, Stem-changes resulting from shifting of tone one place. 2. 125. 2, Stem-changes resulting from shifting of tone two places. 3. 125. 3, Stem-changes in the singular construct. 4. 3 125. 3. R. 4, Qal act. participles, and nouns with ultimate e. 5. Word-Lists, Nouns numbered 116133 in List VIII. 5. EXERCISES. 1. In the case of ^0 flesh, Dlj/ eternity, write out (1) the const, sg., (2) the form with suffix for my, (3) with suffix for your (m.), (4) the plur. abs., (5) the plur. const., (6) the plur. with the suf- fix for my, (7) with the suffix for your (m.). 2. To be translated into Hebrew : (1) This is my word which 1 have spoken to you; (2) The earth and all which (is) in it is God's; (3) All the mountains were covered, and the waters prevailed upon the earth; (4) Three men were left with him in the ark; (5) The man to (*J) whose word I listened was forty years old; (6) And he destroyed man and beast, creeper and cattle from upon the ground. 3. To be written : A transliteration of verses 22, 23 of ch. VII. 4. To be written -. Exhaustive analyses of (1) D^DHI, (2) onnn, w rhyzfin, (4) TOI-DDI, (5) T |v T *: -i- : T : - |v 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY, (1) Loss of *) or * in verbs P?/ (2) Assimilation of ^ in verbs f"fl. (3) The vowels in Y'Jf Qal Imperfects. (4) The article with . (5) The suffix and ending V_. (6) Each vowel in nb*1 and T -_! - VlD^V (^) !) ! after a disjunctive accent. (8) When does the tone move one place ? (9) When does it move two places ? (10) The vowel-changes in either case. (11) The formation of the singu- lar construct. (12) Nouns with e in the ultima. LESSON 48. 165 LESSON XLVIIL-GENESIS VIII. 1-7. 1. NEW WORDS. (i) igr, (2) i3j, o) rpttf, (4) -op, (5) K, (6) nprr, (7) nj?, (8) TJ, o) ftn, do) ^y, (ID V. 1. < -bp_, i atten. from a, o height, from ii ; Qal Impf. 3 m. sg.; synopsis ? *"OJ^1, on ~ instead of *_, 68. 5. 6. (1); synopsis? 122^1, from Ti5$, 86. 1, and 3; the height, from orig. ; V. T~ I "" T the o with first radical instead of with second; the D. f. represent- ing the contracted radical. Vs. 2, 3. rOp'l, N*ph. Impf. 3 m. plur. of "Op = "UD 75 ' 2. tt^, for to^ ; basis of the form is ^V'! (like yaq-tiil), but w+ii = u, and a in an open syllable becomes a, % 94. 1. a. (1), and 2. a. Tj'frri, Inf. abs.; on 6 (= a), 70. 1. 6. (1). on -T-, 49. 4; on jj{^, Inf. abs., for ^W, I 94. 1. c. (1). on before (1, 78. 2. a; on under Yf, 78. 3. c. (mi-q e ?e), for nVfpP 5 on omis. of D. f ., I 14. 2; on under , instead of , ? 125. 6/5; on ft (e), 123. 3. Vs. 4, 5. mni, from [TO (cf. IHn^l ch. II. 15); usual Impf., , but the form with Waw consec. has o, \ 94. 2. c. E. 4; but the gut. changes the usual 6 to 1 Hpf, const, pi. of Ifl, which is from ^VVl ; hence the iris unchangeable, and stands in the const., %% 125. 5. Z>; 31. 4. N. 2. TJDPT, Inf. abs. ; on 6 (= a), \ 70. 1. b. (1). INni Niph. of n^. ^'N*!, const, plur. ; another case of un- changeable in const. ; irreg. plur. of ^K^, 132. 17. DH^O (he-ha-rim), on the -7- under Hi 3 45. 4. Vs. 6, 7. fin^n, 2 82. I. a rfptyn, on -v under *?, g 82. 1. ft. -NS5i 90 - 2."a! (1).-NW T , 2 .~L ^"(l).-n^, a fern. Inf. const., I 90. 2. 6. R. 1. 166 LESSON 48. 3. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. Y. 3. 2Jtft Tlfrn ____ ^(ff^And they returned, going and re- turning. V. 7. 3^1 KW Wt^And it went forth, going forth and re- T T ' turning. V. 5. TiDtY) Tfrn Vil D^ni And the waters were going on T : | T T -j- - : and diminishing. Principle 36. The Infinitive absolute, coming after a finite verb from the same root, gives to the latter the force of continued and lasting action. This idea of continuance is also expressed by the .use of the verb Tj 1 ??!, in which case the principal idea is added in the form of a second Inf. abs. The thought of the phrases given above is: (1) "They went on going backwards"; (2) "It went re- peatedly to and fro "; (3) "And the waters were abating continually." V. 5. Hrf? "TH^5 >"W#2 In the tenth (month), on the first (lit., one] (day) o/(lit., to] the month. Principle 37. In dates (1) the words day and month are often omitted, (2) the cardinals are often used instead of ordinals, and (3) instead of the construct relation, a periphrastic expression by means of *? is employed. 4. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. \ 125. 4. a/, Stem-changes in the inflection of Segholates. 2. I 125. 5. a, 6, Stem-changes in the inflection of Y'Jf, *>"y and yy Segholates. 3. 125. 6. a, b, Stem-changes in the inflection of H"*? nouns. 4. Word-Lists, Nouns numbered 134 151 in List VIII. 5. EXERCISES. 1. In the case of *, jllO, JVt, pH, HVfJj write (!) S S- const., (2) sing, form with suffix your, (3) plur. abs., (4) plur. const., (5) plur. form with suffix my. LESSON 49. 167 2. To be translated into Hebrew: (1) Remember thou the days in which God blessed thee; (2) God caused the waters to return from upon the earth; (3) He died in the sixth year, in the seventh month, on the fifth day of the month; (4) The words of God are good; (5) He will live unto eternities of eternities; (6) The kings of the earth shall return unto their land. 3. To be written : A transliteration of verses 2, 3 of ch. VIII. 4. Write a complete analysis of the following forms: (1) ro#D, (2) tfirfr (3) ogttn, (4) mpi, (5) rfptfn. 6. TOPICS FOR STUDY. (1) Vowels of the Qal Impf. 3 m. sg. of a strong verb. (2) y"y Qal Impf. (3) V'y Qal Impf. (4) Niph'al Impf. 3 m. sg. (5) Form of Inf. abs. (6) The 6 of the Inf. abs. (7) The e of ft" 1 ? nouns. (8) Unchangeable in const. plur. (9) Article with . (10) /l ? gut- tural Pi'el Impf. (11) Y'J Qal Impf. (12) Various forms assumed by Segholate stems in inflection. (13) Y'J/ and V'y Segholates. (14) y n y Segholates. (15) H" 1 ? nouns ending in H_. LESSON XLIX.-GENESIS VIM. 8-14. /. NEW WORDS. (i) rui>, (2) ^p, (3) rruo, (4) tp, (5) *?r\, (6)>n, (7) (8) n#/(9) nn, do) ^D, (ID *?rr, (12) p^'Nn, (is) P. VERBAL FORMS. [In the case of each form, state (1) stem, (2) tense, (3) pers., numb., gen., (4) class, (5) root, (6) meaning of root, (7) corresponding- form of StOP, (8) the varia- tion from the strong form, the reason for the variation, and the section in the "Elements" which explains it. The superior figure indicates the verse in which the word occurs.] (3) i, 8 (4) nN*, 9 (5) n, 9 (6) nri?, 9 ( 168 LESSON 49. (12) jon, 11 (is) jrn, 11 d4) ^tw 2 us) aitr, 12 us) >rn, 13 nn, 13 (is) -ten, 13 (is) *rn, 13 (20) ntsty 1 * 3. NOMINAL FORMS. [In the case of each form, state (1) abs. sg., (2) meaning, (3) formation, (4) const, sg., (5) abs. and const, plur., (6) its form with one or more suffixes in sg. and piur.j (i) n^m, 8 (2) rhr\? (3) w (4) DW (5) rr^, 11 (6) nn, 11 (7) cnn, 13 (8) np?p. 13 4. PARTICLES, PREPOSITIONS, SUFFIXES, ETC. [In the case of each, state all that may be known concerning it.] (1) "H^, 8 (2) fp, 8 (3) AX 8 (with), (4) ft, 8 (5) - H, 8 (6) ty, 8 (7) I, 9 (8) N 1 ?, 9 (9) -^,9 (io) '3,9 (ID 1,9 (i2) n,9 (is) 'p, 11 d4) nan, 11 (15) V. 12 T 5. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. I 126. 1 5, Classification of Noun-stems. 2. I 127. 1. Tab. View and R's, Strong and Guttural Segholates. 3. I 127. 2. Tab. View and R's, V^, "# ft"*7 and JT^ Segho- lates. 4. Word-Lists, Nouns numbered 152 to 168 in List VIII. 6. EXERCISES. 1. To be written : A word-for-word translation of verses 8 14 of Genesis VIII. 2. To be written : A transliteration of verses 9 and 10 of Genesis VIII. 3. To be written : Five Hebrew sentences of not less than eight words each, based on the verses constituting this lesson. LESSON 50. 169 LESSON L.-GENESIS VIM, 15-22. 7. NEW WORDS. (i) *m (2) nnst^D, (3) rap, (4) rf?y, (5) rm (6) nn, (7) rrrw, (8) T oniyV o) -rv, (io) -i, UD oh, (12) , us) 2. VERBAL FORMS. [In the case of each form, state (1) stem, (2) tense, (3) pers., numb., gen., (4) class, (5) root, (6) meaning of root, (7) corresponding form of ^D, (8) the varia- tion from the strong form, the reason for the variation, and the T section in the " Elements " which explains it. The superior figure indicates the verse in which the word occurs.] (1) "DIV 5 (2) "JOK^, 18 (3) NV 16 (2 90. 2. a), (4) N*yin 17 (ace. to Q c ri, NV'H ; usual form would be KVlH, 22 19. 1, 2, 3 ; 90. 3. I), (5) Jflffl, 17 (6) NJPV 8 W 1NV'' 19 (8) R-' 2 (9) ^i 20 (10) ^l 20 (in Hiph., not Qal), (11) flTf 1 (cf. mm v. 4), (12) tjpK, 21 (13) (14) man 1 ?, 21 (15) wfcWi 11 d 6 ) ^'^ w> - 22 5. NOMINAL FORMS. [In the case of each form, state (1) abs. sg., (2) meaning, (3) formation, (4) const, sg., (5) abs. and const, plur., (6) its form with one or more suffixes in sg. and plur.] (i) irnp, 17 (2) n^, 17 (3) n^ng, 17 (4) v^rji 1T (&) (6) nh5tr'D, 19 (7) rap, 20 (8) niiiD, 20 (9) n^, 20 (io) -a 1 ?, 21 (ID (13) yit., 22 (14)rp_, 22 (15) ft^'rt.22 4. PARTICLES, PREPOSITIONS, IRREGULAR FORMS. [In the case of each, state all that may be known concerning it.] (1) fO, 16 (2) ?|p^', 18 (3) ?45 w (4) ^, 16 (5) rK, 16 (6) (7) N 1 ?, 21 (8) nin, 21 o) n, 21 (io) w. 170 LESSON 50. 5. GRAMMAR- AND WORD-LESSON. 1. 128. Tab. View and R's, Nouns of the Second Class. 2. \ 129. Tab. View and R's, Nouns of the Third Class. 3. 3 130. Tab. View and R's, Nouns of the Fourth and Fifth Classes. 4. Word-Lists, Nouns numbered 169-185 in List VIII. 6, EXERCISES. 1. To be written: A word-for-word translation of verses 15-22 of Genesis VIII. 2. To be written : A transliteration of verses 17, 18 of Genesis VIII. . 3. To be written : Five Hebrew sentences of not less than ten words each, based on the verses constituting this Lesson. MANUAL, A HEBREW MANUAL FOR BEGINNERS TEXT, TRANSLATION, TRANSLITERATION, VOCABULARIES AND WORD-LISTS WILLIAM R. HARPER, PH. D. PROFESSOR OF SEMITIC LANGUAGES IN TALE UNIVERSITY ; PRINCIPAL OP THE SCHOOLS OF THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF HEBREW TENTH EDITION. NEW YORK CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS 1893. COPYRIGHT 1886 BY THE AMERICAN PUBLICATION SOCIETY OP HEBREW CHICAGO PREFACE. This MANUAL is intended to accompany the author's Introductory Hebrew Method. It can be used to advantage, it is thought, by any who desire to begin the study of Hebrew. It contains some matter, not to be had elsewhere, which will be found of real service in the ac- quisition of the language. A few words of explanation are offered: 1. The text of chapters I. and II. is printed with only the most important accents ; that of chapter III. with the accents of secondary value, while in the remaining chapters, all the accents are given. The beginner is thus saved much needless difficulty and annoyance. The text is that of Baer and Delitzsch, which differs in a few particulars from that which is in common use. 2. The word-for-word translation of the first four chapters of G-enesis is not intended to serve as a help in the rendering of the original. The student will compare, in each case, the Hebrew word with the English equivalent. He will note, for example, that the equivalent of jTt^OJ i g In-beginning. He will then proceed to learn the Hebrew word. He will pronounce it and write it until he has mastered it. He will, however, continually associate with it the English equivalent ; and the phrase will be mastered only when the sight or sound of the English suggests the Hebrew, and vice versa. The first word being mastered, he will take up the second in the same manner, and so on, until each word in the verse is learned. It is understood that he has been given the correct pronunciation by an instructor, or that he has learned it from a transliteration. When, now, each word has been studied, it remains to learn the verse as a verse. With tlie English translation before his eye, he will 4 PREFACE. write and pronounce the Hebrew, each time comparing his work with the original, until he has obtained a perfect mastery of it. When the verses of a given chapter have been learned, the chapter as a chapter must be mastered. 3. The unpointed text of Genesis I. IV. is inserted, because no exercise will be found more profitable than that of pronouncing the unpointed Hebrew. It is well also to copy the unpointed text on the black-board, or on paper, and to supply the points and vowel- signs. 4. A Hebrew-English Vocabulary is added, containing, besides the words with their meanings, etc., the number of times each word occurs in the entire Old Testament, and a transliteration. The lat- ter is inserted, not to assist in pronunciation, but to indicate the character of the sounds. Corresponding to the Hebrew-English Vocabulary there is also an English-Hebrew Vocabulary. In this way there is kept continually before the mind the origin and value of each particular vowel-sound. In no other introductory book is this feature so emphasized. 5. The words occurring most frequently in the Old Testament are inserted in "Lists." Each word is numbered, and the corre- sponding number in the English Lists is in each case the equivalent of the Hebrew. The translation is separated from the Hebrew, in order that the "Lists" may be used to better advantage in the class-room. For further particulars as to the method of instruction em- ployed, the reader is referred to the Preface of the author's Intro- ductory Hebrew Method. W. R H. NEW HAVEN, CONN., July 1st, 1887. TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE I. GENESIS I.-IV., THE HEBREW TEXT 7-17 II. GENESIS I.-IV., A LITERAL TRANSLATION 18-28 III. GENESIS I.-IV., THE UNPOINTED TEXT 29-38 IV. GENESIS I., A TRANSLITERATION 39-41 V. GENESIS V.-VIIL, THE HEBREW TEXT 43-52 VI. VOCABULARY (HEBREW-ENGLISH) OF GEN. I.- VIII 53-71 VII. VOCABULARY (ENGLISH-HEBREW) OF GEN. I.- VIII 73-78 VIII. WORD- LISTS HEBREW 79-87 IX. WORD-LISTSTRANSLATION ...88-93 EXPLANATION OF SIGNS USED IN THE TRANSLATION AND TRANSLITERATION. 1. Parentheses ( } enclose words for which there is no equivalent in the Hebrew. 2. Brackets [ ] enclose words which are in the Hebrew, but are not to be rendered into English. 3. )( stands for 'eth, the sign of the definite object. 4. The Hyphen (-} connects those English words which, in Hebrew, form a single word. 5. The sign of Addition (+) stands for Maqqeph. 6. The Asterisk (*) stands for the 'Athnah (TT) ; the Dagger (f), for S'gholta (--) ; the Period (.), for Soph Pasuq ( ) pre- ceded by Silluq. DV I-IV. CHAPTER I. irtn irtn nn^n Nrn 2 DW'D nnnp o.^n 11^ o^ : '^nn novi 7 : 3 p? D*r^ - - - ^ - 4 GENESIS I. 11 inf.. in? rp*? n$ ngty na 12 nn iru'o 1 ? jnr ynro 3fc>y Ne>'i pxrr J * : -*** ,' - 1 *-* '' -j" v -*"* F Y JT T j^-3 D^ri 1 ?^ tnn inp 1 ? tt-iinr 13 14 ^-prf? D?o^n m rrn 51 DVn : p-wi pNn-y TK? D*ot^'n M" :|- I VAT T T : -J- T - nixDn-n?^ D^n rhtaprr ^ n^'pp 1 ? jbjprr TiN^n-n^i o'vn n^'pp 1 on T pai -mrr ra ^HDn^i n^ai o'va *? T I : -- : | T :-i -- 19 i rrn tpsj per D^ : AT - v-iv I v-iv J 3 r\$ Qt o^n GENESIS I. ns ? o>r?N onfc Ton 22 ~ n 23 norra pma 1 ? rrn tfflj p^rr Ktfm o>if?N -mn 24 T " : T : T - v-iv p VJT T v: v -i~ : p-wi nrio 1 ? pN-wrn ty ' :|~ rtT : | VJV : nonsn-n^i nro 1 ? p^n n*n-n D^n^ T : - v : T : ) VJT T -- v nio 26 o*n 0^3 'i 1 ?^ o^-n^ wrh^ \sr&\ ^ : onfc KID nnp^ iDt inx IT T T (.T)" : T T A ns o^rt^ on^ npxn b^ri^^ onx TI 28 DM n:ra nni n^'Mi pxn-nx T - : T ,V. : : I VJT T v : pNrrty n^Dhn rrrr^m I v |T T v jv |T T - T : -j- T jnt. jrir n^-^s-ns 05^ *nn^ n-in DM^ nNj5 29 -nj 13-n^'K ryn-ta nxi pxn-^D ^s- v -: | ^- T T " : I VJT T T : rh^ rrrr D? 5 ? jrir jrir D?p^'n tfiy-W?! pxn 10 GENESIS II. 31 -m_ "ikD siD-nam n&y ~ ' A : or CHAPTER II. : DXM-^I pNm own IT T : i : I V-IT T : _!- T - N^p i?wrr 0^3 D' >5 uri tr'^pn jn'i^ or? 063 nr Dn T v : ) nin* ^toon x? ^ rroi T ; ^T : * : nonxrr os--nN nptr'ni pn-?o IT T -: |T "~ r Y |T : : | YrYr T I ns^i nbiNn- ifi DHxn-nK D^^N n'in xri-n^ o' otr-n oij^p 1^3 fj D>n n' nam W'3 niNn-p D^ri?^ mn^ T : Y | ^" T T T -: |T I Y: T : runn r|n dn n'm^ o w rrrr -i - I " : PT - I : - | v.4. UT'jrT 'H GENESIS II. 11 Dtrpi f$rns N-^D JIN Dhn Kin rws nnxrr DP n VJV T 1 A T v |T : onfr'n p*o rfrttn DP sto Ninn p^rr snn 12 - J - I v jv : - j : - T A * - I VJT T - -; | nx Dh'iorr xin nnu >4#n nn^n-o^'i 13 * A " V T T r* - 14 ? nin n-n 16 DV? ? IJJDP ^n N? jni DID njnrr foi ^ : nizpn HID I^DO D-rxn nrn nico-^ D^N nin^ 10^1 ^ T T |T v: v: T : v J - j. I 1 ? nin^ ny-n 19 T : v-i ow'n ni^i norarr- 1 ?^ nitr' - - " - 12 GENESIS III. 21 rm rrp-i r^*i D-iNn-ty mmn D>if?N nirr I --- liVr - TT |T T : - v: T : nipnn nt^ "up>i vn 22 DiN- nV' vn-n D>rf rnr 23 n^3o n^ai ^v^p D^. oj;n nxr D-JKH n : nNf-rrnp^ P'WD ^3 rrt^'x 24 vr D CHAPTER III. t^N nntrrr n^n ^bD oiy n*n tr V ~: V T - T T T T r\x n^'Nn-^ T | * ) T * j T v 2 3 :pnon ID 13 iw I | -. : (v rt v. : 4 :pnon nto-Nl 1 ? rr^rr-^N t^'mn I | V : rtr |T V T T - 3^^ 0^3 ^3 D^H^K jrj v : T : : .: o v. 25. GENESIS III. 13 ?) ^$$7 f#n SID >5 n^n N^rn 6 inso npni yberr*? ryrr ismi D7# : : - : I T T : v : |T ^pN'i noy nB>tf? on DD^JJ?. 3 "in o^' 71? nirrjjsni 7 nin *7i-n< o 8 rrin ^SD int^xi DINH ^rrnn ovrr T: TT|T -:- A - I 1 ? naN'i Dnxn-^N D'n^x mn nay nnn: n^ n^n DINJI nig^ 12 T T - T |T rrin? 19^1 14 rrntrrr n*n ^bDi nran-tao '" " o v. 10. 14 GENESIS III. jnr_ p3i ^inr ^31 mn ps rrnen tsfo s n"N roTr 17 21 * is JH^D ^^-n 5*73^1 ^ n^pvn 19 * nn T - T ^T F T : (AT-. DN nnn NIH ^3 nir? in'x D^ D-KH 22 JIP nn^3 rrn oiNp jn D'rfts nin? 05 np^i VT n 1 ?^^)?) nnjn : j^ji DID 23 n"Tn-nN niy*? py-wo D*rf?N n'w T T -: |T v *-:\- \ :% \- v: T : 24 D^sn-nN py-p 4 ? Dip^ pts*i Dixn-nK tc^ -. : - v ! v9- I- : v)jv I : rYr T |T v V ?nnDn nnnrr ton 1 ? GENESIS IV. 15 CHAPTER IV. rp-nN i^m Snni WN mrrnx jn oh^m V -I" ~ ~ A : -IT" V ^ \.-T T T JT : njn n-'m ^srrnN WN-nK rnfc? *iDhi 2 "* -I V V * I ' f*l T '* ^* T '" V V T i V -1 ~" :HDIK nny nn ppi IT T -: "^ >.TT I -|- : rrroo noi^n nso rp ^ D*D rpo *nn 3 I.T : -JT T -: |T s- : "T- A' T ) |_r (.;- rnn n f?jr^ rrin g? rrv? K? bw riNt^ b^^n-D : l-^^'on nnxi ih^n - np_ vrrx rro rsrm nms n^'x noin-ro rrnx nnx nnjn T v -IT : JT jv -: T T -: |T I T AT J T I.T ^- : 16 GENESIS IV. 12 -MI yj rft nra-nn non"** 1 ? nbiicmHf nhyn V.TT ^T JnT ^ T r" 1^" I T T : -JT v *~: |~ 13 : NiijW >^y : THJ T)T np- 14 nriDN SMSD1 nbiNn MS Syo D'vn hx ntrSji rr *" ** op ony^' rp r\rr^3 p*? rii.T i |AT\ (.-*r : I }- j" T I T T : -i : 1Jnn ^prn i^ni nnn ' 1^3 0^3 ^j?rr pg^' * nS^i -hy-nN ^- ^ 19 notrn Dtri my nrwn otf D^ *ntr nD? i v ' y : T*T - |T <" rY T J" : | v (.: j nn ion -nx my n TT J ATT v vr T v v 21 : ^*ii ito tr-?^ OK nSn wn tav vnx * 22 fiynn-^3 v? p tain-n i 1 ?* ; T I )- - J v T :|T : npyj np.-^ip- rvin*o 23 O v. 18. GENESIS IV. 17 VT D>n#3t?> ^ 24 ip^'-n^ N^pni f nni ini^N-n^ i^ DIN n irjrj ^ *73b nrrn nnK jnt. D^ri 1 ?^ ^-n^' 25 < ; I -IV. CHAPTER I. 1. In-beginning created God* )( the- heavens and-)( the-earth. 2. And-the-earth was (a) desolation and-(a)-waste ; and-darkness (was) upon-ffaces-of abyss;* and-(the)-spirit-of God (was) brooding upon-{-faces-of the-waters. 3. And-said God: Shall-be+(or, let-be)+light ; * and-(there)- was-J- light. 4. And-saw God )(+the-light that-f good ;* and-caused-to-divide God between the-light and-between the-darkness. 5. And-called God to-the-light day, and-to-the-darkness called-he night;* and-(it)-was+evening, and-(it)-was-f morning, day one. 6. And-said God: Let-be (an) expanse in-(the)-midst-of the- waters;* and-let-be (a) dividing between waters to-waters. 7. And-made God )(-j-the-expanse,t and-caused-to-divide between the-waters which (were) from-under to-the-expanse and-be- tween the-waters which (were) from-upon to-the-expanse;* and-(it)-was-fso. 8. And-called God to-the-expanse heavens ;* and-(it)-was-f-even- ing, and-(it)-was-|-morning, day second. 9. And-said God: Let-be-collected the-waters from-under the- heavens unto+place one, and-let-be-seen the-dry (land) ;* and- (it)-was+so. 10. And-called God to-trie-dry (land) earth, and-to-(the)-collection- of [the]- waters he-called seas ;* and-saw God that+good. 18 GENESIS I. 19 11. And-said God : Let-cause-to-spring- forth the-earth grass, herb causing-to-seed seed, tree-of fruit making fruit to-kind-his which seed-his-f-in-him (i. e., whose seed is in it) upon-f the- earth ;* and-(it)-was-f so. 12. And-caused-to-come-forth the-earth grass; herb causing-to- seed seed to-kind-his, and- tree making-f- fruit which seed-his-f- in-him to-kind-his ;* and-saw God that-(-good. 13. And-(it)-was-|-evening, and-(it)-was-f- morning, day third. 14. And-said God: Let-be luminaries in-(the)-expanse-of the- heavens, to-cause-to-divide between the-day and-between the- night ;* and-they-shall-be for-signs, and-for-seasons, and-for- days and-years. 15. And-they-shall-be for-luminaries in-(the)-expanse-of the-heav- ens to-cause-light upon+ the-earth ;* and-(it)-was-|-so. 16. And-made God )(+(the)-two-[of] [the]-luminaries the-great;* )(+the-luminary the-great, for-ruling-of the-day ; and-)(+the- luminary the-small, for-ruling-of the-night, and-)( the-stars. 17. And-gave )(-them God in-(the)-expanse-of the-heavens ;* to- cause-light upon-f- the-earth[.], 18. And-to-rule in-the-day and-in-the-night, and-to-cause-to-di- vide between the-light and-between the-darkness ;* and-saw God that-f good. 19. And-(it)-was-f-evening, and-(it)-was-j- morning, day fourth. 20. And-said God : Let-swarm the- waters swarm(s), soul-of life ;* and-fowl shall-fly upon-}- the-earth, upon+faces-of (the) ex- panse-of the-heavens. 21. And-created God )(+the-sea-monsters the-great ;* and-)( all-f (the)-soul(s)-of [the]-life the-creeping (or, which-creep), (with)* which swarmed the- waters to-kinds-their and-)( every+fowl. of wing to-kind-his and-saw God that-f-good. 20 GENESIS I. 22. And-blessed )(-them God, to-say (or, saying) :* Be-ye-fruitful and-multiply-ye and-fill-ye )(+the-waters in-the-seas,and-the- fowl let-multiply in-the- earth. 23. And-(it)-was-f-evening, and-(it)-was+ morn i n ^i day fifth. 24. And-said God : Shall-cause-to-come-forth the-earth soul-of life to-kind-her, cattle, and-creeper, and-beast-of+(the)-earth to-kind-her ;* and-(it)-was-fso. 25. And-made God )(-j-(the)-beast-of the-earth to-kind-her, and-)( -j-the-cattle to-kind-her, and-)( every+creeper-of the-ground to-kind-his ;* and-saw God that+good. 26. And-said God : "We-will-(or, Let-us)-make man in-image-our, according-to-likeness-our ;* and-they-shall-have-dominioii in- (the)-fish-of the-sea, and-in-(the)-fowl-of the-heavens, and-in- the-cattle, and-in-all-f- the-earth, and-in-all-f the-creeper(s) trie- creeping (or, which-creep) upon+the-earth. 27. And-created God )(-f-the-man in-image-his ; in-(the)-image-of God created-he )(-him ;* male and-female created-he )(-them. 28. And-blessed )(-them God,f and-said to-them God: Be-ye-fruit- ful and-multiply-ye, and-fill-ye )( -f the-earth and-subdue-ye- her;* and-have-ye-dominion in-(the)-fish-of the-sea, and-in- (the)-fowl-of the-heavens, and-in-every-j-beast the-creeping upon-fthe-earth. 29. And-said God : Behold ! I-have-given to-you )(-j-every+ herb seeding seed which (is) upon+faces-of all-j-the-earth, and-)( all-(-the-tree(s) which-j-in-him (i. e., in-which) (is the) fruit-of -f(a)-tree seeding seed ;* to-you it-shall-be for-food, 30. And-to-every+beast-of the-earth, and-to-every-f-fowl-of the- heavens, and-to-every creeping-one upon+the-earth which-|- in-him (i. e., in-which) (is the) soul-of life, (I have given) )(+ every+greenness-of herb for-food;* and-(it)-was+so. GENESIS II. 21 31. And-saw God )(+a!l+ which he-had-done, and-behold+good exceedingly ; * and-(it)-was-f evening, and-(it)-was-|- morning, day the-sixth. CHAPTER II. 1. And-were-finished the-heavens and-the-earth and-all+host- their. 2. And-finished God, in-the-day the-seventh, work-his which he- had-done;* and-he-rested in-the-day the-seventh from-all-J- work-his which he-had-done. 3. And- blessed God )(-fday the-seventh and-sanctified )(-it;* because in-it he-rested from-all-f- work- his which-f created God to-make. 4. These (are) (the) generations-of the-heavens and-the-earth in- being-created-their ;* in-(the)-day-of (the) making-of Jehovah God earth and-heavens. 5. And-every shrub-of the-field not-yet had-been (lit., will-be) ra- the-earth, and-every+herb-of the-field not-yet had-sprouted- (lit., will-sprout )-forth;* for not had-caused-to-rain Jehovah God upon-}- the-earth and-man was-not to-serve )(+the-ground. 6. And-(a)-mist used-to-go-up (lit., will-go-up) from-{- the-earth,* and-cause-to-drink (i. e., used-to- water) )(-fall-f-(the)-faces-of the-ground. 7. And-formed Jehovah God )(+the-man (out of) dust from-|- the-ground, and-breathed in-nostrils-his breath-of lives ;* and- was the-man for-(a)-soul-of life (i. e., and-became the-man (a) soul-of life). 8. And-planted Jehovah God (a) garden in-Eden from-east,* and-placed there )(+the-man whom he-formed. 22 GENESIS II. 9. And-caused- to- sprout-forth Jehovah God from-f-the-ground, every-f-tree pleasant to-sight and-good for-food,* and-(the)- tree-of [the]-lives in-(the)-midst-of the-garden, and-(the)-tree- of [the]-knowing good and-evil. 10. And-(a)-river goes-forth (lit., going-forth) from-Eden to-water )(-fthe-garden,* and-from-there it-is-divided and-becomes four heads (lit., and-is for-four heads), 11. (The) name-of the-one (is) Pishon;* it (lit., he) (is) the-(one)- encompassing (or, which- encompasses) )( all+(the)-land-of [the]-Havilah, which-]- there (i. e., where) (is) the-gold. 12. And-(the)-gold-of the-land the-that (lit., she) (is) good ;* there (is) the-bdellium and-(the)-stone-of [the]-onyx. 13. And-(the)-name-of +the-river the-second (is) Gihon ;* it (is) the- (one)-encompassing )( all+(the)-land-of Cush. 14. And-(the)-name-of the-river the-third (is) Tigris ; it (is) the- (one)-going eastward-of Assyria ;* and-the-river the-f ourth is (lit., he) Euphrates. 15. And-took Jehovah God )(+the-man,* and-caused-to-rest-him (i. e., placed-him) in-garden-of-j-Eden to-serve-it (Zit.,her) and- to-keep-it. 16. And-commanded Jehovah God upon-fthe-man to-say (i. e., saying):* From-every tree-of+ the-garden eating thou-mayest- eat[.]; 17. Bu:-from-(the)-tree-of [the]-knowing good and-evil, not shalt- thou-eat from-it (lit., him);* for, in-(the)-day-of eating-thy from-it, dying shalt-thou-die. 18. And-said Jehovah God : Not+good (the)-being-of [the]-man to-separation-his ; * I-will-make+for-him (a) help as-over- against-him (or, as-his-counterpart). GENESIS III. 23 19. And-formed Jehovah God from-f-the-ground every-f-beast-of the-field and-)( every-j-fowl-of the-heavens, and-caused- to- come (i. e., brought) unto-|-the-man to-see what+he- will-call -f-to-it, (lit., him),* and- all which will-call-j-to-it the-man, soul-of life, is (lit., he) name-its (lit., his). 20. And-called the-man names to-all+the-cattle, and-to-(the)- fowl-of the-heavens and-to-every beast-of the-field ;* and-for- man not-f did-he-find (L e., there was not found) (a) help as- over-against-him . 21. And-caused-to-fall Jehovah God (a) deep-sleep upon-f the-man, and-he-slept,* and-he-took one from-sides-his and-closed (the) flesh instead-of-it. 22. And-built Jehovah God )(-)-the-side which-f-he-took from-f the- man for-(a)-woman,* and-can^ed-to-come-her (i. e., brought her) unto-j-the-man. 23. And-said the-man f: This, the-tread (i. e., now), bone from- bones-my, and-flesh from-flesh-my ;* to-this it-shall-be-called woman, for from-man was-taken-f-this. 24. Upon-f-so (i. e., therefore) shall-leave-|-(a)-man )(+father-his and-)(+mother-his,* and-shall-cleave in-wife-his, and-they- shall-be for-flesh one. 25. And-were (the) two-of-them naked, the-map aw4-wif e-his ;* and-not were-(Z#., will-be)-they-ashamed. CHAPTER III. [In the two remaining chapters, the translation of the pronominal ufllx is placed before instead of after the noun which it limits.] 1 . And-the-serpent was crafty f rom-every beast-of the-field which had-made Jehovah God ;* and-he-said unto-f-the- woman : (Is it) so that+has-said God, not shall-ye-eat f rom-every tree-of the-garden[.] ? 24 GENESIS III. 2. And-said the-woman unto+the-serpent :* From-(the)-fruit-of (the)-tree(s)-of-f the-garden we-may-eat[.] ; 3. But-from-(the)-fruit-of the-tree which (is) in-midst-of-f-the- garden,t has-said God : Not shall-ye-eat from-it, and-not shall- ye-touch in-it,* lest ye-die. 4. And-said the-serpent unto-{-the- woman :* Not-f-dying shall- ye-die. 5. For knowing (is) God that in-(the)-day-of your-eating from- it, then-(Z^., and)-shall-be-opened your-eyes,* and-ye-shall-be like-God, knowers-of good and-evil. 6. And-saw the-woman, that good (was) the-tree for-food, and- that (a) delight-(was)+it to-the-eyes, and-desirable (was) the- tree to-make-wise, and-she-took from-his-fruit and-she-ate ;* and-she-gave also-f-to-her-husband with-her and-he-ate[.] ; 7. And-were-opened (the) eyes-of (the) two-of-them, and-they- knew that naked (were) they,* and-they-sewed leaf-of fig-tree, and-they-made for-them-( selves) girdles. 8. And-they-heard )(+(the)-voice-of Jehovah God walking in- the-garden to-(or, at)-(the)-breeze-of the-day;* and-hid-him- self the-man and-his-wif e f rom-f aces-of Jehovah God in-midst- of (the) tree(s)-of the-garden. 9. And-called Jehovah God unto-f the-man,* and-said to-him: Where-art-thou[.] ? 10. And-he-said : )(+thy- voice I-heard in-the-garden,* and-I-was- afraid, because-f-naked (was) I ; and-I-hid-myself . 11. And-he-said: Who caused-to-know (i.e., made known) to- thee, that naked (wert) thou;* ?-from-}-the-tree, which I-com- manded-thee to-not eat-f-rrom it, hast-thou-eaten[.] ? 12. And-said the-man :* The-woman whom thou-gave (to be) with- me, she gave+to-me f rom-f the-tree and-I-ate. GENESIS III. 25 13. And-said Jehovah God to-the- woman : What+(is)+this thou- hast-done ?* And-said the-woman : The-serpent corrupted-me and-I-ate. 14. And-said Jehovah God unto-|-the-serpent : Because thou-hast- done this,f cursed (art) thou from-all-fthe-cattle, and-from- every beast-of the-field ;* upon-j-thy-belly shalt-thou-go, and- dust shalt-thou-eat all-f(the)-f days-of thy-lives. 15. And-enmity will-I-put between-thee and-between the-woman, and-between thy-seed and-between her-seed ;* it (lit., he) shall- bruise-thee (as to the) head ; and-thou shalt-bruise-him (as to the) heel. 16. Unto+the- woman he-said : Causing-to-be-great I-will-cause- to-be-great (i. e., multiplying I will multiply) thy-sorrow and- thy-conceptioh (i.e., the sorrow of thy conception); in-pain thou-shalt-bring-f orth sons,* and-unto-f-thy-husband (shall-be) thy-desireand-he shall-rule-|-in-(or, over)-thee. 17. And-to-man he-said : Because thou-hast-hearkened to-(the)- voice-of thy-wife,f and-hast-eaten from-f-the-tree which I- commanded-thee, to-say : not shalt-thou-eat from-it,* cursed (is) the-ground for-the-sake-of-thee ; in-sorrow shalt-thou-eat- (of )-it all (the) days-of thy-lives. 18. And-thorn and- thistle shall-it-cause-to-spring-forth to-thee;* and-thou-shalt-eat )(+(the)+ herb-of the-field. 19. In-(the)-sweat-of thy-nostrils, shalt-thou-eat bread, until thy- return unto-|-the-ground ; for from-it (lit., her) wast-thou- taken ;* for+dust (art) thou, and-unto+dust thou-shalt-return. 20. And-called the-man (the) name-of his-wife Eve,* for she was mother-of all+living. 21. And-made Jehovah God for-man and-for-his-wife tunics-of skin, and-caused-to-put-on-them. 26 GENESIS IV. 22. And-said Jehovah God: Behold! the-man has-become like- one-of [from]-us to-know good and-evil;* and-now lest+he- put-forth his-hand and-take also from-(the)-tree-of [the]-lives, and-eat and-live for-ever. 23. Therefore-^., and)-sent-him Jehovah God from-(the)-garden- of-{-Eden,* to-serve )(+the-ground which he-was-taken from- there. 24. And-he-drove-out )(-f the-man,* and-caused-to-dwell (i. e., placed) from-east to-(the)-garden-of+Eden, )(+ the-Cherubim, and-)( (the) flame-of the-sword (i. e., the flaming sword) the- (one)-turning-itself to-keep )(+(the)-way-of (the) tree-of [the]- lives. CHAPTER IV. 1 . And-the-man knew ) ( -f- E ve his-wif e ;* and-she-conceived , and- she-bore )(+Cain ; and-she-said : I-have-gotten (a) man with-}- Jehovah. 2. And-she-added to-bear (i. e. , and again she bore) )(-f his-brother )(+Abel;* and-was-f-Abel (a) shepherd-of flock(s), and-Cain was (a) tiller-of ground. 3. And-it-was, from-end-of days,* and-caused-to-come (i. e., brought) Cain from-(the)-fruit-of the-ground (an) offering to- Jehovah. 4. Arid- Abel caused-to-come, also+he, from-(the)-firstlings-of his- flock and-from-their-fats;* and-looked-with-favor Jehovah un- to+Abel and-unto-f-his-offering. 5. And-unto+Cain and-unto+his-offering not did-he-look-with- favor;* and-it-kindled to-Cain (i. e., and Cain was angry), exceedingly, and-fell his-faces (or, countenance). 6. And-said Jehovah unto-}- Cain: For- what (or, why) has-it- kindled to-thee, and-for-what have-fallen thy-f aces[.] ? GENESIS IV. 27 7. (Is there) ?-not, if+thou-makest-(or, doest)-good, (a) lifting-up (of the countenance) ? and-if not thou-makest-good, at-the-door sin (is) crouching ;* and-unto-thee (shall be) his-desire, and- thou shouldst-rule-f-in-^or, over)-him. 8. And-said Cain unto-f Abel his-brother ;* and-(it)-was in-their- being in-the-field, and-rose Cain unto-j-Abel his-brother and- killed-him. 9. And-said Jehovah unto+Cain : Where (is) Abel thy-brother ?* And-he-said: Not have-I-known (i. e.,do-I-know); ?-keeper-of my-brother (am) I [.] ? 10. And-he-said: What hast-thou-done?* (The) voice-of (the) bloods-of thy-brother (are) crying unto-me from-fthe-ground. 11. And-now cursed (art) thou,* from-|-the-ground which has- opened )(+her-mouth to-take )(+( the )-|- bloods-of thy-brother from-thy-hand. 12. When thou-shalt-till (or, serve) )(-f-the-ground, not-pwill-it- add to-give+her-strength to-thee;* (a) fugitive and-(a)-vag- abond shalt-thou-be in-the-earth. 13. And-said Cain unto-j- Jehovah :* Great (is) my-iniquity from- bearing. 14. Behold ! thou-hast-driven-out )(-me the-day (i. e., to-day) from- upon (the) faces-of the-ground, and-from-thy-faces shall-I-be- hid ;* and-I-shall-be (a) fugitive and-(a)-vagabond in-the-earth, and-it-shall-be (that) any-f-finding-me will-kill-me. 15. And-said to-him Jehovah: Therefore (lit., to-so) any+killing Cain, seven-fold shall-he-be-avenged ;* and-placed Jehovah for-Cain (a) sign to-not smite-{-)(-him any-f-finding-him. 16. And-went-forth Cain from-to-faces-of (i. e., from the presence of) Jehovah;* and-he-dwelt in-(the)-land-of-fNod, eastward- of-fEden. 28 GENESIS IV. 17. And-knew Cain )(-fhis-wife and-she-conceived, and-bore )(-f Enoch ;* and-he-was building (a) city, and-he-called (the) name- of the-city according-to-(the)-name-of his-son Enoch. 18. And-there-was-born to-Enoch )(-f-Irad; and-Irad begat )(-f Mehujael ;* and-Mehujael begat )(-|-Methusael ; and-Methusael begat )(-fLamech. 19. And-took-f to-him Lamech two-[of] wives ;* (the) name-of the- one Adah, and-(the)-name-of the-second Zillah. 20. And-bore Adah )(+ Jabal ;* he was (the) father-of (the) inhab- itant-of tent(s) and-(the-possessor-of )-cattle. 21. And-(the)-name-of his-brother (was) Jubal;* he was (the) father-of all-fperforming-on (the) harp and-(the)-flute. 22. And-Zillah, also+she, bore )(+Tubal Cain, hammerer-of every -fcutter-of (*. e., cutting-instrument-of ) bronze and-iron;* and-(the)-sister-of Tubal-fCain (was) Naamah. 23. And-said Lamech to-his-wives : Adah and-Zillah, hear-ye my-voice, Wives-of Lamech hearken-unto rny-saying ;* For (a) man I-have-killed f or-my-wounding ; And-(a)-youth, for-my-hurt. 24. If seven-fold shall-be-avenged+Cain,* Then-Lamech seventy and-seven. 25. And-knew Adam again )(-fhis-wif e and-she-bare (a) son ; and- she-called )(-f his-name Seth :* For has-put-f to-me God seed another instead-of Abel, for slew-him Cain. 26. And-to-Seth, also+he, was-born-f(a)-son ; and-he-called )(+ his-name Enosh;* then it-was-commenced to-call on-(the)- name-of Jehovah. I -IV. CHAPTER I. nan Doe>n nx ovf?** am rrni oinn oa *?y "pii iroi inn nn>n pxm 2 trni D D nnno *B>N oon p 7n^ : p VTI jrpn 1 ? *?j;o itrx oon pni DV npD *nn niy *nn o^ot^ y*p^*7 D^n^s* jnpn nnno o*on up* : p nn ntr^n n^nni on mpo*7i jnr rito ivy NEH p^n Ntrin DM^N* -IOKI *?y in ijnr I^N i^^D 1 ? na ncry na f^ J p nn SO GENESIS I. 12 pn wo*? jnr ynro a>y NBH pxrr :aiD >a D'rftK N*VI wo*? i!} tjnr "IB> 13 : *B^B> DV npa >m any 14 ^mrf? D^srrr jrpin mo vr on 1 ? 1 ! nnxh vm n^*?n pi ovrr pxn ^xn? n^^n rp^o miND? vni :p ^n^n ni^orr ^tr nx D^H^N jtopn ^worr nKi ovn rttroo 1 ? 17 : pNn ^NH? Dorn j^pin DMN on pi TiNn pa c ?nan t ?i n^ai DVD 19 :T^n DV 3 iyi rrn 21 trsj a n k s*i Dijrr o^nn nx nxi onro 1 ? Don inty ntr^ n^onrr :avo ^a D^H^K Nnn in^^ 22 D^orr riK IN^DI lam n*) no^ 1 ? o^n^x onx 23 :^on D 24 nona rr^o 1 ? n*n trM pxn :p *nn rwD*? pN in^rn tr GENESIS II. 31 nsrorr nao itro 1 ? pxrr rm fix D'rfjx D>ff?x XTI wo 1 ? ninxn twi ta nxi wo 1 ? : DID >D Tin unions UO^D DIN narys orftx 10^1 26 pxrr taai HOHMI o^trn t\\yy\ on tf? iD 1 ?^ onxrr nx o^n^x xmn 27 jonx KID nap:i "or inx na Dn*7X on 1 ? noxn D^X onx 3n 28 on n^nn im HBOSt pxr? nx jnr n^y nx DD? wo rr^n o^nx noxn 29 nxi pNn ^ ^a ^ nt^ n\^ D^ 5 ? jnr ;nr y i own ]V ^^ pxn n^n nx n^n trDJ in I^N pxn ^ : p w IND nito n^m ntr^ ntrx ^ nx D^X am CHAPTER II. :DND^ tai pxm own ntry ntrx inDN^o T^^n DVD o^n^x tan 2 taD ^Dtrrr DVD ID ^D inx trnpn TD^H DV nx D^nx yiDn 3 tas 32 GENESIS II. ova Dxnana pxm D'OBTT nrftin rftN : D wi pa* D>rf?N mm mcrrr a^y tat p*o mm DID merr rw toi nin TCDOH N*? ^ nay DID 6 : HDINH 05 ?D nx npfirm pxrr jo n 7 ran noiNn jo ^y Di^rr n^ D^H^N mrr : rrn ^fi^ DINU rrn D^n now ^ o^n Dipo pya p D^ 9 nxno? nom fy rroixn [o DN nin rro^i nynn f^i prr -jinn o w nn pn toNO 1 ? aitoi * rrm -na* otroi pn n niptrn? pyo : D>B>* px ^a nx* MDH N*in p^s in^n otr 12 : onerr pxi rf?nan D^ mto Ninn pxn arm 13 pN to nx aaiorr Kin pnu ^trrr 14 TtB>N noip i^nn Ntn *?pirr ^^^ :nn^ ion 1D may 1 ? py pa inmn Dixn nx D>n*?N mrr* npn GENESIS III. 33 pn yy o noN? D-INH D>r?N mrr on 3 UDD NH N? jrn ma win pyoi 17 :mon mo NOD D-tNrr nvn mo ^ o^n 1 ?^ rr\rv tii^D nr^ i*? rri^n nn ^ rron^n 'jo DM^K mn nvn 19 1 ? to* no mm*? DINH ^K N^n i nonnn mot? oixrr 1 ? DTN^I rntrn rvrr npn j^n on^rr *?y no-nn o^n^ mn *?fln 21 jronnn n^n *uon vny^vo HPTN ID np 1 ? nt^N jfafrr HN DM*?N mn pn 22 JDINH ^K nxnn ntr^ V^ oyan nxr DTNH non 23 :nxr nnp 1 ? tr^D o n^x xnp nxfr nxn VSN nx ^K nr^ p ^ 24 :nnx ncr^ vm DINH D^oin^ Dmc? vnn n ^ CHAPTER III. nntrrr n^n ^D ony nn :pn 34 GENESIS III. pn f 3 fcoKn N 1 ? D'rftN "ION pn "pro *IB>N p jpnon f "Q 4 :pnon niD x 1 ? ntrxn ^K wmn DV3 m^n >m ^D? f^n 3iD ^ nwxn inso npni ^wrh yyn iDmi D^J^? :*7DNn rroy rr^N*? D^ jnni on s rrn 1 ? pa ^nno D^H^K mn ^ip nx D^rf7X nin ^SD mew DINH xnnnn ovrr :pn f^ ^m 9 JH^K 1*7 -iQN'i D-IKH *? D*rf?x nin mn 11 nt^N pyrr jon rrn D^y ^ * i^rr tn 1 ?^ UJDD *?DN 12 rr^ro NIH noy nnn: ^^K new? no n^x? D^HN nin trmn v. 10, GENESIS III. 35 natr nwy D wmn ^ D'rf7K mm loan 7?n ^pm ty mart rm taoi nonnn ^o nn** :7>n ^ pi Tjnr pi ntrxn pai nnxi trKn "jw Nin njnr nmrr jo mn jrrusrr Dtr^ nN nKi rrovn Tmi ppi is o rro-tNn ^K w i on 1 ? *?Dn 3^ n^D 19 nnrr Nirr ^ mn in^x otr D-INH aopn ^ :^rr ^D mm &>jn 21 mn oi^n jn o*?x mm no*n 22 np^i IT n^tr^ fa nnjn jm DID : 0*7^*7 rn ^KI py po D*rf7K mm inn^trn 23 np 1 ? py p 1 ? DipD pfi^i DiNn HN an^n 24 711 n ^D^ nDflnnon mnn 36 GENESIS IV. CHAPTER IV. * pp nN -m -nrn inB>N nin :nvr 2 pa* njn ton m ton HN vnK nx ni 1 ? 1 ? 3 nmo nDi^n nao pp wn D^D^ fpD ^nn : mn' 1 ? n^o Nin DJI K^n torn rinmo ^ ton ^K ^7 inmo ^NI pp mn no 1 ? pp ^N mn> n^^n DN nnxi inpien onvnD nn vnx ton *?N pp nnnnn vn ton *? pp Dpn 9 N 1 ? noxn 7HN ton \v pp 7K ^ jo ^N D^p^v 7HN ^on *?ip nwy no : noixn 11 rra nx nms I^N no-ron |o nnx "rnx nnjn :"|^o 7nx *OT HN nnp 1 ? 12 j nra nn GENESIS IV. 37 mrr N pp rro-TNn ^s tya ovn >nx nrru p 14 rrm pp nix pp 1 ? i mrr ^a^o pp n^ni nnni intrx nx pp J;TI 17 my nnxn otr DW nr p? i? nn jrfaf ^N rrn Nin ^ nx my 21 pp w)n nx m Nin D^ rm 22 Pp in ninxi VBtf? "]0*? IDNn 23 my 38 GENESIS IV. 24 p -ftm intrx n^ niy DIN nnn nnx jnr 26 tN JTUN IDB^ nx N^pn p i?* Kin ;nvr Transliteration of" Oenesis X. 1. B're'-sith ba-ra' ' e lo-him* 'eth has-sa-ma-yim w e 'eth ha-'a-re^. 2. W e ha-'a-re ha-y'tha tho-hu wa-bho-hu, w e ho-sekh 'al+p'ne th'hom;* w e ru(a)h ' e lo-him m e ra-he-plietli 'al+p e ne ham-ma-yim. 3. Way-yo'-mer ' e lo-him, y e hi+'6r ;* wa-y'hi+'6r. 4. Way-yar' ' e lo-him 'eth+ha-'6r ki+tobh ;* way-yabh-del ' e lo-him ben ha-'6r u-bhen ha-ho-sekh. 5. Way-yiq-ra' "lo-him la-'6r yom, w e la-ho-sekh qa-ra' la-y'la;* wa-y e hi+'e-rebh wa-y e hi+blio-qer yom 'e-hadh. 6. Way-yo'-mer ' e 16-him, y e hi ra-qi(a)' Vthokh ham-ma-yim ;* wi-hi mabh-dil ben ma-yim la-ma-yim. 7. Way-ya-'as '16-him ? eth+ha-ra-qi(a)' ; t way-yabh-del ben ham-ma-yim ' a ser mit-ta-hath la-ra-qi(a)' u-bhen ham-ma-yim ' a ser me-'al la-ra-qi(a)';* wa-y e hi+khen. 8. Way-yiq-ra' ' e lo-him la-ra-qi(a)' sa-ma-yim;* wa-y e hi+ ? e-rebh wa-y e hi+bho-qer yom se-ni. 9. Way-yo'-mer ' e lo-him, jaq-qa-wu ham-ma-yim mit-ta-hath has-sa-ma-yim 'el+maqom 'ehadh, w e the-ra-'e hay-yab-ba-sa ;* wa-y e hi+khen. 10. Way-yiq-ra' ' e lo-him lay-yab-ba-sa 'e-re, u-l e miq-we ham-ma-yim qa-ra' yam-mim ;* way-yar' ' e lo-him ki+tobh. 39 40 GENESIS I. 11. Way-yo'-mer ' e lo-him, tadh-se' ha-'a-re de-se", 'e-sSbh maz-ri(a)' ze-ra\ 'eg p e ri 'o-se(p) p e ri l e mi-no, >a ser zar-'6+bho *al+ ha-'a-reg ;* wa-y e hi+khen. 12. Wat-to-ge' ha- a-reg d6-se', 'e-sebh maz-ri(a)' ze-ra' l'mi-ne-hu, w et e '6-se(p)+P e ri ' a er zar-'o+bho l e mi-ne-hu ; * way-yar' ' e lo-him ki+tobh. 13. Wa-y e hi+ ? e-rebli wa-y'hi+bho-qer yom s'H-si. 14. Way-yo'-mer )e 16-him, y-hl m e '6-roth M-r'qi(a)' has-sa-ma-yim, l e habh-dil ben hay-yom u-bhen hal-la-y e la ;* w e ha-yu l c '6-thoth il-l e in6-' a dhini u-l c ya-mim w*sa-nim. 15. W e ha-yu li-m e '6-roth W-r-qW has-sa-ma-yim, I'ha-'ir 'al+ ha-'a-re ;* wa-y e hi+khen. 16. Way-ya-'as ' e lo-him 'eth+s e ne ham-m e '6-roth hag-g e dho-lim * 'eth+ham-ma-'6r hag-ga-dhol l e mem-se-leth hay-yom, w e 'eth+ ham-ma-'6r haq-qa-ton l e mem-se-leth hal-la-y e la, w e 'eth hak-ko-kha-bhim. 17. Way-yit-ten '6-tham ' e lo-him bi-r e qi(a)' has-sa-ma-yim * l e ha-'ir rn > 44 GENESIS V. 11 T -i* 17 rrp^ ntf ^trni trpn is 12 is nitr D'yriN p-fitf Yrrtp nnx fp ' 14 nb>i n^tr n'iND yttfm o^tr ntr^ rrp ^^-^ v TT- rtTT * J- : T v ^v IT ) -i" : T 10 : *n*-nx n'rn ~* 19 rot? HIND nibts^ ^"-n^ n^in nr?N rtr T v " ;v : f ~: v -J ' | " ~: r jn'iJiDi rri^' b^^i wr\v TI^-WS vn-n - " - 21 jrf?]5*inp-ns n^Vl n^' D^'^'I trpr? 22 rfpn-n 1 0^3 ii-n n^' n'wo IT k- T v ;- AT T v " 23 HIND tc^^ rtf ^w sron GENESIS VI. 45 24 D y&ryi n 26 27 28 r N 1 ni i'-n n?i 29 : nirr nnnx ntr'K niNn-p w IT : VT-:|- ;v ~: T T ~:JT I -T i traq rirn^ n^in nqjsi "qp 1 ?"^^ 31 m n 1 ?' 1 n ^ ^f "^1 32 CHAPTER VI. ^*7 D ro TT |T ov.29. 46 GENESIS VI. 3 Kin D 1 *3 Tin v v -r T -IT 4 -ILTK p-nrrN DJI nn 0*0*3 p vrr v -: I - -:(- j-: T -r T - p VTT -IT norr on 1 ? n*?n DINH " (. : |T: T T |T n ir-i pxs oiNpr njn nn ^ rrin T : | VAT T (.T T [T ~- T -;T - T : : ovrr 1 ?? jn pn 'n 1 ? nb rhn* ~ nin? DIND n nirr ^yz rn NVO mi IT : j- * : K" T JT : ^ vnna rrrr oon pn^ ^K m m rtT | : (.TT y T v - J : | < on-nje o^'-n^ 0^5 ng^' Dp n n toon pxrr N^oni o*rf?Nn ^s 1 ? PNH nw IT T I VVT T j" T A' v: IT J" : ) v ^T T y T 12 nw'n-p nnn^ n^m pxn-n o^ s- : p TAT : j : I VVT T v v GENESIS VI. 47 13 T : -IT 3 rp r D' T T T I J<" : nnoip |T T |1 nbn 1 rrt rpn ?? nb># 14 :*ID pnoi n?ao nnk rnflj?! ronn y-\x nfe HIKD tr'^' nn^ rr^jjp n^gf nn 13 ? ^aDn- ^ 17 nnn^ o^rr rm T -J V.T T -: |T v r: t^on ^o n'o 1 ? nonan-joi in'o 1 ? ni^np a v r: > -r : T -.-! : I *-i T r bD D'jtf ^inr^ > -s- : A" ' : O n^-np nn^i 21 T JT - : : - |T : T| on*?! ^ rrm IT : T : v.v T : ; J : JT T : : rriry p Drf? infc mv n^'K IT T l>" V" "." ) JT * V ~i 48 GENESIS VII. CHAPTER VII. : nrn |v - rrnntpn rnn K 5 ? 1*0195 ij^ nj;?^' my 0*5^ WITDI rr^ D^INI DI v T T :AT *v T : - : 6 : ri^rr^y D*D nn ^aDm rW nixo ^"-p nl I V IT T (.- T T j - - : AT T v. " 7 ^30 n^nn-^ inx v^-^'^i in^'Ni V^I P n'i NH ~ rnco n^N itrN ninan-roi rninon nonsn-ro AT : TV.V ' r/ ~: T : - I T : - T " ; - I 9 r: -. AT " : -JTT VT " : pwrty vn ^iDn oi own nyntr 1 ? I v IT T ^- v T - - j" A' T - ^- : : GENESIS VII. 49 Dirrn ho-^s ru mn Di> DUto*)* pxn- D^n w 12 tt nan om-op m : K^ rrrn oin osys is " : vvv T ^ T : p : -JT v < ~ V ; : m noh 14 my ntr'N wa nfc^DD na^ nor TT rrjn? iip?i I D'grr ^n-^ p^n-^j; DI* D^^N ^aDrr wi 17 " V, >* T ; "" V S* ^ nano rjni pNrr-_ n^o mn o?an : D? 163*1 pNn-^ n^D nkD m-i Dom 19 -. : - I VAT T i. : ; : ) : |T - : : onrrn loan oarr n^ nDpp HSN rntwj 21 50 GENESIS VIII. 22 r?:nri5 10%$ ^aa VBN? D?P? rrn-rw'j 23 10*3 own w-ijn fciy ona-ij; IT T i j : '.'*/ T * " ; 24 j Di* HND1 o^'on pxn-^j; o^rr von I v- : y -: | VAT T (.- - /TT - CHAPTER VIII. m-nx n DN ny-n nana im ntr'x j* v: * :j~ J^T " v. * y .* c : D^rr 2 Dc?ji.ii N^a?! D^trrr nan^i oihn nryo haoi - v, . >** T *"" * rt T T ~ ^ *. ! -j : : ; |T * ~ norn DI D^'on r I v. 4 i&nrf? DV itr^nyatra ^atrn tr'iha nann mm ~ * " -- nn IT T -: )- T vn : onrrrr 'awo wi^ tr'in 1 ? nn - - - 6 nann n-ns ro GENESIS VIII. 5] r\u?y-^y_ ni'i NW x^n myn-nx n ',' j i T T <' "*"~ A" IT "* v,~ ]? inxp n^rrr^ r?^i nnp-n T v |T '~ T <~ : rh rm -?nja rV' nrinn T m ^ on^jn rrnrr T nnx 'JT n onnx D^D^ nwtr nij; V ^ "~ rt* ** "" V* T ~ * V.T ** 'JT J"T rr^rr 12 nn*o ^nn 13 rrfl* pxn yo Don ann I VAT T j " ; : |T ^ irnrr npni N^I 14 nnx nnnn-p NV T" rt T " v 62 GENESIS VIII. nonjDi t]ty3 nifo-ta? ^n^-n^ nfnp-ta train ; IT im 19 pNn-^y troii ta wyn-tai iroSn-ta n*nn-ta | VrtT T J" V IT T : V V T T T - |- T : njjjirrfo I^V; T ob^hei^o 1 ? 3 rnhtsn nonsn tao npn nin^ raro ni pn T : - JT " : - -i | --- AT |- -v.": - ; lv> J : rr^roa rfty ^i "iihisn ^n 'taoi 21 N 1 ? ib 1 ?- 1 ?^ hin? npNb hpfarr rrn-n^ nin! rm ^S DINH 115^ n-p-i^n-n^ nij; ^p 1 ? r]p^ nisrf? iiy nDk-N^i inj^o jn DIKH n 1 ? *> h' | : AT^\ : ~ (.- -;T T |T s" 22 rn rpi Dm "ipi ^xpi jn p^n *o* v > T I -|j-: T I : |T : ' / | VAT T -i" : v . 17. VOCABULARIES. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE VOCABULARIES. act., active. Imv., Imperative, adv., adverb. Inf., Infinitive, apoc., apocopated. interrog., interrogative. c., common. m., masculine, cf., compare. n., noun, conj., conjunctive. Niph., Niph'al. consec., consecutive. Part., Participle, const., construct. Perf., Perfect, dem., demonstrative. pers., personal. f., feminine. prep., preposition, gutt., guttural. pr. n., proper noun. Hiph., Hiph'il. pron., pronoun. Hithp., Hithpa'el. sg., singular. Impf., Imperfect. suf., suffix. In the Hebrew-English Vocabulary the numeral immediately following the Hebrew word indicates the number of times it occurs in the Old Testament. In the English-Hebrew Vocabulary the numeral immediately foLowing each word indicates the number of the corresponding Hebrew word in the Hebrew-English Vocabulary. OF GENESIS I-VIIL 1. 3N (const. >5tf) [1155] 15. ^fltf (const. *)|1N) [180] Cabh), m., father. ('aher), m., another, pi. 2- JJN L266] ('ebhen), f., sfcwe. DHflN. 3. IN [2] ('edh), m., mist, 16. -)!1N "[770] ( ahar), prep. vapor. after, pi. only in const. 4. DIN [560] ('adham), m., npj. maw; cf. t^'*N 17. *J<( const. >JSt) ('ay ),interrog. C ft dhama), f., ground, earth. art thouf iii. 9. 6. ^kV [350] Cohel), m., tent. 18. ( *"Q>N (const. fCW [5] 7. *V1N [102] ('or), &e %/^, ('ebha), f., ewm% s/ime, (') Gutt. and V'p). 19. pK Caym), (nothing), there Hiph., give light. Inf. with is not, const. ?*$, with m. prep. *7, "l^N*!! 1 ?, i.!5,17,&c. suf. ^JSt, v. 24. 8. 11N*[120]('6r), : m., light. 20. &*$ [1700] ('is), m., man, 9- niK [76] ('6th), f., sign, pi. cf. DTK* nhX. 21. T]K CaYh), swe??/, only. 10. tK (az), adv., then. 22. 'TDtf [821] ('akhal), eat, de- ll. |tN[42](azan),Qalnotused. vour, (N"fl), Impf. (' Gutt.), Hiph., listen, give ear, Imv. 2d pi. nifNP7 Niph. Impf. 75X^i vi. 21. iv. 23. 23. f 12. (IK (const, ^fl^) [688] ('ah), 24. 7^ ('el), prep, unto, with m., brother. suf., ^{$, , i. 22, V. 29. Impf. with suf. 1fi>N, vii. 2, pi. with Waw consec. *")D^1, D*&*3, const. *CJO, vi. 18. i. 3, 6, &c., ^jft^nX iii 2, 44. *")&'K C a ser), rel. pron. who, 13, &c. tc/iicA. 31. JT1DK (const. rnN) [35] 45. j")N Ceth), particle placed T : : ('imra), f., utterance, song, before definite accusative; iv. 23. [(man). before Maqqeph "HN, with 32. fcrfo^ C e nos), pr. n. Enosh, suf. 'Fltf, DHK, i. 27, 28. 33. *ij^('anokhi), pers. pron./. 46. J"|N Ceth), prep. t&t^. T 34. ^IpN [214] ('asaph), gather, 47. JiriK Catta), personal pron, 35. l|tf [282] ('aph), m., nose, 48. 3 (k e )' prep, in, on, among, anger, pi. with prep, and suf. 49. 13 [HJ (badh), m., separa- V)K3' Dual D^3^ f ^ i0 "' ^3*?' to his separa- 36. r|X ('aph), conj. yea more, tion=alo7ie, ii. 18. but even, *3 HK w ^ ^^e 50. ^15 [42] (badhal), Qal not I _ _ T that? iii. 1. used. Hiph. separate, di- 37. nyi^ C ar ubba), f ., lattice, vide; Impf. with Waw con- window, pi. J"11!;J*")N secutive 7^13^1, i- 4,7, &c., 38. y%~\$ (m. ilJD^N) [320] Part. ^H^Q, dividing, i. 6. (arbk r ), f.,/om%ord.^3n. 51. HV"J3 [2] \Wholah), 39. t]*l^[96] ('orekh),m.,?e7i<7^. Hum, ii. 12. 40. pig [2000] ('ereg) f., carM, 52. ^3 [3] (bohu), m. 41. ^S^ [57] ('arar), cwrse, (' 53. npilS [300] (b e hema), f., Gutt. and yy}) Pass. part. beast, dumb brute. VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I VIII. 57 54. tfto [2619] (bo'), go in, him, vii. 16. come. (\'y and N" 1 ?). Qal 65. J/p2 [51] (baqa'), cleave^ Perf . JO, vi. 16. Hiph. Perf. divide. Niph. be broken up, N*3D' bring, iv. 4. Impf. vii.ll. ('^Gutt.) [ing, dawn. apoc. with Waw consec. 66. *lp3[210](boqer),m.,morw- iOI, ii- 19, iv. 3. 67. JO3 [53] (bara'), cw, form, 55. J^'li [109] (bos), be ashamed, create, ('y Gutt. and N" 1 ?), (Y'V), Hithpolel Impf. Impf. with Waw consec. 56. *TO [102] (bahar), choose, 68. 7PO [73] (barzel), m.,i>on. ('y and /{ ? Gutt.). 69. HH? [280] (b'rith), f., cou- 57. f>2 (from pg) [168] (ben), ena?i^ '3 D^pil, establish (interval) prep, between, for a covenant. P3-.-P3, occurs 1 ?...^. 70. Tjn^ [413] (barakh), fcn<2 58. jl^3 (const. H^) [2100] ^e /mee. ('^ Gutt.) Pi'el (bayith), m., house, house- ^1*53' bless, Impf . withWaw hold, with suf. TTfV3< vii. 1, consec. Tj*Q*X i. 22, v. 2. pl. D^H^ (batim).' 71. ^CO[270] (basar),m.,/esA. 59. Jl^'1D3 T [120] (b e khora), f., 72. ^[400] (bath), f., daughter, firlt-born, pl. jinD?. 73. fiOJ [35] (gabho(a)h), adj. 60. ^ri'p^ (b^lti), adv. of nega- high, pl. D*nhjl tion, Zes^, rao, ^Aa wo^, iii. 11. 74. *\*fo$ [150] (gibbor), m., hero, 61. f3 [4500] (ben), m., son. man of valor. 62. ?"03 [380] (bana), build, 75. ^l^JI [23] (gabhar), be strong, T T _ ~ T (r?"/)? Impf. with Waw be mighty. (Cf. *")13J)- consec. ]y\ ii, 22. Part. 76. *?'n^ [330] (gadhol), m., rf.Jp, iv. 17. g'rea^, elder. 63. *TQ^3 (ba !a bhur), prep./or, 77. y^ [24] (gawa'), die, expire, in behalf of, comp. of 3 and ( /l ? Gutt.). Impf. J^Jj*, vi. ^lO^ from *l^^,ps5 ove? 1 . 17. 64. 1j;3'(b e 'adh),prep.5eAiW, 78. pm [2] (gahon), m., belly, after, with suf. H W, a/fer ^^(11 iii. 14. 58 VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I VIII. 79. ppTMJ (gihon), pr. n. Gihon. 80. DJ3 (gam), conj. also, DJl- Q-J, &o/i. . .and. 81. [J [3] (gan), c. or f. garden, park. [pitch-wood. 82. n$j [11 (gopher), m., pitch, 83. t^'Sli! [47] (garas), drive, cast out J('y GrMtt.). Pi'el, t&HJI expel, iv. 14. Impf. with Waw consec. fc^*Vn, iii 24. 84. D#J [35] (gesem )7m., #ws- iVi0r rain, heavy shower. 85. p3^ [54] (dabhaq), cleave, adhere, ii. 24. 86. T\F\ (or rim.) [33] (dagha), f., T /sA, const, rU*l, i.26,28. 87. jn or JH [23] (dun or din), rule, judge, (Vj?). Impf. flT,vi.3. 88. TJ1 [170] (dor), m., a^e, generation, pi. im and 6th. 89. 0*1 [360] (dam), m., blood,' pl^DI, const. W,iv. 10. 90. HID* 7 ! [2 T 5] (d e muth),'f ., Zi/te- ness, image. 91. *VT|1 [2] (dardar), m., thorny plant, thistle, iii. 18. 92. TJTJ [690] (derekh), c. way, journey. 93. NH [2] (dasa'), 94. NH [14] (dese'), m., tender grass. 95. -H (^H) (ha), Article, the, other forms are: ft, p|, H, - T cf . Arabic al. 96. n (h a ), Interrog. p-article, same as Latin ne, other forms: ft, H, 97. *72n (hebhel), m., pr. n. (hu'), pers. pron. he. 99. n*n (haya), be, happen, come to pass, (n"*?)j nnn, i. 2, vnr i. 14, 15, T : |T T : Inf. con st. D Vn with 3 and suf. DnVn?, iv. 8, Impf. i. 11. rrw, i. 29, n'.nn, iv. 12, apoc. ^*1*, i. 3, 6, with Waw conjunctive *i*T1, i. 6, with Waw consec. *pn,i.3,5,&c. 100. ^H [526] (hlakh), go, Part. act. Tj^Jl, ii. 14, Hith. walk, go about, Impf. with Waw consec. Tj^nrVH, v. 24. [behold, lo! 101. JH, n^H (hen, hmne), adv. 102. HJin (henna), pers. pron. T J" f., they. 103. T|n [95] (haphakh), turn, change into, (' Grutt.). Hithpa'elPart. turning itself, iii. 24. VOCABULARY or GENESIS I VIII. 59 104. T? [560] (har), m., mount- 116. JHT [220] (zera'), m., ain, pi. D^fi i n pause, J^lt i- 29, secd- 105. jfjfi [170] (haragh), kill, time, viii. 22. AT slay, ('fi and 'j; Gutt.), iv. 117. X^fi [33] (habha'), Qal not 23. Impf. with suf . 'IpJT, used". (') Gutt. and N" 1 ?). iv. 14, with Waw consec. Hith. hide oneself, Impf. IfiJTirPl, iv. 8. with Waw cons. 106. rtlfi [43] (hara), conceive, iii. 8. CflYnd'y Gutt. and fi" 1 ?). 118. fi^VOfi [29] (h Impf. rnfifl, apoc. with bruise, wound, with suf., Waw consec. ^)fifil, iv. 1, VTOfi, iv. 23. 17, &c. 119. rirtdh [6] (t'^ra), f., T : 107. fllfi [2] (heron), m., con- girdle, [ffiddekel, Tigris, ception. 120. ^p^fi (hiddeqel), pr. n. 108. 1 (w c ), conj. and, other 121. t^"1fi [300] (hodhes), m., forms 5), \ X \\ depend- new moon, month. ing on tone and following 122. ,mfi(hawwa),f., pr. n.Eve. vowel. 123. t ^ ? lfi[64](hul)and^fi(hil), 109. fit [13] (ze), dem. pron. be pained, wait, Qal Impf . m., this, f. fiNt, cf . fi^K 3 m. s. with Waw consec. 110. mt [368] (zahabh), m., ^fi-^1, viii. 10, (') Gutt. 111. m[ 38 Kzayith),m., olive- 124. tree. [ber. street, 112. ^Ot [169] (zakhar), remem- within, from without, vi. 14. 113. "Ot [82] ( zakhar ),m.,male. 125. fiNDfi[3](hatta'th),f.,sm. 114. fij;t [1] (ze'a), f., sweat, 126. *fi [500] (hay), m., life, pi. 115. jnj. [55] "(zara*), sow, ('y 127. fi^fi [264] (haya), live, ('Q and T/l 7 Gutt.). Part, ^t, Gutt, and fi //l ?), Inf. JlVfi i. 11, Hiph. yield seed, Impf. fi^fi*, apoc. ^fi^,wi Part. VHtJD, i. 11, 12. Waw consec. W), v. 6, 9. 60 VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I VIII. 128. rrfl $00] (hayya), f., liv- 143. tl^Tf [8] (harabha), f., ing creature, beast, const. dryness, dry land. jTfl, Poet. -VVn, i. 24. 144. ,1*1(1 [92] (hara), burn,glow 129. "fl [23] (hayay), live, (') (with anger), (' and '# Gutt. and yy), *fl, iii- 22, Gutt. and J1" 1 ?)- Impf. v. 5. [fatness. apoc. with Waw consec. 130. ^H [90] (helebh), m., fat, ^\ iv. 5. 131. Jftn [31] (hallon), c., hole, 145. fyjh [7] (horeph), m., window. winter. 132. ^H [139] (halal), loose, 146. grin [1] (hores), m., tool, set free, (' Gutt. and cutting instrument, iv. 22. yy}, Hiph. ^fin, begin, 147. Tl^fl [78] (hosekh), m., vi. 1, Hoph. ^friili it was darkness. begun, iv. 26. 148. 11HD [92] (tahor), adj., 133. D(l [16] (ham), pr. n. Ham. clean, f . PHlilp, vii. 2. 134. Oil [14] (horn), m., Aea^. 149. 2'1D [550] (tdbh), m., good. 135. !^n[20](hamadh),(ZmVe, 150. D"l0 (terem), adv. not yet, ('3 T Gutt.), Niph. part. 6e/ore. IDflJ, iii- 6. [lence. 151. fllO [1] (taraph), adj. 136. DDH [60] (hamas), m., vio- fresh, newly plucked. 137. trail [44] (hames), f ., five, 152. ^ (yabhal), pr. n. Jabal. ordinal ^^r], fifth. 153. \jy [60] (yabhes), be dried 138. ?H [69] (hen); m., favor, up. T Qal Inf. const. fiO>, I v j ; grace. [Enoch. viii. 7, (*"3). 139. rj'Urj [8] (h a nokh), pr. n. 154. H^>T [14] (yabbasa), f., 140. 1DH [22] (haser), be di- dry land. minished, fail, (') Gutt., 155. 1* [1580] (yadh), f., hand. mid. e}. 156. JT [1 45 1 (yadha'), A:7iow;, 141. 2*iri[40] (harebh), dry up, (V'3 an d / Gutt.), Inf. (') Gutt., mid. e). const. Hi^^' 142. 3np [400] (herebh), f., 157. nlHMy e h6wa), Jehovah, sword. 158. VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I VIII. 61 159. Dl* [2250] (yom), day, pi. with Waw consec. D*D*i const. *D*t ii. 7. 160. rrti> T [33] (yona)', f., dove. 169. *W[9] (yeser), m., 161. ^3tD* [23] (yatabh), be good, imagination. (* /7 )), Hiph. Impf. ^p", 170. Dip* [2] (y'qum), m ., wl iv. 7. exists, living being, (root 162. I 1 ?* [490] (yaladh), bear, Dip). bring forth, (V'fl), Inf. 171. frO* [315] (yare'), fear, const. fT"f? 5 with 'p, rrf? 1 ? (V'ib: 'i* Gutt., and X"T"). iv. 2, Impf. H 1 ?* iv. 1, Impf. tf"V*, 1st sing, with 17, &c., Niph. be born, Waw consec. JO*fcO,iii- 10. Impf . l7T, iv. 18, Hiph. 172. TV (in pause ' T T)*), " T' YJY Y|T beget, "V 7! Hi v. 4, 7, &c., (yeredh), m., pr. n. Jared. Impf. "frVi with Waw 173. p*V [6] (y^req), m., green- consec. "Y?1*l, v. 4, 7, &c. ?iess. 163. n l 7H88](ye J le : dh),m.,cMd 174. 2gf> [1050] (yasabh), V, 164. D* [380] (yam), m., seor, pi. dwell, (Y'), Impf. T D'/9* with Waw consec. 165. r|p* [210] (yasaph), acZ^, iv. 16, Part. Act. (1")), Hiph. Impf. t]*Dl*, iv. 20. apoc. "|Di*, with Waw 175. f^ [16] (yasen), sleep, consec. tlpl^li iv. 2. (V'3) 1^** w ^h Waw 166. Hfi*. [HI (y^pheth), pr. n. consec. JjgM^, ii. 21. Japhcth. 176. 3 (k*), prep, as, like. 167. XV* [1075] (yaa'), go out, 177. tb'33 [15] (kabhas), ^rea^ (V't) and ^ //1 7). Impf. with upon, subdue, Imv. with Waw consec. tf^l, iv. 16. fern, suf . jl>33, i. 28. Hiph. bring out. Impf. 178. D3D (const. '^3'D) [36] ^W? 3d f. with Waw con- (kokhabh), m., star, pi. see. NVirili i- 12. D*D513 168. ")V* [62] (yacar), form, 179. fpt [120] (ko(a)h), m., (V'3 and /l ^ Gutt.), Impf. strength, might. 62 VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I VIII. 180. >p(ki), conj. that, for. 192. 7 (l e ) prep, to, for. 181. to (kol), m., totality, all, 193. ^ (16'), adv. not, no. every, with Maqqeph "to, 194. $? [620] (lebh), m., heart, 182. tfto [18] (kala'), hold, re- with 3d m. suf. 1^. strain, (K" 1 ?). 195. tJO^ [H6] (labhas),_pwow 183. Hto [206] (kala), be ended, (clothes), Hiph. clothe (an- (il"*?), Pi'el, complete, other). Impf. with Waw finish, Impf. rfvO*, vi. 16, consec. 0^3*7*5' "* 21. apoc. with Waw consec. 196. Dfl 1 ? [1] (lahat),m.,./?ame, to^X ii- 2. Pii'al Impf. glittering blade (of g, apoc. with Waw consec. sword), iii. 24. ftpn, ii. 1. 197. Off? [300] (lehem), 0.,/ooa 7 , 184. |p (ken), adv. so, thus, bread. J3" t ?J therefore, on ac- 198. tjf'jp*? [5] (latas), hammer, count of this, ii. 24, JD^' forge, Part. act. ty'tj 1 ?, iv. therefore. 22. 185. 1^3 [42] (kinnor), m., 199. ^ [224] (layil), usually harp, lyre. H?' 1 ? with He of ace., m., 186. rp:p (const, rj^p) [no] w/^k (kanaph), f., wing. 200. j""tD/ (lamma), adv. why? 187. HDD [149] (kasa), cover, (*?ITlO). Pii. Z>e covered, vii. 19, 201. TlD 1 ? (lemekh), pr. n. j&a- 188. Cp [280] (Hph), m., palm 202. Hp 1 ? [966] (laqah), of hand, sole of foot; dual ( /l ?Gutt.),Inf.const. ( D^3 Impf. flp\ with Waw con- 189. *-)3 [100] (kaphar), cover sec. Hp^, ii. 15, iv. 19. (with pitch), vi. 14. Pii'al, be taken, llflD 1 ?, 190. 3Hp [90] (k e rubh), m., ii. 23. [very, cherub, pi. 0*3113. 203. 1K/D [286] (m*'odh), adv. 191. Jli'13 [28] (k'thoneth), f., 204. H^D (const. HNID) [600] coa^, ^t?'c. (me'a), hundred. VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I VIII. 63 205. IIKO (const. -HNP) [19] 216. TgQ [18] (matar), Qal not (ma'or), m., light, lumi- used, Hiph. *Vtppn 0e nary, pi. jl^Np' rain, ii. 5. 206. ^ONO [30] (ma"' a khal), m., 217. *ft (mi), interrog. pron. T -: |- food. who ? 207. 'TOO [13] (mabbul), m., 218. Q*0 (const. *0) [600] (ma- deluge, flood. yim), pi. m. (of obs. form 208. nO (ma), interrog. pron. *0), water. T what? Other forms are 219. pp [31] (min), m., kind, np f np, np species, with prep, and m. 209. *?K^jfjO (mah a lal'el, pr. sg. suf. 'WO 1 ? or n. Mahalaleel. . i. 11, 12. 210. H#iO [200] (mo'edh), m., 220. np?0 (const. set time, season, plural (mikhse), m., covering. DH#10. 221. ^p [247] (male'), be full, 211. mO [857] (muth), die (K //l ?), Imv. 2d pi. ()"y\ Perf . HO, vii. 22, i. 22, 28. Inf. abs. n'10, ii. 17, Impf. 222. nDN^P (const. n^O*, jussive nO*, with [172] (m'la'kha), f., Waw consec. nb*l, v. 5, 223. n^C^OO [17] (memsala), IT- T T : v 8, &c. [altar. f., dominion, rule, const. 212. ngfp[310](rnizbe(a)h),m., n^PP, i- 16. 213. nnp[34](maha),w/pe huya'el),pr. n. [200] (minha), f., an offer- Mehitjael. ing, present. 215. nD^np [53] (mah a sabha), 227. f^O [23] (ma'yan), m., f., plan, purpose, pi. const. fountain, spring, plural ), vi. 5. DWO and 64 VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I VIII. 228. 7#p [137] (msi'al), adv., not used (|" above, used only in com- tell, show, iii. 11.* position; with ft . loca- 240. tjjj [neghedh), prep, be- tive, t^y^ upwards, with fore, in presence of, with *P and fp, ft^J^P^P lit- su f TT*I^ ii- 18. from-to-upwards, vii. 20. 241. VJ13 [148] (nagha'), touch, , 229. nZ'J/p (const. ftC^p) smite, (?"3 and '7 Gutt.), [240] (ma a se), m., work'. ~ Impf. ^H, iii. 3. 230. NVD [486] (maca), /md, 242. *0 [24] (nadh)m.,/w#?ta;e. (K T/t 7), ii. 20, Part. act. 243. ^nj[123](nahar),m.,rm?r. NVD 5 iv. 14. 244. "V)3 (nodh), pr. n. JVo<^. 231. ftjpp (const. Hip?) [8] ^5. TO [64] (nu(a)h), m, (miqwe), m., collection, (f'^D, V'^ an d /l ? Grutt.), gathering, i. 10 Hiph. H^fti cause to rest, 232. D'lpD (const. D'lpp)[380] Impf. with suf. and Waw (maqom), c. place. consec. 1ft (1^5 > " ^ ^^ 233. ftJpP (const, ftjpp) [76] Impf. 3 f. sg. with Waw (miqne), m., substance, consec. It^DX viii. 2. wealth. 246. fti (no(a)h), pr. n. Noah. 234. ft^P (const. ftX l ")P) 247. DH^ [106] (naham), Qal [101] (mar'e), m., appear- not used, (|") and 'y ance, look. Gutt.), Niph. repent, pity, 235. ^'0 t 79 ^ (roasal), rule, Impf. Qft^, vi. 6, Pi'el with 3 over, Inf. const. comfort, Impf. DrO* v. 29. with prep. ^, ^j^P^. 248. t^fl^ [30] (nahas), m., ser- 236. nit3^'p [270] (mispaha), pent. i., family, pi. ninBt^P* 249. j"lTO [135] (n'hoseth), 237. ^Kti^inp (m e thusa'ei), pr. m., bronze. n. Methushael. 250. ^10^ [58] (nata'), plant, 238. ft'?^ ? )np(ni'thuselah),pr. (J"^ and /u ? Gutt.), Impf. n. Methusaleh. with Waw consec. 239. -tfj [379] (naghadh), Qal ii. 8. VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I VIII. 65 251. nfT3 [43] (niho(a)h), m., 263. #&} [17] (nasa'), Qal not rest, pleasantness. used, Hiph. deceive, seduce, 252. PO3 [499] (nakha), Qal not (f'fl and tf"*?). used, (|"fl and ff% Hiph. 264. HO^ (const. rOjfy [24] n3i*T smite, strike, Inf. (n e sama), f., breath, spirit. const. rVDn, iv. 15. 265. frO [2090] (nathan), give, 253. W [43] (usL),m., wanderer. (T'iD), Inf. const. jIH, iv. 254. HOW (na a ma), pr. n., 12, Impf. with Waw con- Naamah. sec. ffVl, i. 17. 255. DH^ f 46 ] (n e 'urim), (def. 266. Mp [156] (sabhabh), f wni, writing for D**"VlJ^}) used encompass (J/''^), Part, only in pi., m., youth, i. e., act. 2DD, " ^^' ^ - time of youth. 267. ""Up [90] (saghar), shut, 256. n$^ [12] (naphah), blow, Impf. with Waw consec. breathe, (f" and /1 7 Gutt.), ^P^. 21. . Impf. with Waw consec. 268. T)D [293] (sur), turn aside, nD'^1, ii' 7. (V'J/)' [sAw^ wp. 257. b^ [2] (naphil), m., used 269. ")DD [3] (sakhar), (=^D) T ~* T ~~ T only in pi. D^)l giants. 270. ^D [172] (sepher), m., : v J" * 258. 7J [417] (naphal), fall, writing, book. (r*fi)i Hiph. Impf. apoc. 271. ^HD [83] (sathar), hide, with Waw consec. *7@3, Niph.Impf. ^jlDJJ, iv. 14. ii. 21. 272. -13JJ [286] ('abhadh), serve, 259. fctoj [780] (neph^s), f., ^ ('fl Gutt.), Inf. const. breath, soul. [female. with prep. 7, ""1^J77, ii. 5. 260. nDM [22] (n^qebha), f., 273. ^3j; [551]' ( abhar), pass 261. Dp^ [34] (naqam), avenge, over(' Gutt.). tj 6)1 Hoph. Dp\in pause 274. ^\y_ ('adh), prep, till, until. Op*, iv. 15. 275. nii^Cadha), pr.n. Ada. 262. NCO [706] (nasa'), lift up, 276. f"Ujf[3] ('edhen), m., Eden. (| /7 ) T and N" /* ), Inf. 277. ^jfjj^ [4] ('ughabh), m., const. HNi^, iv. 7. P?pe, reec?, organ. 66 VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I VIII. 278. Tiy ('odh), adv. still, yet, 293. pr?^ (const. n?) USi again. ('ale), m., leaf. 279. rh\y (const. rfr\T) [386] 294. &y ('im), prep. tot$, along ('ola), f., burnt-offering, with. pi. F\ijy* 295. *l^[108]('aphar),m.,dfMs. 280. pj; (const, pj) [226] 296. p# [326] ('eg), m., free. Cawon), m., gwi7l, *?.. 297. 3y [17] ('agabh), sw/fer 281. D^ty [430] ('61am), m., pewi, (') Gutt.), Hithp. ab># [26] (Viri), ordinal ('y Gutt. and ft" 1 ?), Imv. num. tenth. 309. *\&% [333] (#) [172] opening, door. ('eser), f., few. T 325. Jtfy [268] (6'n), c., sheep, 311. j")# [300] ('eth), c., time. flock, collective. 312. T\r\y_ C&tta), adv. now. 326. fcOy [13] (yabha), m., 313. H3 [480] (pe), mouth, with army, host. fern. suf. fTD, iv. 11. 327. iy [33] (?adh), m., side, 314. "?) (pen+), conj. ?es^, with with prep, and suf. fliy^' Impf. vi. 16. 315. D0) [2000] (panim), m., 328. pHV t 203 ^ i^addiq), m., faces, const. ^S, i. 2. ,/ws^, righteous. 316. D#B[110](pam),f., n< . (the'eyes) ( /l ? Gutt.), Niph. 332. D^V [16] (selem), m., im- HP5^' ^- ^- I m P^- with a#e, likeness, i. 26, 27. Waw consec. rOflpSJlX 333. J^^y ^^ (ela c ), m., stWe, iii. 7. n&, pi. niy^y* 320. *T\Q [26] (paradh), epa- 334. H^y [31] (gamkh), sprowf, mfeVyGutt.), Niph. Impf. ( /l ? T Gutt.), Hiph. make T)3'> " 10- sprout, Impf. with Waw 321. n*^5 [28] (para), bear fruit consec. flDyi* ii- 5. VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I VIII. 335. pi?V [54] (ga'aq), cry out in weight, be diminished, \'y Gutt.), Part. act. plur. (yy\ Pi'el make light of, D^pJ/y, iv. 10. curse. 336. 1iSV[39] (gippor), c., little 350. fp [13] (qen), m., cell, bird. 351. fljp [81] (qana), get, ac- 337. Dip [61] (qedhem), m., quire (ft" 1 ?), iv. 1. v|-iv ^ _ front, east, as adv. before. 352. j^p [65] (qe), m., encZ. 338. j"["lp[4](qidhma),f.,eas- 353. H5fp (const. HVp) [90] ward, const. HOIp, ii- 14. (qage) (= T*p), m., ewe?. 339. Hp [171] (qadhas), be 354. 1'VP ^ (wir) m., Aar- ymre, c?ea?i, holy, Pfel ves?. consecrate, Impf. with 355. *")p [1] (qor), m., cold. Waw consec. CHpl, " 3. 356. Nip [855] (qara), call ('y 340. Hip [48] (qawa), be strong Gutt. and K"S),Impf. with (n //l ?) 5 Niph. assemble, Waw consec. NIDI, i- 5, T|: - gather together, Impf. ^p*, Niph. Impf. N1p*> ii- 28. i. 9. 357. |1N1 [1295] (1), see, look 341. ^IpLSOO] (qol), m., voice, ('Q and y Gutt. and n //l ?), sound. Impf. apoc. with Waw con- 342. Dip [450] (qum), rise up, sec. Nil, i- 4, vi. 2. (VJ7), Impf. with Waw 358. t^Nl [600] (ro's), m., head, consec. Dpi, iv. 8, Hiph. pi. D*L^N1 D^pH, vi/18. 359. fl&'NI [m] (ri'son), adj. 343. nplp [45] (qoma), f., stat- first. lire, height. 360. JY^'NI [&H (re'sith), f., 344. T^lp [12] (q6), m., thorn. denorn. from ^Nl, begin- 345. jbp[56](qaton), adj./iV^e. w/Hflr. 346. f'pjqaym), pr. n. Cain. 361. 31 [466] (rabh), m., mwc/i, 347. P*p (qenan), pr. n. Cainan. many, fern. d2Jl 348. T*p [20] (qayi), m., fruit- 362. 331 [17] (rabhabh), m?*Z#t- harvest, summer. ply, (' Gutt, and yy), 349. ^p [82] (qalal), be light Inf. const. 31, vi. 1. VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I VIII. 69 363. nTU243](rabha),wcrease Pi'el FlfT), brood, hover (' Gutt. and JT /l 7)i Impf. over, Part. fern. JlPnp, apoc. yV, i- 22, Imv. ^l"), i. 2. i. 22, 28" Hiph. fl^nri 372. (in [56] (re(a)h), m., fra- Inf. abs. PQlPti iii- 16, grance. Impf. 1st pers. PD^X? iii. 373. t^jgl [14] (ramas), creep, 16. (' Gutt.), Part. act. with 364. pi [30] (rabhag), lie art. tPOhpJ, i. 26, fern. down, crouch, Part. act. Jlt^D^fT i- 21. P3 5 !, iv.7. 374. t^pl [17] (rSmes), m., 365. ^jjl [260] (reghel), c.,/oo, creeping thing. with suf. pftn, viii. 9. 375. tH (f . HID) [650] (ra"), T : - -r T 366. jllI [25] (radha), Aave adj. bad, evil. T T dominion, rule (' Grutt. 376. Hjn (ra'a), f., badness, and IT 7)1 Impf. n*"l^i i- wickedness. 26, Imv. ni, i- 28. 377. HJH [183] (ra'a),/eerf, ^ew^, 367. (in [11] (ru(a)h) and (in ('^and '^ Gutt. and ft"*?), (ri(a)h), Qal not used, Hiph. Part. act. const. Jli^H, iv. 2. inhale, smell, 3 m. s. with 378. pi (raq), adv. only. Waw consec. PTVT viii. 21. 379. JW1 [17] (raqi(a)'), m., ex~ 368. (in [375] rii(a)h), f., pause, const, ^pl, i. 20. breath, spirit. 380. IJS^ [131] (sa'ar), remain, 369. Dn [193] (rum), 6e A^, Niph. be left, vii. 23, ( r y become high, rise, Qal Impf. Gutt.). 3 f. s. with Waw consec. 381. yytf (m. tiy^ff) [96] D1DX vii. 17. ('fl Gutt. (sebha'), f., seven, and V'y). seventh, ii. 2, Q' 370. ^Prl [21] (rohabh), m., sevenfold, iv. 15. breadth, with suf. Pl^PO, 382. fi^ (70] (sabhath), res, T : T - T vi. 15. cease, Impf. with Waw 371. t]lll [3] (rahaph), Qal not consec. jlb^X ii. 2. used" ('} and 'y Gutt.), 383. D|^' [1] (sSggam), only in 70 VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I VIII. vi. 3, with 5> (i n their) story cells, &&**}$, thirty, wandering. 393. D? (sam), adv. there. 384. Dnfc> [11] (soham), m., 394. Qgf [850] (sem), m., name, onyx, sardonyx. 395. Q{7 (sem), pr. n. Shem. 385. 21> [1100] (siibh), turn, 396. DW' [400] (samayim),m., J- T (Y'^)i Impf. 2d sg. )TlC^n only in pi. heavens. iii. 19. 397. tljffltf (m. Jl^bt^') (s'mo- 386. rp^' [3] (suph), Jnme, ne), f . 'eight, D^btj?', eighty, crush, (}"y), Impf. Cp{&^, 398. J7D^ [1104] (sama'), hear, iii. 15. listen to ( /L ? Gutt.), Impf. 387. firW [151] (sahath), Qal 3 pi. with Waw consec. not used, ('y Gutt.), Pi'el lyptf^X iii- 8, Imv. f^OC^, destroy, corrupt ; Niph. iv. 23. Impf. with Waw consec. 399. ^ftW [460] (samar), keep, nnt^'rili y i- H- watch, Inf. const, with 388. j-W' [85] (sith), put, place, prep, and suf. rT)^ 1 ?, ii. C^y), Perf. n^\ iv. 25, 15, Part. act. "jgfevivi 9. Impf. 1st sg. n^'N^ii-lS. 400. H^' [22] (sana), f., year, Impf. 3 m. pi. with Waw 401. ^g [150] (seni), adj. sec- cons. 13J^^X viii. 1, (y"y}. ond, pi. D'^t^i second-story 390. p^' [127] T (sakhan), abide, cells, vi. 16. ' dwell, Hiph. Impf. with 402. DW (const. >^') [680] Waw consec. fDC^l* (s'nayim), m., cardinal two, 391. rhW [837] (salSh), send, f. D'JW 3 const. ^^',iv. 19. put forth ('^ Gutt.), Impf. 403. Jiycjf [15] (sa'a), 7oo/^, re- H 1 ?^, Pi'el Impf. with gard ('y Gutt. and H //1 7), Waw consecutive and suf. Impf. apoc. with Waw infjp&f^X iii- 23. consec. yV? !> \ iv. 4. 392. t^lj?' (m. n^^') (salos), 404. npt^' [74] (aqa), Qal not f., Mree; ordinal *{^'* l p^, used, Hiph. flp^n, p'z've ^iVc?, pi. D^ )L ?t^, ftri- put, set, place, (^"y], Irapf. i. 21. D^^, apoc. DJ^^j with 425. ^l^jl [4] (taphar), sew to- T " T - T Waw consec. D^V ii. 8. gether, Impf. pi. with Waw 412. ^t^ [76] (sakhaU look at, consec. VlSrVV iii. 7. ~ T : : behold, Hiph. make wise, 426. t^5^ [^4] (taphas), catch, Inf. const. S^j^H, iii. 6. (harp strings), .p/ay, Part. 413. Ml^n (const, rn^ri) [26] act. t^5h, iv. 21. (ta' a wa), f., desire. 427. MO'T^D (const. nDTHri) 414. n^n [37] (t e 'ena), %.,fig, [7] (tardema), f., deep sleep, fig-tree. [chest. ii. 21. 415. rOfi [28] (tebha), f., ark, 428. f^W']! [3] (t e siiqa), f., 416. ^inn [20] (tohu), m., waste- desire, longing. ness, desolation. 429. y&r\ (const. y\?F\] (m. 417. Dinil [35] (t'hom), c., n^^'ri) [58] (tesa'),' nine, abi/KS, deep. D^t^n> ninety. 418. JjJ ^in (tubhal qayin), VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I.-VIII.* Abel, 97. abide, 90. above, 228. abyss, 417. acquire, 351. Ada, 275. add, 165. adhere, 85. after, 16, 64. again, 278. age, 88, 281. all, 181. alone, 49. along with, 294. also, 80. altar, 212. among, 48. and, 108. anger, 35. another, 15. appearance, 234. Ararat, 42, ark, 415. army, 326. as, 176. ashamed, be, 55. aside, turn, 268. assemble, 340. avenge, 261. Bad, 375. bdellium, 51. be, 99. bear, 162. bear fruit, 321. beast, 53, 128. before, 150, 240, 337. beget, 162. begin, 132. beginning, 360. begun, be, 132. behind, 64. behold, v., 412. behold ! 101. belly, 78. bend the knee, 70. between, 57. bird, 283, 336. blade, glittering, 196. bless, 70. blood, 89. blow, 256. bone, 300. book, 270. born, be, 162. both.. and, 80. bread, 197. breadth, 370. breath, 259, 264, 368. breathe, 256. bring, 54. bring forth, 162. bring out, 167. broken up, be, 65. bronze, 249. brood, 371. brother, 12. bruise, v., 386. bruise, 118. brute, dumb, 53. build, 62. bush, 410. burn, 144. burnt-offering, 279. but even, 36. Cain, 346. Cainan, 347. call, 356. cast out, 83. catch, 426. cast, 382. cell, 350. change into, 103. cherub, 190. chest, 415. child, 163. choose, 56. city, 288. clean, 148. clean, be, 339. cleave, adhere, 85. cleave, divide, 65. clothe, 195. coat, 191. cold, 355. collection, 231. come, 54. come to pass, 99. comfort, 247. command, 330. complete, v., 183. * See last paragraph on page 54 of Manual. 74 VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I. VIII. complete, 423. conceive, 106. conception, 107. consecrate, 339. corrupt, 387. country, open, 409. covenant, 69. cover, 187. [189. cover (with pitch), covering, 220. crafty, 304. create, 67. creature, living, 128. creep, 373. creeping thing, 374. crouch, 364. crush, 386. cry out, 335. cubit, 29. curse, 41, 349. cut 67. [146. cutting instrument, Darkness, 147 daughter, 72. dawn, 66. day, 159. deceive, 263. deep, 417. deep sleep, 427. deluge, 207. desire, v., 135. desire, 135, 413, 428. desolation, 416. destroy, 213, 387. devour, 22. die, 77,211. [349. diminished, be, 140. divide, 50, 65. dividing, 50. do, 307. Faces, 315. dominion, 223. fail, 140. dominion, have, 366. fall, 258. door, 324. family, 236. dove, 160. fat,-ness, 130. dried up, be, 153. father, 1. drink, give, 404. favor, 138. drive, 83. fer,r, 171. dry land, 143, 154. feed, 377. dry up, 141. female, 260. dryness, 143. field, 409. dust, 295. fifth, 137. dwell, 174, 390. fig,-tree, 414. find, 230. Ear, give, 11. finish, 183. earth, 5, 40. first, 359. east, 337. first-born, 59. eastward, 338. fish, 86. eat, 22. five, 137. Eden, 276. flame, 196. eight-y, 397. flesh, 71. elder, 76. flock, 325. emptiness, 52. flood, 207. encompass, 266. fly, v., 282. end, 352, 353. food, 23, 197, 206. ended, be, 183. foot, 365. enmity, 18. for, 63, 180, 192. Enoch, 139. forge, v., 198. Enosh, 32. form, v., 67, 168. eternity, 281. form, 169. Eve, 122. forsake, 285. even, but, 34. fountain, 227. evening, 302. four, 38. every, 181. fowl, 283. evil, 375. fragrance, 372. existing, being, 170. free, set, 132. expanse, 379. fresh, 151. expel, 83. from, 224. expire, 77. from upon, 291. eye, 287. front, 337. VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I. VIII. 75 fruit, 322. hand, 155. Irad, 289. fruit, bear, 321. happen, 99. iron, 68. fugitive, 242. harp, 185. full, be, 221. harvest, 354. Jabal, 152. he, 98. Japheth, 156. Garden, 81. head, 358. Jared, 172. gather, 34. hear, 398. Jehovah, 157. gather together, 340. heart, 194. journey, 92. gathering, 231. heat, 134. Jubal, 158. generation, 88, 420. heavens, 396. judge, 87. get, 351. heel, 301. just, 328. giants, 257. height, 342. Gihon, 79. help, 286. Keep, 399. girdle, 119. herb, green, 306. kill, 105. give, 265. hero, 74. kind, 219. give rain, 216. Hiddekel, 120. knee, bend the, 70. give rest, 245. hide, 117, 271. know, 156. glittering blade, 196. hide oneself, 103. glow, 144. high, 73. Labor, 299. go, 100. high, be, 369. Lamech, 201. go about, 100. history, 420. land, dry, 143, 154. go in, 54. hold, 182. lattice, 37. go out, 167. hole, 131. leaf, 293. go up, 292. holy, be, 339. leave, 285. God, 26. host, 326. left, be, 380. gold, 110. house, 58. length, 39. good, be, 161. household, 58. lest, 60, 314. good, 149. hover over, 371. lie down, 364. grace, 138. hundred, 204. life, 126. grass, tender, 94. lift up, 262. great, 76. 1,33. light, 8, 205, 329. green herb, 306. if, 28. light (not dark), be, 7 greenness, 173. image, 90, 332. light, be, 349. grievance, 298. imagination, 169. light, give, 7. grieve oneself, 297. in, 48. lights, 329. ground, 5. in behalf of, 63. like, 176. guilt, 280. in, go, 54. likeness, 90, 332. in presence of, 240. listen, 11. Ham, 133. increase, 363. listen to, 398. hammer, v., 198. inhale, 367. little, 343. 76 VOCABULARY or GENESIS I. VIII. live, 127, 129. [170. name, 394. part, lowest, 422. living creature, 128, newly plucked, 151. pass, come to, 99. lo!101. night, 199. pass over, 273. longing, 428. nine, -ty, 429. perfect, 423. look, v., 357, 403. no, 193. pipe, 277. look, 234. Noah, 246. pitch, -wood, 82. look at, 412. Nod, 244. pity, 247. loose, 132. nose, 35. place, v., 388,411. lowest part, 422. not, 60, 193. place, 232. luminary, 205. not, that, 60. plan, 215. lyre, 185. not, there is, 19. plant, v., 250. not yet, 150. plant, 306. Mahalaleel, 209. nothing, 19. play, 426. make, 307. now, 312. pleasantness, 251. make sprout, 234. present, 226. male, 113. Offering, 226. prudent, 304. man, 4, 20. offer up, 292. pure, be, 339. man of valor, 74. olive-tree, 111. purpose, 215. many, 361. on, 48. put, 388, 411. many, be, 406. on account of, 184. put forth, 391. Mehujael, 214. once, 316. put on, 195. Methushael, 237. one, 14. Methuselah, 238. one tread or step, 316. Kain, 84. midst, 419. only, 21, 378. rain, give, 216. might, 179. onyx, 384. raven, 303. mighty, be, 75. open, 317, 319, 323. reed, 277. mist, 3. open country, 409. regard, 403. monster, 424. opening, 324. remain, 380. month, 121. organ, 277. remember, 112. moon, new, 121. out, bring, 167. rend, 317. more, yea, 36. out, cast, 83. repent, 247. morning, 66. out, cry, 335. reptiles, 406. mother, 27. out, go, 167. rest, v., 245, 382. mountain, 104. outside, 124. rest, 251. mouth, 313. over, pass, 273. rest, give, 245. much, 361. resting, a, 225. multiply, 362. Pain, 298, 299. resting place, 225. pain, suffer, 123, 297. restrain, 182. Naamah, 254. palm, 188. rib, 333. naked, 290, 304. park, 81. righteous, 328. VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I. VIII. 77 rise up, 342, 369. six, -th, 407. taken, be, 202. river, 243. skin, 284. tell, 239. rule, v., 87, 235, 366. slay, 105. ten, 309, 310. rule, 223. sleep, 175. tend, 377. rule over, 235. sleep, deep, 427. tender grass, 94. smell, 367. tent, 6. Sardonyx, 384. smite, 241, 252. tenth, 308. say, 30. so, 184. that, conj., 180. sea, 164. sole, 188. that not, 60. season, 210. son, 61. the, 95. second, -story, 400. song, 31. then, 10. seduce, 263. soul, 259. there, 393. see, 357. sound, 341. therefore, 184. seed, 116. sow, 115. these, 25. seed, yield, 115. species, 219. they, 102. seed-time, 116. spirit, 264, 368. third, 392. send, 391. spring, 227. thirty, 392. separate, 50, 320. sprout, 93, 334. this, 109. separation, 49. sprout, make, 334. thistle, 91. serpent, 248. star, 178. thorn, 344. serpent, water-, 424. stature, 343. thorny plant, 91. serve, 272. step, one, 316. thou, 47. set, 411. still, 278. three, 392. set free, 132. stone, 2. thus, 184. set time, 210. street, 124. Tigris, 120. Seth, 408. strength, 179. till, v., 272. seven, -th, -fold, 381. strike, 252. till, 274. sew together, 425. strong, be, 75. time, 311. sheep, 325. subdue, 177. time set, 210. Shem, 395. subside, 389. to, 192. shine, 7. substance, 233. tool, 146. show, 239. suffer pain, 297. totality, 181. shower, 84. summer, 348. touch, 241. shrub, 410. surely, 21. tread, one, 316. shut, 67, 269. swarm, v., 405. tread upon, 177. side, 327, 333. swarm, 406. tree, 296. sign, 9. sweat, 114. true that ? is it, 36. sin, 125, 280. sword, 142. Tubal-Cain, 418. sister, 13. tunic, 191. sit, 174. Take, 202. turn, 102, 266, 385. 78 VOCABULARY OF GENESIS I. VIII. turn aside, 268. walk, 100. with, 46, 294. turning itself, 103. wanderer, 253. [383 within, from, 124. two, 402. wanderings, in their, without, from, 124. wasteness, 416. woman, 43. Under, 421. watch, 399. work, 221,229. until, 274. water, 218. wound, 118. unto, 24. water-serpent, 424. wounding, 318. up, go, 292. way, 92. writing, 270. upon, 291. wealth, 233. upon, tread, 177. what V 208. Yea more, 36. upwards, 228. where ? 17. year, 400. utterance, 31. which, 44. yet, 278. who, 44. youth, time of, 255. Valor, man of, 74. who? 217. vapor, 3. why ? 200. Zillah, 331. very, 203. window, 37, 131, 329. violence, 136. wing, 186. ?, 96. voice, 341. winter, 145. wipe out, 213. )(, 45. Wait, 123. wise, make, 412. WORD LISTS. WORD LISTS HEBREW. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 64. tow Nti rrn T T arrx -or T T rrn to LIST I. occurring 5OO 500O times. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. SB* fWD 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. **9 ivy rnv DID 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. LIST II. Verbs occurring: 200-50O times. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. rrw 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. LIST III. Verbs occurring: 1OO-2OO times. "OK 66. KTJ3 68. f5 70. 67. 69. 71. on 81 82 WORD LISTS. 8i. NED 92. WM 103. njn 114. 82. m> 93. VDJ 104. 72. *ty 83. DCD> 94. MD 105. trip - T ~ T 73. n*7J| 84. *VV 95. ^D 106. 74. i&f-n 85. 123 96. 3^ 107. 75. ^Jl 86. ntO 97. rtfS 108. 76. ;nn 87. -)O 98. "Op 109. firW 77. rOt 88. &JO 1 ? 99. fcHD HO- 78. ^H 89. DH^ 1 100. 3^J5 111. 79. ftfn 90. 15^ 101. qnn 112. so. D^'n 91. yj} 102. pn 113. LIST IV. Verbs occurring 50 10O times. us. PON* iso. ^-tn 145. rn* ieo. iia init 131. ^rr 146. ODD iei. - T - T 117. "ION 132. n^rr 147. DJ/D 162. 118. n^K 133. p^H 148. ^3 163. 3Jfj 119. nra 134. pfl 149. |^ 164. HVp 120. jftZ 135. ^5(1 150. np 1 ^ 165. 121. ^ 136. nnn 151. -no lee. 122. yp3 137. Lrnn 152. -jHO 167. 123. aca 138. nnn 153. ^50 IBS. nnp 124. rr^ 1^9. -WTO 154. 0^9 IBQ. my 125. p5*l 140. t^'5 155. H^'D 170. ^ 126. rjn 141. HD* 156. ^^'p 171. 127. -yif 142. ^ 157. D?) 172. 128. rr^r 143. pv> iss. nni 173. rns 129. rnJ 144. ny^ 159. rni 174. WORD LISTS. 83 175. X*?Q 184. n ^p 193. N31 201. JW T T T T 176. V?) 185. vnp 194. mn 202. DOt^' ~ T ~ I T T T ~ T 177. tyfl 186. om 195. J;D^ 203. lOfcf' ~ T - T T - T 178. T)JD 187. frn 196. ^^t^ 204. DD^' 179. fcnS 188. prn 197. nDtr - T 205. np^ \ 180. p# 189< 3*1 198. TJ{^ 206. opn 181. nsv 190. 3D1 199. DHJ^ 207. t^3D T T T - T T 182. Tiy 191. fjn 200. ")^' 208. ypn 183. y?p 192. ^jn LIST V. Xouns occurring 50O-500O tin ties. 1. 3N 11. T ng 21. D 1 ? 31. ^p 2. DIN 12. 15 22. HND 32. Hp 3. tf"lN 13. T T 23. D^D 33. ^"| 4. flK 14. tm 24. Tj^D 34. H^D^ 5. -in^ 15. "VJ 25. #'M vjv 35. Q> 6. nntf 16. n 26. i^y 36. D^fi^ 7. fiP'tf 17. iiD 27. Jy 37. ilM T T 8. 3>rf?N is. T 28. nj; 9. ttfUN 19- DV 29. DJ? 10. r"ii< 20. IDS 30. DUS T 84 WORD LISTS. LIST VI. l^oiins occurring: 3OO 50O times. 48. nnr 58. oipD 68. rr|j 39. ^JIN 49 - fcnrr 59. DS^'D 69. m v -i v J T : 40. ^N so. >on 60. Koj 70. rrn 41. rri^nN si. Tin ei. y^g 71. rnir 42. rWN 52. D* 62. ri^y 72. *ig? 43. nOnS 53. ^3 63. D^'W 73. tTl^^' T .. . . . T T 44. H3 54. *]p3 64. ^ 74. D*5^ 45. ^nji 55. on 1 ? 65. *^wy 75. nj;c^ 46. *ij| 56. H3?P 66. DH^J7 76. THfi 47. D1 57.n^n^0 67. LIST VII. IKouns occurring: 200-300 times, 77. J3tf 87. "\W2 97. -ij

n 265. Dl^O 293. 210. niH5 238. f7nf7 266. X^O 294. pjftp 211. JifcO 239. rj^'Jl 267. rW'O 295. 212. fTVQj) 240. TjnD 268. fi^Ottf'P 296. 213. "qj 241. NpO 269. ^pt^'O 297. 214. ^t|j| 242. TJK? 270. S"0. 298. j^n 215. ^^ 243. DOl^ 271. TjCO. 299. HVp 216. ^JQJ 244. n^ 272. n^j 300. 217. J^JJI 245. *)J^ 273. n^p 301. 218. ""U 246. fi3PV 274. y^g 302. 219. *\y% 247. nj^ty> 275. n^D 303. pp 220. t^'5^ 248. ypj 276. ^QJJ 304. fl^n 221. n 1 ?;! 249. 3n? 277. Hj/ 305. Jlfefin 222. run 250. tjns 273. nnj?. soe. prn 223. *?yri 251. ^p 279. *\)y 307. 3H 224. flQfJ 252. JJQ 280. tj? 308. HH; 225. ^ 253. Hip 281. fj? 309. 226. j;'nf 254. nJHp 282. jy^ 310. 227. ^Dn 255. *)D10 283. ^OJ/ 311. 228. Jin 256. niOfO 284. ppj; 312. 229. Hn 257. n"ltp 285- ^y 313. 230. HOn 258. nnO 286. ny 314. T T T IT*T 231. ^n 259.ro^'np 237. riyy sis. 232. Ql^rj 260. ftD^ 288. ilD^ 316. 233. p^n 261. tOi^O 289. iYn# 317. WORD LISTS. 87 318. Ti> 322. j-FODtP 326. D^'fc? 330. T T : 319. *W 323. \W 327. 0*011 331. T 320. jn 1 ?^ 324. rrno^' 328. n>\*5n 332. 321. D^^' 325. H^ 329. WORD JLISXS TRAINSJL.ATIO1V. LIST I. Verbs occurring 5OO-5000 times. 1. Eat 10. Sit, dwell 19. Command 2. Say 11. Take 20. Rise, stand 3. Go in 12. Die 21. Call, meet 4. Speak 13. Lift up 22. See 5. Be 14. Give 23. Put 6. Go 15. Pass over 24. Turn 7. Know 16. Go up 25. Send 8. Bring forth 17. Stand 26. Hear 9. Go out 18. Do, make LIST II. Verbs occurring 200 -500 times. 27. Love 40. Possess 52. Fall 28. Gather 41. Deliver 53. Snatch, deliver 29. Build 42. Prepare 54. Turn aside 30. Seek 43. Complete 55. Serve 31. Bless 44. Cut 56. Answer 32. Remember 45. Write 57. Visit 33. Be strong 46. Be full 58. Multiply 34. Sin 47. Be king 59. Be high 35. Live 48. Find 60. Lie down 36. Be able 49. Make known 61. Keep 37. Add 50. Stretch out 62. Judge 38. Be afraid 51. Smite 63. Drink 39. Go down LIST III. Verbs occurring 10O 20O times. 64. Perish 70. Redeem 76. Kill 65. Be firm 71. Be great 77. Sacrifice 66. Be ashamed 72. Sojourn 78. Pollute, begin 67. Trust 73. Reveal 79. Encamp 68. Perceive 74. Tread, seek 80. Impute, think 69. Weep 75. Praise 81. Be unclean WORD LISTS. 82. Thank 93. Depart 83. Be good 94. Surround 84. Be left 95. Number 85. Be heavy 96. Abandon 86. Conceal 97. Turn about 87. Cover 98. Bury 88. Put on 99. Be holy 89. Fight 100. Draw near 90. Capture 101. Pursue 91. Touch 102. Run 92. Approach 103. Feed LIST IT. occurring: 50--10O times. 104. Hate 105. Burn 106. Ask 107. Swear 108. Break in pieces 109. Do obeisance 110. Corrupt 111. Dwell 112. Cast 113. Be whole 114. Minister 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120. 121. 122. 123. 124. 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. 130. 131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 136. 137. 138. 139. 140. Verbs Be willing Seize Bind Curse Choose Swallow Consume Cleave, split Create Flee Cleave, cling Turn, overthrow Sojourn [tion Commit fornica- Sow Cease [forth, wait Be pained, bring Be sick Distribute Be gracious Delight Be angry [silent Plow, engrave, be Be dismayed Be clean Be dry 141. Reprove 142. Give counsel 143. Pour out 144. Form 145. Cast, instruct 146. Wash 147. Be provoked 148. Stumble 149. Lodge 150. Learn 151. Measure 152. Hasten 153. Sell 154. Escape 155. Anoint 156. Rule 157. Look, regard 158. Drive away 159. Rest 160. Inherit 167. Shut 168. Conceal 169. Awake 170. Assist 171. Be afflicted 172. 'Arrange 173. Redeem 174. Scatter 175. Separate, be won- 176. Pray [derful 177. Do, make 178. Break, fail 179. Spread out 180. Cry out 181. Watch, cover 182. Distress 183. Be light 184. Get, obtain 185. Rend 186. Have mercy 187. Wash 161. Plant 162. Know,be ignorant 188. Be far off 163. Set 189. Strive 164. Be pre-eminent 190. Ride 165. Keep, watch 191. Sing, cry aloud 166. Reach 192. Be evil 90 WORD LISTS. 193. Heal 199. Kill 194. Be pleased 200. Sing 195. Suffice 201. Put 196. Act wisely, pros- 202. Rise early 205. Drink 206. Finish 207. Catch, seize 208. Strike, blow (a 197. Cease, rest [per 203. Destroy [tonished 198. Destroy 204. Be desolate, as- [trumpet) LIST V. occurring: 5OO 5000 times. 1. Father 2. Man, mankind 14. Way 15. Mountain 26. Servant 27. Eye, fountain 3. LORD 16. Living, life 28. City 4. Brother 17. Good 29. People 5. One 18. Hand 30. Face 6. After 19. Day 31. Voice 7. Man 20. Priest 32. Holiness 8. God 21. Heart 33. Head 9. Man, mankind 22. Hundred 34. Seven 10. Earth 23. Water 35. Name 11. House 12. Son 24. King 25. 'Soul 36. Two 37. Year 13. Word, thing LIST TI. >iOUIl 9 occurring: 30O 500 times. 38. Master 44. Daughter 50. Five 39. Tent 45. Great 51. Sword 40. Ox, thousand 46. Nation 52. Sea 41. Four 47. Blood 53. Article, vessel 42. Woman 48. Gold 54. Silver 43. Cattle 49. New, month 55. Bread WORD LISTS. 56. Altar 57. War 58. Place 59. Judgment 60. Prophet 61. Around 62. Burnt-offering 63. Age, eternity 64. Tree 65. (Ten)-teen 66. Twenty 67. Time 68. Mouth 69. Many 70. Spirit 71. Field 72. Prince 73. Three 74. Heavens 75. Gate 76. Midst LIST VII. IHouiis occurring 200300 times. 77. Stone 78. Ground 79. Ram 80. Mighty one, God 81. Cubit 82. Nose, anger 83. Ark 84. Garment 85. Morning 86. Covenant 87. Flesh 88. Boundary 89. Seed 90. Sin 91. Strength 92. Kindness 93. Honor 94. Palm of hand 95. Heart 96. Night 97. Exceedingly 98. Season 99. Camp 100. Rod, tribe 101. Messenger 102. Offering 103. Work 104. Family 105. Inheritance 106. Boy, servant 107. Iniquity 108. Flock 109. Midst 110. Foot 111. Friend, neigh- 112. Wicked [bor 113. Peace 114. Six 115. Law LIST VIII. occurring 10O 2OO times. 116. Ear 117. Forty 118. First-born 119. Herd, cattle 120. Hero 121. Generation 122. Sacrifice 123. Old man, elder 124. Wall 125. Abroad 126. Wise 127. Wisdom 123. Heat, fury 129. Fifty 130. Half 131. Statute 132. Statute 133. Together, alike 134. Wine 135. Right hand 136. There is 137. Straight, upright 138. Lamb 139. Strength 140. Wing 141. Throne 142. Vineyard 143. Tongue 144. Pasture 145. Death 146. Work 147. Kingdom 148. Number 149. Above 150. Commandment 151. Appearance[nacle 152. Dwelling, taber- 153. South country 154. Valley, brook 155. Bronze, copper 156. Prince 157. Horse 92 WORD LISTS. 158. Book 159. Service 160. Congregation 161. Dust 162. Bone 163. Evening 164. Bullock 165. Fruit 166. Door 167. Righteousness 168. Righteousness 169. Adversary 170. First 171. Abundance 172. Breadth 173. Chariot 174. Famine 175. Lip, shore 176. Rod, tribe LIST IX. 177. Rest, sabbath 178. Third 179. Oil, fat 180. Eight 181. Sun 182. Second 183. Falsehood 184. Abomination 185. Continuity Piouns occurring: 5O 100 times. 186. Needy 187. Socket 188. Iniquity 189. Treasury 190. Sign 191. Possession 192. Last 193. Latter end 194. God 195. Leader, ox 196. Widow 197. Faithfulness 198. Saying 199. Ephod 200. Cedar 201- Way, path 202. Lion 203. Lion 204. Length 205. Fire-offering 206. Belly 207. High-place 208. Master, Baal 209. Iron 210. Blessing 211. Pride 212. Might 213. Mighty one, man 240. Clean 214. Lot 241. Unclean 215. Valley 242. River, Nile 216. Camel 243. Daily 217. Vine 244. Child, youth 218. Stranger 245. Forest 219. Pestilence 246. Curtain 220. Honey 247. Deliverance 221. Door 248. Fool 222. Knowledge 249. Cherub 223. Temple 250. Shoulder 224. Multitude 251. Tower 225. Male 252. Shield 226. Arm, strength 253. Measure 227. Line, destruction 254- Province 228. Festival 255. Chastisement, 229. Fresh, new 256. Psalm [warning 230. Wheat 257. East 231. Fat 258. To-morrow 232. Dream 259. Thought 233. Portion 260. Kingdom 234. He-ass 261. A little 235. Violence 262. Unleavened food 236. Favor, grace 263. Sanctuary 237. Arrow, handle 264. Property 238. Reproach 265. High place 239. Darkness 266. Burden, tribute WORD LISTS. 93 267. Anointed one 289. Nakedness 311. Rejoicing 268. Observance 290. Side 312. Hairy, goat 269. Weight 291. Rock 313. Underworld 270. Vow 292. Adversity 314. Remnant 271. Libation 293. Before, east 315. Seventh 272. Maiden 294. Small 316. Seventy 273. Pause 295. Incense 317. Trumpet 274. Rock 296. Wall 318. Ox 275. Fine flour 297. Stalk 319. Song 276. Over, beyond 298. End 320. Table 277. Witness 299. End 321. Peace-offering 278. Testimony 300. Harvest 322. Desolation,waste 279. Skin, leather 301. Offering 323. Tooth 280. Goat 302. Near 324. Maid-servant 281. Strength 303. Horn 325. Shekel 282. High 304. Bow 326. Sixty 283. Labor, misery 305. Beginning 327. Perfect 284. Valley 306. Distant 328. Glory 285. Affliction 307. Strife 329. Glory 286. Cloud 308. Savor 330. Prayer 287. Counsel 309. Desire 331. Heave-offering 288. Plain 310. Left hand 332. Nine AN INTRODUCTORY NEW TESTAMENT GREEK METHOD, TOGETHER WITH A Manual, containing Text and Vocabulary of Gospel of John and Lists of Words, AND The Elements of New Testament Greek Grammar. BY WILLIAM R. HARPER, PH.D., Professor in Yale University, AND REVERE F. WEIDNER, D.D., Professor in Augustana Theological Seminary, Rock Island, III. Octavo, price, - - $2.50 net. #*#. Correspondence concerning terms for introduction and examination copies is solicited from instructors desiring a Text-book in New Testa- ment Greek. CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, PUBLISHERS, 743-745 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. MANY who have not studied Classical Greek desire to know New Testament Greek. For these as well as for those who, having studied Classical Greek, desire to review more particularly the principles of New Testament Greek, this book is intended. By its use the student, while acquiring and mastering the principles of the Greek Language by a rapid and natural method, will be pursuing a complete and thorough study of New Testament litera- ture ; and thus not only to clergymen of all denominations to whom it will serve as an important basis for their work but to Bible students generally the book will be found invaluable. For several years the inductive method of teaching languages, as exemplified in Professor Harper's Text-Books, has been employed by many of the leading Professors of Hebrew in this country. A book to embody the application of the method in New Testament Greek has long been called for, and it is believed that the present volume will meet the demand. HEBREW AND SEMETIC TEXT-BOOKS. ELEMENTS OF HEBREW. By WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D. Twelfth edition. Revised and Indexed. 8vo, $2.00 net. An Elementary Grammar of the Hebrew Language, by an Inductive Method. Comprising systematic statements of the principles of Hebrew Orthography and Ety- mology, according to the latest and most scientific authorities, deduced from examples quoted in the work ; with a practically exhaustive discussion and classification of the Hebrew Vowel-sounds. INTRODUCTORY HEBREW METHOD AND MANUAL. By WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D. Seventh edition. I2mo, $2.00 net. A Text-Book for Beginners in Hebrew, by an Inductive Method. Containing the Text of Genesis I. -VIII ; with notes, referring to the author's " Elements of Hebrew," Exercises for Translation, Grammar Lessons covering the Principles of Orthography and Etymology, and Lists of the most frequently occurring Hebrew words. ELEMENTS OF HEBREW SYNTAX. By WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D. 8vo, $2.00 net. A presentation of the principles of Hebrew Syntax, by an inductive method. The method of presentation includes (i) a citation and translation of examples teaching a given principle ; (2) a statement of the principle ; (3) the addition of details and exceptions in smaller type ; (4) a list of references (in the order of *he Hebrew Bible; for further study. HEBREW VOCABULARIES. By WILLIAM R. HARPER, Ph.D. i2mo, $1.00 net. AN ARAMAIC METHOD. By CHARLES RUFUS BROWN. PARTI. Text, Notes and Vocabulary. I2rno, $1.75 net. PART II. Grammar. I2mo, $1.00 net. Including brief statements of the principles of Aramaic Orthography, Etymology and Syntax. The method pursued is comparative and inductive. For the convenience of those using Harper's Elements of Hebrew, the arrangement has been adopted as far as possible from that work. AN ASSYRIAN MANUAL. By DAVID G. LYON, Ph.D. 8vo, $4.00 net. The Manual contains a list of syllabic signs in most common use, a selection of som of the most important historical texts transliterated in English letters, some pages of Cuneiform Texts, Paradigms, Comments, and Glossary. AN ARABIC MANUAL. By JOHN G. LANSING, D.D. Svo, $2. co net. Containing the Letters ; Vowels ; Signs ; Accent ; Pause ; Syllables ; The Articles Pronouns ; different classes of Prepositions, Conjunctions, and Adverbs, with a table ol the most common of these ; Numerals ; the Verb, with its Measures, Permutations, As- similations, Forms, Voices, States, Moods, Persons, etc., Triliteral and Quadriliteral, Strong and Weak, Inflections by Persons, Voices and Moods, Derived Forms, The Weak Verbs and Other Verbs, with explanations, and paradigms; The Noun, Kinds, Derivation, Classification, Verbal Adjectives, Cases, Declensions, etc., with example* under all sections. " I have used Professor Harper's < Elements' and ' Method' with the Junior Classes of this Seminary during the past year. The practical test has only con- firmed the favorable opinion with which the books were introduced. I have no doubt that, for their purpose, they are the best works now before the public." Prof. W. G-. BALLANTINE, Oberlin Theological Seminary, Oberlin, O. " I take pleasure in commending the Hebrew text-books of Professor W. R. Harper. They are in my judgment practical, convenient and adequate to in- troduce one to a good working acquaintance with the Hebrew language. We are using them in this Seminary in the Junior Class, and propose to continue to do so." Prof, BASIL MANLY, Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, Louisville Ky. ii* * i nave found them both to stand the test of the class-room. The 'Elements' treats all principles thoroughly and exhaustively. The 'Method' is unique and in all respects sui generis. It seems to me to leave nothing un- done in helping a student to a knowledge of the Hebrew. It is a vast improve- ment on the old methods. The typography of both books cannot be excelled." Prof CHAS. H. COREY, Richmond Theological Seminary, Richmond, Va. " I have used Dr. Harper's Hebrew ' Elements ' and ' Method ' for one year. The results in the class-room have been not only exceedingly gratifying, but more satisfactory both as to amount and thoroughness than in preceding years. I not only expect to continue the use of the 'Elements' and 'Method,' but hope for them that which they richly deserve a constantly increasing demand and usefulness.'' Prof J. G. LANSING, Theological Seminary, New Brunswick, N. J. * * They are clearly written, so that no one can misunderstand what the author means to say. They are beautifully printed, so as to be in themselves attractive as mere works of art. The ' Method ' is full, easy and progressive ; and, above all, is liked and enjoyed by the students ; while the matter of the ' Elements ' is well chosen both as to quantity and quality, and is paragraphed and arranged in such matchless order as to make it most ready of acquisition and convenient for reference." Prof. R. D. WILSON, Western Theological Semi- nary, Allegheny, Pa. " * * Actual trial of these exponents of the inductive method has convinced me that they are the best text-books of elementary Hebrew that have yet ap- peared. The author has not only adopted the surest method ot mastering the phenomena of the language, but he has also done for beginners what Bickell and others had done for more advanced students : he has led them back pt the mere surface facts to the controlling principles, and encouraged that kind of analytical study which makes Hebrew a permanent acquisition. These two books are simply indispensable in my class room." Prof. W. W. MOORE, Union Theological Seminary, Hampden Sidney, Va. " It affords me pleasure to say, after a year's trial of Dr. Harper's Hebrew text-books in the class-room, that they have given entire satisfaction. Of the fifteen years during which I have taught Hebrew, this has been in all respects the most pleasant and satisfactory, and I cannot but attribute the fact to the use of Harper's method of teaching the language. As a consequence of its introduction > the students have exhibited unwonted enthusiasm, and found great delight in the pursuit of what is commonly regarded as a very dreary study." Prof. F A. GAST, Theol Sernhj of the Reformed Church, Lancaster, Pa. " I have used Prof essor Harper's books with my classes for the past three years, and am convinced that, for thoroughness and perspicuity of statement, for simplicity of analysis, and for economy ot time, both in and out of the class-room, they afford just the aid which a teacher desires from the use of text-books. By systematic arrangement and appropriate reiteration they facil- itate an accurate and rapid acquaintance with the Hebrew language, while, in the hands ot an independent teacher, they may be so used as constantly to stimulate the pupil's curiosity and power of discovery, and thus greatly to promote his interest, in the introductory stages of his study ." Prof. CHAS. RUFU.S BROWN, Newton Thcol, Institution, Newton Centre, Mass. AUTHORITATIVE ENDORSEMENTS. The testimony of teachers and pupils who have made practical use of these text-books is uniformly and enthusiastically in praise of both the books themselves and of the system embodied in them. |3? = ' In the acquisition of the Hebrew language, more rapid and satisfactory progress can be made by means of these books than by the -use of any others in existence, ^^^ The publishers invite attention to the following testimony : FROM PROFESSORS OF HEBREW. " I like them very much. No better books, introductory to Hebrew, exist." Prof. T. K. CHEYNE, Oxford University, Oxford, England. " Success is the best argument. What the Hebrew Summer Schools under Dr. Harper have succeeded in doing, in giving the average minister and student a real grasp of Hebrew, that exactly the 'Method' and 'Elements' effect in the class-room. They are invaluable. It is Davidson and Bickell and Gesenius combined. The debt instruc- tors owe the Principal of the Institute of Hebrew has not yet been fully recognized." Prof. W. W. LOVEJOY, Ref'd Episcopal Divinity School, Philadelphia, Pa. " * * Remarkably full and precise, and appears well designed to train the learner tn a sound philological method, and to lead him on gradually until he requires a firm grasp of the principles of the language." Prof. S. R. DRIVER, in Contemporary Review. List of Institutions using H Univ. of Michigan Ann Arbor, Mich. Alfred University Alfred Centre. K. Y. Amherst College Amherst, Mass. Randolph Macon Coll.. Ashland, Va. U.P. Theol. Sein Allegheny, Pa. Western Theol. Bern... Allegheny, Pa. Adrian College Adrian, Mich. arper's Hebrew Text-^Books. Bishop's College Lennoxville.Quebec. Allegheny College Meadville, Pa Monmouth College Monmouth, 111. McGlll College Montreal Can University of Wis Madison Wis Bapt. Theol Sem Morgan Park 111 Central Turkey Coll Marash, Asia. Yale University New Haven, Conn. Newton Theol. Inst NewtonCentre,Mass Newberry College Newbcrry, S. C. Theol. Sein. Kef. Ch....NewBrunswick,X.J. Musklngum College... New Concord, Ohio. Columbia College New York City Vandc.rbilt University. Nashville, Tenn. Nashotah Theol. Sem..Nashotah, Wis. Emory College Oxford, Ga. Theological Seminary.. Obenin, Ohio. Oberlin College Oberlin, Ohio. Pacific Theol. Sem.... Oakland, t al. Olivet College Olivet, Mich. Prot Epis. Uiv.School. Philadelphia, Pa. Rev. Epis. Div. School. Philadelphia, Pa. University of Penna. . . .Philadelphia, Pa. Baptist College Pontypool, Eng. Kochester Theol. Sem..Koohester, N. Y. Richmond Theol. Sem.. Richmond, Va. Augustana Theol. Sem. Rock Island, 111. Earlham College Kichmond, Ind. Central University Kichmond, Ky. Willamette University Salem, Ore. Concordia Seminary Springfield, 111. Baptist College 'lorouto, Ontario, Crozer Theol. Sem Upland, Pa. Shurtleff College Upper Alton, 111. Colby University Waterville, Me. Wellesley College Wellesley, Mass. Wllberforce Univ Wilberforce, Ohio. Williams College Williamstown, Mass. Albion College Albion, Mich. Grant University Athens, Tenn. Gammon school of Theologv Atlanta, Ga. Bangor Theol. Sein Bangor. Me. Bethany College Betuany,W. Va. Tufts College Boston, Mass. MoCormick Uheol.Sein.Chicago, 111. Chicago Theol. Sem ...Chicago, 111. Hamilton College Clinton, N.Y. Lane Theol. Seminary.. Cincinnati, O. Pauline Holiness Coll.. College Mound, Mo. Carthage College Carthage, 111. Harvard University.. .Cambridge, Mass. Pros. Epis. Divin.Scuool.Cambridge, Mass. Btddle University Charlotte, N. C. Drake Universl ty Des Moines, Iowa. United Brethren Coll.. Dayton. O. Garrett Biblical Inst. . .Evanston, 111. Seabury Divin. School. Faribault, Minn. Theological Sem Gettysburg, Pa. De Pauw University. . .Greencastle, Ind. Southern University ..Greensboro. A'a. Union Theol. Sem Hamden Sidney, Va. Hamilton Theol. Sem.. Hamilton, N. Y. Hillsdale College Hillsdale, Mich. Lake Forest Uriiv .. ..Lake Forest, 111. So. Bapt. Theol. Sem ..Louisville. Ky. Cumberland Univ Lebanon, Tenn. William Jewell Coll. ..Liberty, Mo. The jl. Sein. Kef. Ch. ..Lancaster, Pa. # * These books are for sale by all booksellers, or sent, post' d, on receipt of price, by CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS, PUBLISHERS, 743-745 BROADWAY. NEW YORK. N ,. $ '?- THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE STAMPED BELOW AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY WILL INCREASE TO 5O CENTS ON THE FOURTH DAY AND TO $1.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY OVERDUE. 5] 3 1934 26)934 W 22 1934 OCT 181940M. MAR 14 1944 OCT 21 1944 13 ,ut\ '52$ * ti i/ t\ OCT 13 19: C'D LD f^ NOV 1963 LD 21-507n-l,'33